Full text of "Micro 6502 Journal Issue 55"

See other formats

NO. 55

DECEMBER 1982

— - »/IA r.-

150

;.95
^.00

THE 6502/6809 JOURNAL

Commodore Feature

ATARI Graphics

APPLESOFT GOTO/GOSUB Checker

68000 Logic Instructions

\w.

Mii^filf riir

The Visual Difference

KCffl«
SMS
SFJU

ajOTtlOOOESStWI
OSIDFSSia
TOCHT
OMB COST (F 54LES

MCa 2223.Q

WTO SBIS

am laar

VfSiCalc''

You Won't Need VfslCalc™ To See Your Savii

^y\AGlCALC is the second generation of sp^
provides you with a!! the power you neec
^hardware ("'^'^■^'^th roughs— without your he

'aAAGICALv- iHuudes:

• 70-columii upper- and lower-case video
display

• Full 80-coiumn board display
■ 40K:olunin standard display

• Individual column widths

• Full comp "*■'"''**■

• Hard-disk w, >

• Special offer "'-

• Ma^ic editing

;AAAGICALC-An outstanding product

$|49?5

(ce

Breakthrough to today's technology by contacting: ^^^

5547 sotsumo avenue • north holluwood, coHfornio 916 01 *. £13/ 985-2922 ClriSCI,

.-. ~ Mt,Mi* f lt^0ltlfiiA%MwXltUiOfyt

sJCalc is a registered trademark of VisiCorp. A/^GICALC is a trademark of Artsci, inc.

FLEX - OS-9 LEVEL ONE - UNIFLEX - OS-9 LEVEL TWO

ONLY GIMIX Systems can be configured to run any of these.

GIMIX systems utilize tlie most powerful 6809 operating systems: FLEX, UniFLEX, OS-9 LEVEL ONE and TWO -- the systems
the PROS use. This means a wide selection of software to choose from as well the ability to develop sophisticated, multi-
user/multi-tasking programs on your GIMIX System,

TnG GIMIX CLASSY CHASSIS consists of a heavy-weight aluminum mainframe
--'"*■ '-~~ — --— J^ cabinet which provides more than ample protection for the electronics and 1 or 2 optional

5Va" drives.
I ^^^^ ~JRH^HI^|H||H Backpanel connectors can be added for convenient connection of terminals, printers.

.1 ^KI^^'hl^F^sll -■■*"■"" t^A drives and other peripherals.

A 3 position locking keyswitch enables users to disable the front panel reset button to pre-
vent accidental or unauthorized tampering with the system.

The GIMIX system mother board provides fifteen 50 pin slots and eight 30 pin I/O slots --
the most room for expansion of any SS50 system available. The on board baud rate
generator features 1 1 standard baud rates, 75 to 38. 4K, for maximum versatility and compatibility with other systems. Extend-
ed address decoding allows the I/O block to be addressed anywhere in the 1 megabyte address space. All components feature
Gold plated connectors for a lifetime of solid connections. All boards are fully buffered for maximum system expansion.

Each GIMIX Mainframe System is equipped with an industrial quality power supply featuring a ferro-resonant constant
voltage transformer to insure against problems caused by adverse power input conditions such as A.C. line voltage fluctua-
tions etc. The supply provides 8 volts at 30 amps and plus or minus 16 volts at 5 amps, more than enough capacity to power a
fully loaded system and two internal drives.

The 2MHZ GIMIX 6809 PLUS CPU board includes a time of day clock with battery back-up and 6840 pro-
grammable timer to provide the programmer with convenient, accurate time reference. Later addition of 9511 or 9512
arithmetic processors is provided for on the board. The unique GIMIX design enables software selection of either OS-9 or
FLEX, both included in many complete GIMIX systems.

GIMIX STATIC RAM boards require no complicated refresh timing cycles or clocks for data retention.
GIMIX memory boards are guaranteed for 2 MHz operation with no wait state or clock stretching required.

Our low power NMOS RAM requires less than 3/4 amp at 8V for a fully populated 64K board. For critical situations, our non-
volatile 64K byte CMOS static RAM boards with built in battery back-up retain data even with system power removed. A fully
charged battery will power this board for a minimum of 21 days. A write protect switch permits CMOS boards to be used for
PROM/ROM emulation and software debugging.

Tn© GIMIX DMA COntrOllGr leaves the processor free to perform other tasks during disk transfers - an impor-
tant feature for multi-user/multi-tasking systems where processor time allocation is critical. The DMA board will accomodate
up to 4 drives 5Vi" or 8" in any combination running single or double density single or double headed. Programmed I/O Disk
Controllers are also available.

GIMIX SySTGmS are designed with ultimate RELIABILITY in mind. You can choose from the below featured systems or

select from our wide variety of components to build a custom package to suit your needs.

GIMIX 2MHz 6809 System including; CLASSY CHASSIS, 6809 PLUS CPU BOARD, 56KB STATIC RAM, 2 SERIAL PORTS

W/CABLES, GMXBUG MONITOR, FLEX, and OS-9 LEVEL 1 $3248.49

FOR TWO 5 'A "40 TRACK DSDD DRIVES ADD $ 900.00

GIMIX 128KB WINCHESTER SYSTEM including: CLASSY CHASSIS, 6809 PLUS CPU BOARD, 128KB STATIC RAM, 4 SERIAL
PORTS W/CABLES, 5 V4" 80 TRACK DSDD FLOPPY DISK DRIVE, 19MB 5 V4" WINCHESTER HARD DISK, 039 LEVEL 2, EDITOR

AND ASSEMBLER $8998.09

50HZ Versions Available, 8" Drives Available — Contact GIMIX for Prices and Information.

The Sun Never Sets On A GIMIX!

GIMIX users are found on every continent, including Antarctica. A representative group of GIMIX users

includes: Govemment Research and Scientific Organizations in Australia, Canada, U.K. and in the U.S.; ,\,

NASA, Oak Ridge, White Plains, Fermilab, Argonne, Scripps, Sloan Kettering, Los Alamos National Labs, ji '*•

AURA. Universities: Carleton, Waterloo, Royal Military College, in Canada; Trier in Germany; and in the ^

U.S.; Stanford, SUNY, Harvard, UCSD, Mississippi, Georgia Tech. Industrial users in Hong Kong, ^;- /

Malaysia, South Africa, Germany, Sweden, and in the U.S.; GTE, Becton Dickinson, American Hoechst, v

Monsanto, Allied, Honeywell, Perkin Elmer, Johnson Controls, Associated Press, Aydin, Newkirk Electric,

Revere Sugar, HI-G/AMS Controls, Chevron. Computer mainframe and peripheral manufacturers, IBM,

OKI, Computer Peripherals Inc., Qume, Floating Point Systems. Software houses; Microware, T.S.C., I '4-

Lucidata, Norpak, Talbot, Stylo Systems, AAA, HHH, Frank Hogg Labs, Epstein Associates, Softwest,

Dynasoft, Research Resources U.K.. Microworks. Meta Lab. Computerized Business Systems.

GIMIX Inc. reserves the right to change pricing and product H B B^B^B B ^9^^ \f~\(~'

speeciflcatlons at any time without further notice. 1337 WEST 37th PLACE ^^^9ll I II .^P^^

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60609 SB^IH I I I H^F ^^
GIMIX" and GHOST" are registered trademarks of GIMIX Inc. ,^I^^ ^^-, r-r- .^ -r^ ^ ... . ^ .•

FLEX and UniFLEX are trademarks of Technical Systems Consultants Inc (312) 927-5510 The Company 1/ial delivers

OS-9 is a trademark of Microware Inc. TWX 910-221-4055 Qualily Electronic products sirtce 1975.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

ANNOUNCiriG

ElecfroScreen"

kiiii.

$595

the Superior Alternative .r^^.

to the Traditional Alphanumeric Terminals

The ElectroScreen " intelligent Graphics Board Features:

Graphics

• 512 X 480 resolution bit-mapped display

• Interleaved memory access — fast, snow-free updates

Intelligence

• 6809 on-board mpu

• 6K on-board firmware

• STD syntax high level graphics command set

• Removes host graphics software burden

• Flexible text and graphics integration

• Multiple character sizes

• User programs can be run on-board

Terminal

• Terminal emulation on power-up

• 83 characters by 48 lines display

• Easy switching among user-defined character sets

• Fast hardware scrolling

Additional Features

• SS-50C and SS-64 compatible board

• Board communicates with host through parallel latches

• Composite and TTL level video output

• 8 channel 8 bit A/D converter

• Board occupies 4 address bytes

See your dealer today!
The ElectroScreen manual Is available for $10, credited toward purchase of the board.

The ElectroScreen has a 90 day
warranty from purchase date.

Dealers, please contact us tor our
special introductory package.

PrivaclnCi

(703)671-3900

3711 S. George Mason Dr., Falls Church, Va. 22041

MICRO - The 6.502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

/MCDO

December Highlights

Commodore Machines Featured

This month we cover the full range of Commodore's
machines: the PET, VIC, SuperPET, and the exciting new
Commodore 64. Each machine has its own distinct
features, but also shares characteristics with the other
Commodore family members. CBM users will want to
read all the Commodore related articles in this issue.

The second part of the University of Rochester's series
(p. 59) discusses the use of an inexpensive device, the
analog transducer, which can be applied to many problems
outside the college teaching laboratory. The analog
transducer makes it possible for your digital computer to
deal with quantities measured on a continuous scale —
light, voltages, densities.

Contributing Editor Jim Strasma starts on a six-part
series (p. 37) that will help you write better program
packages. In particular, it will cover CBM's powerful, yet
poorly understood, relative record system. The first part,
however, deals with designing a modular program package,
setting things up, and passing parameters. Jim uses por-
tions of the public domain program "Bennett's Mail List
4040" to illustrate his points.

We also offer a number of utilities for Commodore
machines. Hans Hoogstraat's "BASIC Squeeze for PET"
(p. 42) is a cassette buffer-sized program that can be saved
with a fully expanded and commented BASIC program.
When the program is run, it makes a call to the squeeze
routine, which compresses the program to take less space
and run faster. Troup and Strasma's "SOUP" (p. 52) is a
compare program for machine-language routines saved on
disk. Thomas Henry's "BASIC Line Delete for PET and
VIC" [p. 47) adds the capability of deleting more than one
BASIC program line at a time.

In our "Short Subjects" section (p. 97) we have two
items of interest to users of Commodore machines. Terry
Peterson explains the ASCII character set on the SuperPET
and reveals some hidden features. "VIC Jitter Fixer," by
Contributing Editor Dave Malmberg, can be added to your
paddle, joystick, and light-pen programs to give you more
reliable readings from these devices.

Finally, we feature the new Commodore 64 computer
in both "PET Vet" and on our data sheet. Loren Wright's
column [p. 54) reviews the graphic capabilities of this
exciting new computer, and the data sheep (p. 109) pro-
vides a memory map, interfacing information, and lists of
graphics and sound registers.

Expand Your Computer's Capabilities
with New Hardware

The BSR X-10 allows you to control remotely a wide
vjuriety of electrical devices in your home. There are two
versions available; one sends its signals using power lines
as antennas, and another uses ultrasonic signals. Each
light or appliance is cotmected to its own receiver module.
John Krout's "Home Control Interface for CIP" (p. 11]
shows how to add ultrasonic circuitry to your computer at
a cost much less than the BSR ultrasonic option. David
Hayes's "Atari Meets the BSR X-10" (p. 82) shows how to
convert the imit for control from Atari's controller ports.

If you've ever looked at a 6502 programming manual,
you might have noticed all the unused op codes. Now you
can use those codes to execute your own machine-language
routines. Curt Nelson and his associates ("Utilizing
6502's Undefined Operations," p. 93) present a circuit
that causes the 6502 to execute your code, instead of
crashing, when it encounters an unused op code.

In "Programmable Character Generator for OSI" Colin
Macauley demonstrates how to define your own
characters (p. 88). OSI readers .shuld turn to our OSI book
announcement on page 25.

Joe Hootman's in-depth coverage of the 68000' s in-
struction set continues (p. 851 with a discussion of the
logic instructions. As usual, convenient reference tables
are included.

Apple and Atari

Paul Swanson concludes his three-part series on Atari's
character graphics (p. 22] with a demonstration of patch-
ing into Atari's vertical blank interrupt routine. His
"From Here to Atari" column (p. 32) covers a variety of
topics, including Atari's new software acquisition centers
and some technical tidbits.

Peter Meyer presents an "Applesoft GOTO/GOSUB
Checking Routine" (p. 26) that displays all incorrect
GOTO and GOSUB references. "ILISZT for Integer
BASIC," by Leonard Anderson, is a follow up to a similar
program he presented for Applesoft (p. 13). It produces an
attractive, formatted listing of your Integer BASIC pro-
gram, complete with indentation, paging, and other fancy
features. Tim Osbom's "Apple Slices" [p. 65) presents a
general-purpose binary search routine that can be called
using the & vector.

JMCRO

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

#,FOR YOUR APPLE II
Industry standard products at super saver discount prices

PARALLEL PRINTERS
NEC 8023 or C-ITOH 8510

(Virtually identical) Specifications; • 100 CPS dot
matrix printer • 80 column print- 136 characters
per line • Tractor/friction feed • 7 different print
fonts included • 2K printer buffer • Proportional
spacing • Bit image graptiics and graptiic symbols.

NEC 8023 or C-ITOH $495

NEC 8023 or C-ITOH 8510 with

Parallel Interface and Cable $550

EPSON 100 with Parallel Interface

and Cable $749

Z-80 CARD FOR YOUR APPLE
MICROSOR SORCARD

WitfiCP/M-andMBASIC.

(List: $399) $289

--..tw Best Buy! a
4BgL ADVANCED LOGIC SYSTEM
^PF^ Z-CARD WithC-PM-

Has everytfiing ttie Softcard has except MBASIC.
Works Witt) Microsoft's disks too.

j|||U. (List $269) Special at $195

iEpP' ALS SYNERGIZER

CP/M' operating package witti an 80 column
video board, CP/M" interface, and 16K memory
expansion for Apple II. Permits use of ttie full
range of CP/M" software on Apple II. Includes
SuperCALC.

(List: $749) $549

<lftk U-Z-80 PROCESSOR BOARD
^^PifF^ (From Europe)

Software compatible witt) Softcard and

ALS Software $149

MICROSOFT -t- PREMIUM SYSTEM

Includes Videx Videoterm, Softswitcli, Microsoft
and Softcard, Microsoft and Z-80 Card, and
Osborn CP/M" Manual 5595

•» \ JOYSTICK

• * ....mmi. Takes ttie place of two
Apple Paddle Controllers.

From BMP Enterprises. Heavy duty industrial con-
struction and cable. Non-self centering. Witti
polarity switches for consistent motion control.

(List: $59) $39

MONITORS FOR YOUR APPLE

AMOEK300G

(18MHZ Anti-Glare Screen) $179

NEC 12" HIRES GREEN $179

SUPER SPECIAL!
SPECIAL 12" GREEN MONITOR $99

SPECIAL AND NEW

5 MEGABYTE HARD DISK

For Apple II. Supplied with controller Use with
CP/M, Apple DOS, & Apple Pascal $1995

5V4" DISK DRIVE
Use with standard Apple II disk controller .$295

51/4" FLOPPY DISKS

With hub rings. Box of 10.

With other purchase $19.95

Without purchase $23.00

16K MEMORY EXPANSION MODULE

The preferred 16K RAM Expansion Module from
PROMETHEUS. Fully compatible with CP/M" and
Apple Pascal". With full 1-year parts and labor
warranty. (List: $169) $75

WORD PROCESSING SPECIAL
WITH WORDSTAR AND SUPERCALC!

Do professional word processing on your APPLE.
All necessary hardware and software included.
Complete 80 column video display, enhanced
character set, 16K memory board, Z-Card with
CP/M" software, Wordstar and word processing
software and SuperCALC.
^^^^^ (List: $1 ,128) . . . .Special at $695

^PfF'/rD/n Pmmelheus! Expa nda R AM

The only 128K RAM card that lets you start with
16K, 32K, or 64K of memory now and expand to
the full 128K later Fully compatible with Apple
Pascal, CP/M", and Visacalc. No Apple modifi-
cation required. Memory management system in-
cluded with all ExpandaRAMs. Disk emulators
included with 64K and 1 28K versions.

MEM-32 Two rows of 16K RAMS

make a 32K RAM Card $209

MEM-64 One row of 64K RAM.

With DOS 3.3 disk emulator $299

MEM-128 Two rows of 64K RAMS installed

makea128KCard.

With DOS 3.3 disk emulator $399

MEM-RKT 64K RAM Add-On-Kits-

64K Dynamic RAMS. Each $125

VISICALC Expansion Program

for MEM-128 $75

MEM-PSL Pascal disk emulator for

MEM-128 $45

MODEMS FOR YOUR APPLE II

HAYES Smartmodem $229

MICROMODEM II $279

VERSAcard FROM PROMETHEUS

Four cards on one! With true simultaneous opera-
tion. Includes: (1) Serial Input/Output Interface,
(2) Parallel Output Interface, (3) Precision Clock/
Calendar, and (4) BSR Control. All on one card.
Fully compatible with CP/M" and Apple Pascal".

(List: $249) $169

80 COLUMN

VIDEO DISPLAYS

FOR APPLE II

SMARTERM

(Not to be confused with SUPRTERM)

Software switching from 80 to 40 and 40 to 80
characters. 9 new characters not found on the
Apple keyboard. Fully compatible with CP/M" and
Apple PASCAL". With lowest power consumption
of only 2.5 watts.

(List: $345) $225

SMARTERM EXPANDED CHARACTER SR

7" X 11" matrix with true decenders Add to
above $40

„ „ Combination SMARTERM and

Best Buy! EXPANDED CHARACTER SET

Special at $260

VIDEX, VIDEOTERM $249

VIDEX ENHANCER II $119

JMl CENTRONICS COMPATIBLE
^ppr PARALLEL INTERFACE

From PROMETHEUS. For use with Epson, NEC,
C-ITOH, and other printers. Fully compatible with
CP/M' and Apple Pascal'.

PRT-1,0nly $69

GRAPHini CARD

Prints HIRES page 1 or 2 from onboard firmware.
Features: True 1 :1 aspect ratio, prints emphasized
mode, reverse mode, rotates 90 degrees . . . plus
more. Compare all this with the Grappler. We think
you'll agree that this is the best graphics card on
the market. Specify for use with EPSON, NEC-
8023, C-ITOH Prowriter, orOkidata.

(List: $125) $89

SOFTWARE
WORDSTAR Special at $195

SPELLSTAR $125

SUPERCALC $175

D BASE II $525

VISICALC $149

DB MASTER $189

All equipment shipped factory fresh Manufacturers warranties
included l^lease add $3.00 oer product for stiipping and fiandling
California, add 6% tax. BART Counties. 6V2%

All items are normally In stock

Phone for Quick
Shi]pment!

[4tS) 490-3420

... And we'll be here to help after you

receive your order. Feel free to call the SGC

Technical Staff for assistance.

The mail order specialists

342 Quartz Circle, Livermore, CA 94550

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

NO. 55

DECEMBER 1982

STAFF

President/Editor-in-Chief
ROBERT M. TRIPP

Publisher

MARY GRACE SMITH

Editorial Staff

PHIL DALEY — Technical editor
JOHN HEDDERMAN — Jr. programmer
MARJORIE MORSE — Editor
JOAN WITHAM — Editorial assistant
LOREN WRIGHT — Technical editor

Graphics Department

HELEN BETZ — Director

PAULA M. KRAMER — Production mgr.

EMMALYN H. BENTLEY — Typesetter

Sales and Marketing
CATHI BLAND — Advertising mgr.
CAROL A. STARK — Circulation mgr.
LINDA HENSDILL — Dealer sales
MAUREEN DUBE — Promotion

Accounting Department
DONNA M. TRIPP — Comptroller
KAY COLLINS — Bookkeeper
EILEEN ENOS — Bookkeeper

Contributing Editors
CORNELIS BONGERS
DAVE MALMBERG
JOHN STEINER
JIM STRASMA
PAUL SWANSON
RICHARD VILE

Subscription/Dealer inquiries
(617)256-5515

DEPARTMENTS

3 December Highlights
7 Editorial
9 Letterbox
30 CoCo Bits
32 From Here to ATARI
35 MICRO News
54 PET Vet
65 APPLE Slices
91 Updates/Microbes
97 Short Subjects
99 New Publications
100 Reviews in Brief
103 Software Catalog

107 Hardware Catalog

108 6809 Bibliography

109 Datasheet

111 Advertiser's Index

112 Next Month in MICRO

iMCftO

THE 6502/6809 JOURNAL

COMMODORE FEATURE

It's All Relative — CBM Disk Techniques,

42
47

52
59

Part 1 James Strasma

Get the most from CBM's powerful disk operating system

Squeeze for PET Programs

Squeeze out imbedded blanks, line separators, and comments

BASIC Line Delete for PET/CBM and VIC

A machine-language program to delete blocks of BASIC lines

. Hans Hoogstraat

Thomas Henry

SOUP: A CBM Machine-Language

Compare Program Henry Troup and James Strasma

A compare program for machine-language program files

Microcomputers in a College Teaching Laboratory,

Part 2 Richard Heist, Thor Olsen, and Howard Saltsburg

Analog transducers in a digital world

BASIC AIDS

-j o APPLE ILISZT for Integer BASIC Programs Leonard Anderson

22
26

Print your program in a clear, structured format and detect embedded binary code

Kerry Lourash

BASIC Macro Function for Cursor Control

on the OS!

Insert statements with just two keys

. Paul Swanson

ATARI Character Graphics from BASIC, Part 3

Add to ATARI'S vertical blank interrupt routines

APPLESOFT GOTO/GOSUB Checking Routine .. Peter j.g. Meyer
Verify all GOTO and GOSUB references in your program

HARDWARE

69
74

77
82
85
88
93

Adding Voice to a Computer

A low-cost procedure for sampling and reproducing voice

, Michael E. Valdez

. David Cantrell and Terry Terrence

. John Krout

. David A. Hayes

No. 55 - December 1982

Enhanced Video for OSI C1 P .

Add five chips — and several features

Home Control Interface for C1P.

Add your own ultrasonic control

ATARI Meets the BSR X-10

Use ATARI'S controller ports

68000 Logic Instructions Joe Hootman

Our discussion of the 68000 instruction set continues

Programmable Character Generator for OSI coHn Macauiey

Design your own character set

Utilizing the 6502's Undefined

Operation Codes Curtis Nelson, Richard Viiiarreai, and Rod Heisler

Hardware to use these op codes for new pseudo-instructions

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal 5

Li;co Computer Marketing & Consultants

TO ORDER

CALL US

TOLL FREE 800-233-8760

In PA 1-717-398-4079

December

ATARI
SPECIALS

810 Disk Drive ... $429.00

32KRAM $ 79.00

40032KRAM ...$349.00

800 48K... $609.00

PERCOM : In Stock

Single Drive CALL

Dual Drive CALL

(Read all Ateri Disks)

PRINTERS : In Stock

Epson Mx 80 $449.00

Epson Mx 80 FT III $499.00

OKIdata82A $479.00

OKidata83A $719.00

OKidata84 $1089.00

CItoh CALL

Prowriter I . $499.00

Prowrlter II CALL

SMITH CORONA TP-1 . $625.00

NEC CALL

(Interfacing Available)

JOYSTICKS : In Stock

Atari CX-40 $18.00

LeStick $34.00

WIco Command Control $24.00

WICO RED BALL $27.95

STICK STAND $ 6.75

Computer Covers

8OO $6.99

*°° $6.99

810 $6.99

DISKETTES : In Stock

Maxell M01 . . .(10) $34.00

Maxell M02 ...(10) $44.00

Elephant . . .(10) $21.00

THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
ATARI PROGRAM EXCHANGE

Eastern Front 1 941 ...$25.50

Avalsncha . . $1 5.50

Outlaw/Howitzer $1 5.50

O09 Daze . $15.50

Wizard of War $31 .00

Gorf $31.00

Frogger $26.00

BUSINESS SOFTWARE : In Stock

Atari Word Processing j^ 09.00

Letter Perfect $1 29. OO

Test WIzzard $ 89.00

Datasam/6S $125.00

Intertisp SI 25.00

Monkey Wrench $ 42.00

Utility Disk S 3e.bO

Ultimate Renumber $ 15.50

ATARI HARDWARE

41 Cassette Recorder $75.00

825 Printer $585.00

830 Phone Modem $1 49.00

850 Interface $1 64.00

PACKAGES

CX4ai Entertainer $69.00

CX4a2 Educator $125.00

CX483 Programmer $49.00

CX494 Communicator $325.00

SOFTWARE

MISSILE COMMAND $28.75

ASTEROID $28.75

CE NTIPE DE $32. 75

PACMAN $32.75

STAR RAIDER $34.75

BASKETBALL $26.75

SUPER BREAKOUT $28.75

SPACE INVADER $28.75

CAVERNS OF MARS $31.75

HANGMAN $1 2.75

KINGDOM $1 2.75

STATES a CAPITALS $1 2.75

EUROPEAN COUNTRIES ■ $1 2.75

GRAPHIT $1 6.75

ENERGY CZAR $1 2.75

SCRAM $19.75

PROGRAMMING I $19.75

PROGRAMMING It $22.75

PROGRAMMING III $22.75

TELELINK $21.75

FRENCH $39.75

GERMAN $39.75

SPANISH $39.75

MUSIC COMPOSER $33.75

ATARI BASIC $45.75

MICROSOFT BASIC $65.75

ASSEMBLER EDITOR $45.75

MACROASSEMBLER $69.75

PILOT HOME $65.75

PILOT EDUCATOR $99.75

HOME FILING MANAGER $41.75
BOOKEEPER $119.75

CXL401 2

CXL401 3

CXL4O20

CXL4022

CXL401 1

CXL4004

CXL4006

CXL4008

CX81 30

CX41 06

CX4102

CX4112

CX4114

CX4109

CX4121

CX41 23

CX4101

CX41 06

CX41 1 7

CXL401S

CX4119

CX4118

CX41 20

CXL4007

CXL4002

CX81 26

CXL4003

CX8126

CXL4018

CX405

CX415

CX414

ATARI

^B A Vtamer Communtcations Company

THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE

tor atari 800 or 400

KBYTE

KRAZY SHOOTOUT S35.O0

•^■DOS S65.O0

KSTAR PATROL S37.75

KRAZY ANTICS S37 75

KRAZY KRITTERS S37.75

O-BALL JOYSTICK KIT $6.75

AUTOMATIED SIMULATIONS

Star Warrior S28.00

Crush. Crumble S Chomp $23.00

WE CARRY MANY OTHER THIRD PARTY PRODUCTS
YOU CAN CALL FOR PRICES ON AND ASK FOR
YOUR FREE ATARI PRODUCT CATALOG.

NEW RELEASES

CHOP LIFTER $27.75

APPLE PANIC $23.75

PREPPIE $19.95

POLICY

I In-Stock Items shipped within 24 hours of order*
I Personal checks require four weeks clearance

before shipping . PA residents add sales tax.

All products subject to availability and price
I change. Add A % for Mastercard and Visa.

VIC-20 $189.00

VICI 530 DATASSETTE $67.00

VIC1 540 DISK DRIVE $499.00

VICI 51 5 PRINTER $355.00

VIC12103KRAM $35.00

VIClnOSKRAM $52.00

VICI 21 1 A SUPER EXPANDER $53.00

VIC-20 SOFTWARE

VICI 212 PROGRAMMER AID $45 00

VICI 21 3 VICMON $45.00

VICI 906 SUPER ALIEN $23 00

VIC1914 ADVENTURE

LAND ADVENTURE $35-00

VICI 91 5 PRIVATE COVE

ADVENTURE $3500

VICI 91 6 MISSION IMPOSSIBLE $35-00

V1C1917 THE COUNT ADVENTURE .... $35.00

VIC1919SARG0N II CHESS $35 00

THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE

ALIEN BLITZ $21.00

Omega Race $35.00

Gorf $32.00

1 6K RAM/ROM $99.00

AMOK $21.00

SUPER HANGMAN $16.00

SPIDERS OF MARS $45.00

TO ORDER
CALL TOLL FREE

800-233-8760

in PA 1-717-398-4079
or send order to

Lyco Computer
P.O. Box 5088
Jersey Shore, PA 1 7740

About the Cover

200 Joyeu;-; No

^ u ■-..' J D y e L.i ;■; r^j o e i
3 Fall c e s h-' a s c n a s
400 Bucn Natal e
500 Happy Holidays

This month MICRO is taking a holiday
from presenting a graphic with a
computer theme on our cover. Instead,
we want to offer our warmest greetings
— in five languages. The colorful lights
in the picture belong to the city of
Frankfurt, Germany and symbolize the
festive glow of the holiday season.
Froliche Weinachten!

Cover photo by Phil Daley

JMCAO is published monthly by:
MICRO INK, Chelmsford, MA 01824
Second Class postage paid at:
Chelmsford, MA 01824 and additional

mailing offices
USPS Publication Number: 483470
ISSN: 0271-9002

Send subscriptions, change of address, USPS
Fonn 3579, requests foi back issues and all
other fulfillment questions to

MICRO INK
34 Chelmsford Street
P.O. Box 6502
Chelmsford, MA 01824

01 call

617/256-5515

Telex: 955329 TLX SRVC

800-227-1617

Subscziption Rates Per Yeai

U.S. $24.00

2 yr. / $42.00
Foreign surface mail $27 . 00

Ail mail:
Europe $42.00

Mexico, Central America,
Middle East, North Africa,
Central Africa $48.00

South America, South Africa,
Far East, Australasia,
New Zealand $72.00

No. 55 - December 1982

AVICftO

Editorial

Getting to Know You

"It's more useful than my Swiss army
knife." Now that's what we like to
hear about MICRO and that's what one
of you said in response to our reader
survey. But we did the survey for more
than a pat on the back.

We did the survey to find out just as
much as we can about who you are and
what kind of information, both in
editorial content and advertising, you
need and want.

We discovered that you are an ex-
tremely well-educated, affluent, gain-
fully employed bunch of people with a
great deal of technical computer
knowledge at your command — and
you want more.
33% of you have advanced degrees
70% have incomes over $25,000
60% are programmer/ analysts, en-
gineers, or technicians, and
90% of you have intermediate to ad-
vanced knowledge of software and
80% of hardware.

No wonder only 6% of our readers
consider MICRO too technical. Your
biggest beef? Not enough information
on your own system — whatever that
may be. Too much Apple, not enough
Apple, not enough Atari, not enough
OSI. Now we know that that is going to
be something of a problem in a publica-
tion that covers more than one system,
or more than one chip, but we think
it's important to cross-fertilize, to
generalize, to bring you knowledge and
information that is transferable. Our
goal is to make at least half of the
magazine non-system specific, while
dividing the other half in much the way
our readers are divided — about half
Apple and the other half heavily
weighted toward OSI, Commodore,
Atari, and 6809 systems. Interest in the
6809 and 68000 remains high, especially
among users who are adding boards and
processors to 6502 machines.

A great many of you (62%) use more
than one kind of system and 46% have
systems both at home and at work;
nearly all of you plan to spend money
adding more equipment during the
coming year. We trust that the reviews,
hardware and software catalogs, and
advertisements are helping you make
those purchases.

There is a great proliferation of
system-specific publications and more
and more information for the beginning
computer user. We are trying not to

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

clutter up the magazine with informa-
tion you already have — you've learned
a lot over the last few years and we
want to help you build on that knowl-
edge. You've matured, the market has
matured, and MICRO is growing along
with you. The system-specific maga-
zines are a great place to get hints, cor-
rections, fixes, and details about your
own equipment — the kind of material
it made sense for us to publish back in
1977 when no one else coverd the 6502.
But now that manufacturers are doing a
better job of providing documentation
and there are lots of publications for
begiimers, we want to concentrate on
more advanced issues that cut across
machine and processor lines, that keep
you abreast of new developments and
stretch your knowledge into new areas.

micro's editorial schedule for the
next year reflects that concern. This is
the last system-specific feature we'll be
running. Upcoming issues will feature
various kinds of peripherals, languages,
operating systems, communications.
With your strong engineering back-
ground you'll want to know what new
processors are being developed and how
they can be used even before they're
available in complete systems. There
are new programming languages being
developed — we will look at what they
are, which ones are worth pursuing for
what purposes, etc. We will provide in-
formation in the form of data sheets
and information sheets on a variety of
products and issues. And most in-
teresting of all we will explore new
modes of computer use: e.g., networks,
communications, automated offices,
and industrial control systems.

We think that advanced computer
expertise is b^t imparted in a journal
that doesn't limit itself to one system
or one chip or one operating system.
After all, the whole industry is moving
toward compatibility and we think that
is a step in the right direction. In light
of that fact, and as a result of all we've
learned about you and your interests
from the survey, as of next month (i.e.,
with the January 1983 issue), we will
change MICRO'S subtitle to "Advancing
Computer Knowledge." We are in no
way abandoning the 6502 or the 6809
or any of the specific systems we've
been covering. We are, instead, making
a statement about your technical exper-
tise, your maturity and the industry's,
and our desire to move toward ever in-
creasing compatibility and wider pro-
liferation of advanced information and
knowledge. You — the sophisticated
user — need your own publication; we
hope it's MICRO. ^

Mary Grace Smith
7

7^^^^^^^^^^^^^

i ^/yC

GEMINI-

FOR PRINTER VALUE THAT'S
OUT OF THIS WORLD

Over thirty years of down-to-earth experi-
ence as a precision parts manufacturer has
enabled Star to produce the Gemini series
of dot matrix printers— a stellar combina-
tion of printer quality, flexibility, and reliabil-
ity. And for a list price of nearly 25% less
than the best selling competitor.

The Gemini 10 has a 10 " carriage and
the Gemini 15 a 1572 " carriage. Plus, the
Gemini 15 has the added capability of a bot-
tom paper feed. In both models, Gemini
quality means a print speed of 100 cps, high-
resolution bit image and block graphics,
and extra fast forms feed.

Gemini's flexibility is embodied in
its diverse specialized printing
capabilities such as super/
sub script, underlining, back- '
spacing, double strike mode

and emphasized print mode. An-

other extraordinary standard m i c r o n i

feature is a 2.3K buffer. An additional 4K
is optional. That's twice the memory of lead-
ing, comparable printers. And Gemini is
compatible with most software packages
that support the leading printers.

Gemini reliability is more than just a
promise. It's as concrete as a 180 day war-
ranty (90 days for ribbon and print head), a
mean time between failure rate of 5 million
lines, a print head life of over 100 million
characters, and a 100% duty cycle that
allows the Gemini to print continuously.
Plus, prompt, nationwide service is readily
available.

So if you're looking for an incredibly

/) high-quality, low-cost printer
1^ that's out of this world, look
^j;!^ to the manufacturer with its
feet on the ground— Star and
the Gemini 10, Gemini 15 dot
I n c matrix printers.

amary standard micronics » inc matrix printers.

MAKING A NAME FOR OURSELVES

1120 Empire Central Place, Suite 216, Dallas, TX 75247
For more information, please call Bob Hazzard, Vice President, at (214) 631-8560.

AMCftO

Letterbox

Back and FORTH

Dear Editor:

I was quite pleased with the two
articles on FORTH in the June issue of
MICRO. Regarding the benchmark
comparisons of BASIC, FORTH, and
RPL (page 63), I would have to say that
Mr. Stryker is apparently somewhat
biased in his viewpoint, since he is the
father of RPL. What he appears to have
done is take perfectly readable FORTH
and translate it into hieroglyphics.
Surely, the FORTH word DUP is more
meaningful as a stack operator than
"#", and who would ever guess what
";'', "■", and "%" have to do with
anything? Single-character words are
very useful for lazy typists, but they do
tend to produce "write-only" code for
those who need to determine what a
program is doing.

Every FORTH implementation I
have ever seen has a machine-language
primitive to handle block moves on a
character basis. Why do we go through
the gyrations of listing IB when the
word CMOVE would do just as well
(actually better!)? Even without using
CMOVE, the word BLKM would ex-
ecute faster and with fewer FORTH
words if it were written:

: BLKM OVER + SWAP

DO DUPC@ \C\ ^ +
LOOP DROP ;

This word expects a slightly dif-
ferent order of things to be on the stack
than originally specified: FROM TO
and COUNT (634 826 150 using his
numbers). This is the same order that
CMOVE would expect them also. I am
sure that this arrangement would be of
benefit for RPL as well.

Regarding the SHUFFLER bench-
mark; first of all, it appears there is a
typographical error of omission in line
8 of listing 2B, since the word MOD
referred to in the text is not there. Even
so, however, the way the routine was
implemented can do nothing but slow
it down.

Finally, regarding the Falling-Tone
benchmark, I certainly feel the author's

comments on page 68 regarding how
hard it was to come up with a FORTH
implementation, show a decided lack
of understanding of structured pro-
gramming! Listing 3A shows the same
lack of structure that can be no way
blamed on BASIC itself. After ana-
lyzing what the program is supposed to
do, the following structured code
would have been much clearer:

1010 DC = 20:FORZ = 20 TO 255
1020 DC=DC-Z
1030 IF DO = OTHEN 1020
1040 POKE59464,Z
1050 DC = DC -(-256
1060 NEXT

1070 POKE 59467,0:POKE
59466,0:RETURN

The same code written in FORTH
looks like this:

: TONE 59464 C! 16 59467 C!
170 59466 C! 20 256 OVER DO

BEGIN I -DUPO<:

UNTIL

1 59464 C! 256 +

LOOP DROP 59466 ! ;

Notice that we use 59466 ! to reset
both 59466 and 59467 to zero, since
FORTH inherently works with 16-bit
numbers and uses 8-bit numbers only
occasionally. I would probably do the
same thing at the beginning of TONE
to set up 59466 and 59467 initially,
assuming this is a PIA register address
of some sort. At any rate, the structure
is there and can also be used in the RPL
version, I'm sure.

Edward B. Beach

5112 Williamsburg Blvd.

Arlington, VA 22207

Dear Editor:

In "BASIC, FORTH, and RPL"
(MICRO 49:63), three different com-
puter languages are compared in terms
of speed and memory economy using
three benchmark programs. However,
within the text of the article there were
some comments made about FORTH

by the author, Timothy Stryker, which
require rebuttal.

Mr. Strsfker states that program
modules in RPL do not execute directly
but rather place their address on the
stack where a second call operator (&.]
actually executes this address. As cor-
rectly noted, this is in contrast to
FORTH where the defined word directly
executes; it does not need a second ex-
ecute operator. This allows all FORTH
definitions to be treated as
syntactically equal. Programmers may
freely mix FORTH language words
with their own new definitions — in-
deed, there is no difference in the inter-
nal dictionary structure between these
two parts.

On the other hand, RPL forces us to
use (&) for execution of all new words
while pre-existing ones are immune to
this rule and execute directly, creating
an inconsistent syntax. That this is
memory efficient is doubtful. The
higher level definitions of any non-
trivial application program can consist
of a large proportion of user-defined
operators, each one of which would re-
quire the addition of this execute
operator in RPL. This probably con-
sumes some memory in the compiled
form and it certainly and unnecessarily
clutters up the source code. With
FORTH, the address of any definition
can be placed on the stack with
an additio:[ial operator when it is
desired, although this function is
seldom needed.

It is true that FORTH handles sym-
bols differently depending on whether
they are variables, constants, or ex-
ecuting subroutine names. This is part
of the beauty of the language, not a
weakness. Each type of symbol has a
different function. Subroutine names
execute, constants leave their value on
the stack, and variables leave their ad-
dress so we can suffix them with load
or store operators. Nothing could be
simpler or more efficient: uniformity of
function by means of inconsistent in-
ternal operation. RPL reverses this,
giving us consistent internal operation
while forsaking clarity of function at
the programmer's level. This forces us

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Letterbox (continued)

to be even more aware of what each
definition does — something I would
prefer to be left up to my compiler.

As Mr. Stryker correctly states, the
FORTH string literal print word [.")
and the numeric print words never
leave their output string on the stack.
This is seldom needed and would
possibly slow down the system.
Besides, the stack may not be large
enough to safely handle this, since on
the 6502 the FORTH stack is placed in
page zero (shared with a few other
FORTH locations and probably some
used by the host computer for disk
or terminal I/O). If we need to alter the
string in numeric conversion and print-
ing, FORTH has some primitives avail-
able for inserting additional characters
in the string. With a minor effort we
can add print using to an application
program or make it a permanent part of
the FORTH we use each day. Other
than the string literal defining word
(."), there are no other string operators
defined in the FORTH standards, but
these are not difficult to add to such an
easily extensible language.

Some additional points: The mod-
ulo primitive in the fig-FORTH 6502
model takes 1.2 milliseconds to ex-
ecute. No random-number generator is
defined by the Group, so the poor speed
of this word in Mr. Stryker' s unnamed
FORTH version was not optimized for
speed by whomever wrote it.

Language experimentation and
comparison is certainly needed to fuel
the evolutionary process of computer
technology. But it should best be done
with the full understanding of each
language involved.

Raymond Weisling

]al;m Citropuran No. 23

Solo, Jawa Tengah

Indonesia

Dear MICRO:

Thanks very much for the chance to
respond to Mr. Beach and Mr. Weisling
in regard to their letters concerning my
recent article.

First of all, I take exception to the
contention in both of these letters that
I unjustly biased the benchmarks and
the conclusions drawn therefrom in

favor of RPL. In fact, precisely because
I knew that this objection might be
raised, I bent over backward to give the
benefit of every doubt to FORTH. This
may not be immediately apparent in
the article because I did not make a
point of saying so, but, for example,
wherever my measured execution
times varied slightly from one run to
the next, I uniformly presented
FORTH' s fastest time, and RPL's
slowest; for another, I specifically ex-
cluded from consideration any bench-
marks involving manipulation of
character strings, stack-resident arrays,
finite-state automata, and other opera-
tions that RPL handles much more
naturally than FORTH. Further evi-
dence of this concern will become ap-
parent below.

First I'll address Mr. Beach and his
comments on the use of single-character
operator-tokens. I do agree that RPL
source must look like hieroglyphics to
a person versed in FORTH — but
perhaps you remember what FORTH
(or any computer language) looked like
before you became fluent in it. Ex-
perienced RPL users have as little dif-
ficulty reading RPL source as you do

• Professionat quality • Unlocked disketles * 1:*^
Apple II Requires Applesoft in ROM. 4SKRAiyfs'r^
Apple III Requires Business Basic and Mininuim<t!
C' iCrihuti-d bv
Educational Computing Systems ■^
106 Fairbanks Rd,, Oafc Ridge TN 37890 • StS?'^

»' OMNICOMP

powerful data manipulation and numerical analysis system

performs polynomial curve fitting, numerical interpolation,

numerical integration, numerical differentiation and statistical

calculations using entire data file or selected subsets

extensive built-in hires graphics

mathematical data transformations, plus averaging, smoothing,

and lag/lead

data files interchangeable with OMNIPACK programs

mfk, enmbined \ \y-j 'A^ 'V^
fercharlsdrrcludinfi^ >5^ w5> ^
iiilbined lino dnd b.ii \ CLi •C»

v^ Mi

plots. 'but alt plot |.iiir-ir'iX n^ *^
ri9 menus to dllnvt, mil ^ ' j^^

iCtjcansform.itiniib un dnt.i \^ ^v

graph rabfib "^ -'^

|f,?"" :Apple ril

S74.95

$74.95

9,95 S64.95

■2ft95 SI 69.95

S?7a35 $99.95

ping, in TN add 4V2% tax

Id CMNI IS i iradinjrk nf FNDAC Ire

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Letterbox (continued)

reading FORTH. The advantages of
single-character operator-tokens are
three: 1. as you acknowledge, they cut
down on typing time; 2. they cut down
on the physical size of the source, so
that more source can be fit into
memory at once when undertaking
nontrivial applications,- and 3. they
speed up compilation by cutting down
on the operator-token search time.

Thank you for pointing out a better
method of doing block moves in both
FORTH and RPL. In writing the bench-
marks, I was primarily concerned about
making sure that the FORTH and RPL
versions were as close to identical in
approach as possible, so I missed seeing
that the block move could be done
more efficiently in the way you sug-
gest. You may be interested to know,
though, that the FORTH source you
show for this routine yields an execu-
tion jiffy-count of 717, considerably in
excess of the 591 given for FORTH in
the article. The reason? Your use of the
composite "l-i-" operator in the
innermost loop. When the sequence
"1 -I- " is substituted for this, the ex-
ecution time falls to 584 jiffies. Spaces,
as you note in your letter aie important
in FORTH — one might even say, alarm-
ingly so. They make no difference in
RPL. Unfortunately, the use of even the
sped-up form of your block-move algo-
rithm does not change the standings.
FORTH requires 84 program bytes to
do it in 584 jiffies, whereas the follow-
ing RPL equivalent:

BLKM: ; -I- 1 - % FOR # PEEK FN
POKE 1 -I- NEXT . RETURN

requires only 52 bytes to do it in 508, a
"merit ratio" of 1.85 to 1.

Now, there seems to be some con-
fusion in your letter regarding various
aspects of the SHUFFLER benchmark.
To begin with, there are no typos any-
where in the article. The MOD routine
is, as stated, internal to the RND
routine I used. This RND routine,
modeled after that available under
MMSFORTH, expects an integer passed
to it on the stack, and returns a random
number in the range from up to that
integer minus 1 — hence, the MOD.

Moving on to your comments re-
garding the third benchmark: you are
right. There was no need for me to in-
troduce unstructured code in this case.

The new FORTH TONE routine you
exhibit takes only 3465 jiffies, and re-
quires only 130 bytes of program space.
The corresponding RPL routine is:

TONE; 59464 POKE 16 59467 POKE
170 59466 POKE 20 256 ;; FOR
LOOP: FN - #0< IF
FN 59464 POKE 256 -I-
THEN LOOP GOTO END
NEXT . 59466 ! RETURN

which requires 83 bytes of storage and
executes in 3338 jiffies. The resulting
merit ratio of 1 .62 to 1 represents a con-
siderable improvement. You were right,
incidentally, not to condense the
leading POKEs of 59467 and 59466 into
a single store — the order of the POKEs
into those 6522 VIA registers makes a
big difference.

On to Mr. Weisling's letter. Pro-
. grammers who are bothered by the
necessity of suffixing theii subroutine
references with an ampersand in RPL
are free to eliminate the space
separating the two and thereby regard
the composite "SUBRNAME8>." as just
a one-keystroke-longer method of in-
voking the routine. You doubt that this
is memory efficient. Please find out for
certain by way of the following pro-
cedure: take any nontrivial FORTH ap-
plication program to which you have
access and count up the number of
occurrences of (A) invocations of the
thirty or forty real low-level FORTH
"primitives" such as DUP, " = ", IF,
DO, "@", and things of that nature
(including ";" but not including ":")-,
[Bj references to literal numeric quan-
tities, whether CONSTANTS or not, it
does not matter, which fall in the range
from to 63; (C) references to literal
numeric quantities greater than 63 but
less than 32768, plus all references to
VARIABLES, CVARIABLEs, and what-
not; (D) all references to literal
numeric quantities not covered under B
or C; and [E] all routine-invocations
(other than ":") not covered under A.
Be sure, if you count a routine-
invocation under E, that you also con-
sider the body of that routine part of the
program source. Now form the sum
A-i-B-h2.C-i-3*D-h3*E. This is a
rough approximation of the number of
object program bytes that would be re-
quired, were the program translated,
absolutely mechanically from FORTH
into RPL. Multiply this by about 0.8 to
arrive at the memory size of the

equivalent program, had it been de-
signed in RPL to begin with.

Next, a discussion on symbol
handling. The fact that RPL is more ef-
ficient has been demonstrated already.
That it is simpler may be difficult to
appreciate second-hand like this, but
RPL "gives us consistent internal oper-
ation" without forsaking "clarity of
function at the programmer's level."
The question of how aware the program-
mer needs to be as to "what each defini-
tion does" has nothing to do with it.

The ability to manipulate character
strings conveniently is fundamental to
most user-oriented software develop-
ment. Indeed, your remark about the
size and location of the FORTH stack
points up the fact that this is one area
in which FORTH's extensibility does it
little good. RPL locates both stacks in
page one: the parameter stack is the
hardware stack, and the return stack is
an indexed sort of affair down below it.
Stack-resident strings up to 60 charac-
ters long or so can be manipulated free-
ly without fear of crashing the machine
— and execution is brought to a con-
trolled halt if the 64-word stack entry
limit is exceeded.

And on your last point: under my
version of FORTH, a public-domain
version identifying itself simply as
"fig-FORTH 1.0" (which, however, in-
cludes such exotic facilities as double-
precision and floating-point math,
IEEE-488 I/O, etc.), the following
routine, as timed with an actual watch,
takes 2 minutes and 40 seconds to
execute;

: TEST 30000 DO 6543 52 MOD DROP
LOOP ;

When the MOD is replaced with an-
other DROP, it takes 14 seconds. I leave
you to draw your own conclusions.

Timothy Stryker

Samurai Software

P.O. Box 2902

Pompano Beach, FL 33062

JMCftO

Your opinions, comments, and
ciiticisms can be aiied in MICRO too.
Send mail to Letterbox, MICRO, P. O.
Box 6502, Chelmsfoid, MA 01824.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

CHRISTMAS SEASON
SPECIALS!

Let ARK COMPUTING Make This Your
Best Christmas Ever!

Super Fan II by R.H. Electronics 59.95/79.95

Applicard, a high performance Z-80 card

with 64K Ram, complete with CP/M

4 mhz 324.95/445.00

6 mhz 395.00/595.00

Microsoft Z-80 card with CP/M and

Microsoft Basic

2 mhz 269.95/395.00

Microtek Parallel Printer Interface complete

with centronic compatible connector

64.95/79.95

Lazer Lower Case +Plus with Character

Set +PIUS 49.95/84.90

Lower Case +Plus alone 39.95/59.95

Lazer Graphics +Plus 99.95/159.95

Graphics +Plus and

Lowercase +Plus 134.95/219.90

Computer Stop 16K Ram Board 69.95/149.95

Computer Stop Omnivision 80 Column board
1 29.95/295.00

Videx Video-term with Softswitch, inverse

character set and 80 column Visicalc preboot

295.00/450.00

Wizard BPO 16K buffered printer interface
(expandable to 32 K) 1 34.95/1 79.95

Wizard 80, 80 column board 1 95.00/295.00

Lazer Pascal 29.9'5/39.95

Anix 1 .0 34.95/49.95

Lazer Forth 44.95/59.95

D Tack 68000 board for the Apple II
with 4K Ram 895.00

Lazer Model/32 (16032 board for the Apple II)
CALL!

Lisa

59.95/79.95

Lisa Educational Pak

79.95/119.95

Alien Ambush

19.95/29.95

Bandits

19.95/29.95

Cannonball Blitz

24.95/34.95

County Fair

1 9.95/29.95

Cranston Manor

24.95/34.95

Cycled

19.95/29.95

David's Midnight Magic

24.95/34.95

Dosource 3.3

24.95/39.95

Dueling Digits

1 9.95/29.95

Falcons

21 .95/29.95

Firebird

21 .95/29.95

Foosball

1 9.95/29.95

Horizon V

25.95/34.95

Genetic Drift

19.95/29.95

Kabul Spy

24.95/34.95

Jelly Fish

19.95/29.95

Lemmings

19.95/29.95

Labyrinth

19.95/29.95

Mouskattack

24.95/34.95

Outpost

1 9.95/29.95

Red Alert

19.95/29.95

Pig Pen

24.95/34.95

Russki Duck

25.95/34.95

Minatdr

24.95/34.95

Track Attack

1 9.95/29.95

Thief

17.95/29.95

Space Quarks

19.95/29.95

Snack Attack

19.95/29.95

Swash Buckler

24.95/34.95

Gin Rummy

24.95/34.95

The Dictionary

69.95/99.95

General Manager

99.95/149.95

4 Ft. Disk Cable

19.95/29.95

Visicalc

179.95/250.00

Using 6502 Assembly

Language Book

14.95/19.95

Kids and The Apple

Computer Book

15.95/19.95

Apple Panic

19.95/29.95

Kraft Joystick

49.95/69.95

/R^

^COMPBIIUBIIIC.

..^rC^ ' Vour Salvation

jm0"' 'v::-::-^^

In The Sea Of

' / '■-'*'

Inflation.

714735-2250

P.O. Box 2025
Corona, CA 91 720

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

APPLE I LISZT for
Integer BASIC Programs

by Leonard Anderson

ILISZT prints an Integer BASIC
program in a clear, structured
format with the ability to detect
embedded or attached BINARY
code.

ILISZT

requires:

Apple II with botli
Integer and Applesoft
Disk drive
Printer

The purchase of several disks at the end
of 1981 added a number of Integer
BASIC programs to my Apple II library.
No listings were available and I decided
to print all of them.' Several had
embedded binary code, a condition that
caused much "nonsense" display on
both screen and printer. "LISZT" was
already up and running (MICRO
48:37 1, so it seemed logical to modify
this Applesoft program to format In-
teger listings. The ILISZT result kept
the original format and added the abili-
ty to find exact binary code addresses.

ILISZTER is the formatting and
printing program, run by EXEC file
ILISZT. ILISZTER is Applesoft rather
than Integer. While an Integer program
might seem better, many Apple 11
owners possess ROM or RAM cards for
language duality and ILISZTER seems
more compact in Applesoft due to
string-handling capability. Another ad-
vantage is that ILISZTER can be re-run
without disk operations or loss of In-
teger source code.

ILISZTER retains the original
features such as separation of con-
catenated statements, indenting, and
remark highlighting. Multiple-iterator
NEXT statement handling for restoring
FOR-NEXT loop indents is an improve-
ment. The added binary code deter-
mination and restoration routine is
useful for listing certain utilities.^

Since Integer BASIC differs from Apple-
soft, a brief review of Integer structure
will help provide an Understanding of
ILISZTER.

Integer BASIC Source Code

Figure 1 shows one line number of
source code in Integer, The first byte
contains the number of bytes per line
with the next two bytes having the line
number in binary. End-of-line is
signified by the end byte having a value
of one.

Each entered line is immediately
checked for syntax. Line numbers are
limited to 32767 but may be modified
by utilities. Numeric constants are
converted to binary on entry, an advan-
tage for program execution time.

All function words are stored as
one-byte "tokens" in the range of zero
to 127 decimal. Punctuation, arith-
metic, and logical operators are also
tokens. Eight tokens are unused and
three others are used only with key-
board entries. ASCII characters have
the high bit set to use the decimal range

of 128 and 255. Token and character
values are opposite that of Applesoft.

A major difference also exists in
handling numeric constants within In-
teger. Certain functions permit a
following numeric constant or variable
name. Distinction of a numeric con-
stant is done by making the first byte
following an ASCII number [$B0 to
$B9, not allowed as first letter of a
variable) with the next two bytes con-
taining the numeric constant in binary.

Integer BASIC is located just below
the highest free memory address. In-
teger does not need the three-null end
of program marker required by Apple-
soft. Other details may be found in
earlier publications. ^^ *■ ^

An EXEC File for Glue

If an Integer program exists in
memory, loading an Applesoft program
will not destroy the Integer source code.
Loading does change the Integer start-of-
program pointer at $CB, $CA (203, 202) .
Integer end- of -program, or HIMEM at
$4D, $4C [77, 76) remains unchanged.

Figure 1: Source code structure on one line number In Integer

LINE NUMBER
{16-BIT BINARY)

BYTE
COUNT

LOW

HIGH

END-OF-LINE
MARKER

1 i T

STATEMENT BYTES

I i L

$01

ONE LINE NUMBER

INCREASING
MEMORY
ADDRESS

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

HIMEM will restore to the end of free
memory on re-loading an Integer pro-
gram; the mechanism is unknown but
confirmed through experiments.

EXEC file ILISZT is executed after
loading the Integer program to be
hsted. The first two POKEs in ILISZT
generator MAKE ILISZT will move the
Integer HIMEM pointer into the
LOMEM space at $4B, $4A (75, 74).
LOMEM also restores on Integer re-
load. The last two POKEs move the
start-of-program into the space nor-
mally used for Integer HIMEM.

Running ILISZTER will automatic-
ally switch over to Applesoft without
disturbing the new Integer start and
end addresses. MAKE ILISZT can be
deleted when EXEC text file ILISZT is
generated.

Starting ILISZTER

The first line resets Applesoft high
memory to prevent string operations
from overwriting the Integer source.
Token words are initialized at line 91.
Since quotes are tokens if not in a
remark, the DATA declaration uses an
"&." symbol with conversion via the IF
and CHR$(34! statement,

A token evaluation array is gener-
ated in V at line 96. The V array is used
in line parsing to test unused tokens
and tokens that may have following
numeric constants. Unused tokens
(V = 2) may be nulls or single spaces;
spaces were written just in case the
binary-insert routine crashed.

The choice of lower-case characters
in token words is up to the user.
Mixed-case token words give distinc-
tion from normal upper-case variables.
Available utilities can edit upper-case
source code by adding hexadecimal $20
to each desired lower-case letter.'

Initial display at line 98 is optional
but it does indicate proper location and
operation. The "DIFFERENT START
ADDRESS" prompt allows listing to
begin afteT an embedded binary; binary
addresses will appear in normal print-
outs. ILISZTER can be RUN after any
RESET or list completion without
disturbing Integer source code.

Printer control in lines 107 to 110
should be set to your particular printer
and interface. Subroutines at lines 17
and 18 can be changed to other runtime
control. Source code control characters
are converted to letters before output.

Lines that Parse in the Right

A source code line parse begins at

ILISZTER

PS = PEEK (77) * 256 + PEEK (76) - 1: fflMEM: PS: GOTO 82

1 REM "GETT BOTE" SUBKOOTItlE *

2 P = P + 1:B = PEEK (P): RETURN

3 REM "blank: line priot" subroutine *

4 D = 0: OOSUB 6: PRINT S$: RETURN

5 REM "TEST PAGE SUBRDUTINE *

6IjC = IjC+1:IFL::= <LP then REMORN : REM NOT A NEW PAGE

7 GOSUB 17:LC - 6:PC = PC + 1: PRINT S$: PFJOT' BB$;LB$; "<oontinued> "

8 REM A POFM-EEED FOR TOP OF NEXT PAGE; AUOWS VARIATION TOR DIFFEREIW P

RINTERS.

9 FDR K = 1 TO 4: PRINT S$: NEXT

10 REM PREHT THE HEADER

11 H$(4) = "Integer Page " + STR? (PC) : FDR K = 1 TO 4:E = IMT ( (LL -

LEN (H$(K))) / 2) + 1: PRDTT M$; LEET$ (BB$,E) ;H$(K) : NEXT :K = FRE
(0): PRIOT S$: IF NOT D TOEN RETURN

12 REM POT LINE NUMBER IN BRACKEHS AS A STATEMENT IDENTIFICATION ON NEXT

PRINT PRGE

13 N$ = STR? ( VAL (N$)):K = LEN (N$): REM N$ IS NOW WTTHDOT SPACES; BR

ACKET N$ AND ATTACH TO STATEMENT CHARACTERS

14 C$ = RIGHTS (( LEFT? (IJB$, (6 - K) ) + CHRS (91) + N$ + CHR$ (93) + S

$),8) + RIC5n;$ (C$,( LEN (C$) -8)):K= FRE (0): REOTRN

15 REM * * MX-80 STANDARD/ITALICS SUBRDOTINES * * *

16 REM "GRAPTRAX" Only. Single-character-set printers should DELEOT: the

se calls throughout if not used for other print functions.

17 PRD7T CHR$ (27)"5";: RETURN : REM ESC-5 IS STANDARD SET

18 GOSUB 17: IF RF THEN PRINT CHRS (27)"4";: REM ESC-4 IS ITALICS SET

19 RETURN

20 REM HEXADECIMAL OCNVEKT SUBRDOTINE *

21 A? = "": HEM OTTER WITO 'L' AS EECIMAL NUMBER, RETURN IN 'A?'

22 FOR K = 1 TO 4:D = INT (L / 16) :E = INT ((L - (D * 16)) + 1):L = D:

A$ = MID$ (XS,E,1) + AS: NEXT : REM PREFIX THE "$" HEX NOTATION

23 AS = "S" + A$:K = FRE (0): RETURN

24 REM BEGIN A NEW LINE NUMBER WITO TEST OF NUMBER OF BYTES IN LINE FRCM

FIRST BYTE, THEN CONVERT BINARiT LINE NUMBER TO DECIMAL

25 GOSUB 2: Iff P = > PE GOTO 123: REM PdNTER EQUAL TO OR BEXOND END OF

INTHKER PROGRAM

26 LA = PjBC -- B: IF B > 127 GOTO 114: REM B'frE COUNT TOO lARGE, PROBABLE

ATTACHED BINARy

27 TN = TO + 1: SSK BIJMP LINE NUMBERS, TOEN MAKE LINE NUMBER STRING

28 GOSUB 2:L = B: GOSUB 2:L = B * 256 + L:B = LEN ( STRS (L)):N$ = RIGOTS

(( LEETS (LBS, (7 - B) ) + STRS (L) + " "),8)

29 REM BEGIN STATEMENT LINE PARSHiC WITH FII^ST-BYTE DEJCISION

30 D = 0: GOSUB 2: IF B = 93 AND NOT RF THEM GOSLB 4: GOTO 34: REM SEPA

RATE REM-K3R00PS BY BLANK LINES

31 IF B = 93 AND RF OGfTD 34

32 IF RF TOEN RF = 0: GOSUB 4

33 REM RE-ENTRY POINT FDR NEXT BYTE IN STATIWENT DECISION

34 IF B < 128 GOTO 39: REM BYTE IS A TOKEN

35 IF B = 255 TOEN B = 159: REM RUBOOT (SFF) BECOMES UNEERLINE BETWEEN B

ARS

36 B = B - 128: IF B < 32 TOEN B = B + 64:G$ = GS + CHRS (124)

B) :B = 12:4: REM PUT OCNTROL CHARACTERS BETWEEN BARS

37 G$ = G$ + CHR$ (B): GCGUB 2: GOTO 34

38 REM TOKENS

39 IF V(B) > 1 TOEN G$ = "": GOTO 114: REM [INUSED TCTCEN,

PROGRAM ATTACHED SO GATHERING IS NULLED

40 IF B = 1 OR B = 3 THEN GS = GS + S$: (XfK.) 57: REM FORCE A NEW PRINT L

INE ON E-O-L OR A COLON DEXIMITER; SPACE'. ATTAOED TO PREVENT PRINT-L
INE CRASH

41 IF B = 93 THEN TR = TR + 1:RF = 1:RS = 1 : REM A "REM"

42 IF B = 37 AND PEEK (P + 1) = 85 THEN G$ = G$ + T$(B):CF = 1: GOTO 57

: REM FORCE A NEW LINE ON "THEN" FOUjOWED BY "FOR", SET CONDITIONAL
FLAG

43 IF B = 85 THEN FF = 1: REM A "FOR"

44 IF B < > 89 GOTO 51 : REM SKIP AROUND A "NEXT"

45FS = FS-1:PT = P+1: IFCF THEN FS = F£; - 1 : REM DECREMENT "FOR" SP
ACER CN "IF" FU«3 SET, BEGIN SCANNING AHEAD FOR 2 OR MORE ITERATORS

46 BT = PEEK (PT) : IFBT = 10RBT = 3 GOTO 49: REM NO OTHER ITERATOR

47 IF EfT = 90 THEN FS = FS - 1 : REM CCMMA FCUND, ISJCREMENT "FOR" SPACER
48Pr = FT + l:IFPT< =(IA + BC) GOTO 46: REM CHECK AGAIN FOR ANOTHER

CCWA WITHQI LINE

49 IF FS < THEN FS =

50 REM GATHER Tt»CEN THEN TEST FOR A FOIiOWING 3-BYTE NUMBER GROUP

51 GS = G$ + TS(B):L = B: GOSUB 2: IF V(L) = GOTO 34: REM NO NUMBER SHO

ULD FOLLOW

52 IF B < 176 OR B > 185 GOTO 34: REM THE $B0-$B9 FIRST-BYTE NOT THERE S

O NO NUMBER POIIDWS. FALL-THKDOOJ IGNORES FIRST-BYTE AND DOES DBCIM
AL STRING CONVERSION

53 GOSUB 2:L = B: GOSUB 2:L = B * 256 + L:GS = G$ + STRS (L) : GOSUB 2: GOTO

54 REM ADD EXTRA INESNT EACH SPLIT LINE,

55 TS = TS - 1:SF = 0:RS = RS + 1: IF BS

56 REM FIRST ENTRY TO PRINT-LINE BUILD,

IT-POINT :L0W LIMIT 'E'

57 TS = TS + 1:K = IM * (FS + RS) :E = K + 13: IF K

BBS,K) + GS

+ CHRS (

PROBABLE BINARY

LIMITING ON "REM" STATEMENTS
> 2 THEN BS = 2
GET TOTAL INDENT SPACES PLUS SPL

THEN GS = LEFTS (

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

45 OR

(continued)

58 RIM BUILD TOTAL PRINT-LINE STRING

59 IF NOT D THEN C$ = N$ + G$

60 IF D THEN C$ = LB$ + G$

61 REM TEST FDR LC*C LINE, SPLIT IF NBCESSAJW

62 K = LEN (C$) - LL: IF K < 1 GOTO 74: RIM NOT A SPLIT LINE

63 G$ = RIGOT? (C$,K):C? = LEET$ {C$,LL):SF = 1

64 RIM BBSIN SPLITTING WITH SEARCH FDR A SPACE

65 D = LL

66 IF MID$ (C$,D,1) = S$ GOTO 72
67D = D-1: IFD>E GOTO 66

68 D = LL: REM SPLIT NEXT AT ARITWETIC OPERATOR OR OCMMA

69 K = ASC ( MID$ (C?,D,1)): IF K = 42 OR K = 43 OR K = 44 OR K

K = 47 OR K = 124 GOTO 72
70D = D-1:IFD>E GOTO 69: RIM FALL-THROUGH IS NO SPLIT

71 GOTO 74: RIM NEXT LINE IS SPLITTING INSTRUCTION

72 K = LL - D: IF K > TOIN G$ = RIOTT? (C$,K) + G$:C$ = LEFT? (C$,D)

73 REM TEST PAia; LINE-COUNT, INSERT SPACES AS RB3UIRED, TOIN PRIOT

74 QOSUB 6:K = I£N (C$): IFSF = 0ORK< 2 0RRF THEN 77: REM FORGET M

ARKENG UNDEELINIM3 ON "REM"S

75 IF MrD$ (C$,K,1) = S? THEN C$ = LEFT? (C$,(K - 1)) + CHR? (95): RIM

PUT A TRAILING UNDERLINE AT lAST SPACE AS A MARKER FOR THE LEFT-HAND
STRING

76 IF I£N (G$) > 2 AND LEET$ (G$,l) = S$ THEN G$ = CHR? (95) + RIOTT?

(G$, ( I£N (G$) - 1)) : REM POT A LEADING UNDERLINE AT FIRST SPACE OF
RIGOT-HAND STRING AS A MARKER

77 GOSUB 17:K = UM (C$): PRINT M5; LEET$ (C$,8);: GOSUB 18: PRIOT RIOTT?

(C$,(K - 8)):K = PRE (0): IF SF THEN D = 1: GOTO 55: RIM PRINT REST
OF A SPLIT LINE

78 RS = 0: IF FF THEN FS = FS+1:EF =

79 D = 0:SF = 0:G$ = "": IF B = 1 GOTO 25: RIM GET ANOTIHER LINE NWEER IF

E-O-L, ELSE FALL 1HR00GH AND GETT ANCnHER STATIMEMT

80 GOSUB 2:D = 1: GOTO 34

81 RIM INITIALIZATION OF VARIABLES

82 DIM T$(127),H$(4),V(127)

83 RIM INITIAL VARIABLE SETTING HAS AN aO-CHARACTER WIEE PRINT LINE AND

82-LINE PAGE LfNSIH (INCLUDDK HEADER, EXCLUDING 'OOWnNUED' INDICAT
OR) ; CHANGE LL AND LP AS DESIRED FOR OTHER POEMAT SIZE.

84 PE = PEEK (75) * 256 + PEEK (74) - 1:P = PS: RIM PS = INTEGER PROGRA

M START ADCKESS MINUS CHE, PE = DSnBGER PROGRAM STOP ADDRESS MINUS O
NE

85 B = 0:LL = 80:LP = 82:IM = 4:TN = 0:TS = 0:TR = 0:S$ = " " :X$ = "01234

56789ABCEEF" :C$ = "■':G$ = "":N$ = "":M$ = "":IB$ = " ":BB5 =

86 REM 'T$' ARRAY STRING OCMSTANTS FOR PRINTItB TOKEMS

87 DATA

',"IiDad ","Save " , "Ccxi" , "Run ", "Run", "Del ",",

," Step
Print ",
","," At

',"N
'Pri

, "IfciDsp " , "
CHRS (34):

1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
0,0,0,1,1,1,0,2,
1,0,0,1,1,0,1,0

New" , "Clear" , "Auto ",",", "Man ","Himem : ","Lan6in : ","+","-",'•*","/

"," = "," # "," >= "," > "," <= "," <> "," < "," And "," Or "," Med
","""," ","(",","," Then "

88 DATA " Then ",",",",","&",'%","("," "," ","(", "Peek" , "Rnd", "Sgn", "Abs

","Pdl"," ","(","+","-", "Not ","("," = "," # ","Len(","Asc(","Scm("
,",","(","$"," ","(",",",",", " ; " , " ; ",":",",",",",",", "Text" , "Gr " , "Ca
11 ","Dim ","Diin ".'"Tab "

89 DATA "End", "Input "," Input ", "Input " , "Etir "," = "," To

ext ",",", "Return"," Gosub ","* "," "," GcTo ","If ",
nt ", "Print" , "Poke ",",", "Color = ","Plcrt ",",","HLin ",'
VLin ",",", " At " , "VTab "

90 DATA " = "," = ",")"," ","List ",",", "List" , "Pop" , "tfeDsp '

ttoTrace" , "Dsp ","Dsp ", "Trace" , "Pr # ","In # "

91 FDR K = TO 127: READ T$(K) : IF T$(K) = "&" TOIN T$(K) =

REM ONE WAY TO GET A DOUBLE CXETTE INTO A STRING

92 NEXT

93 REM 'V ARRAY CONSTANTS FOR TOKEN TESTDK

94 DATA 2,0,2,0,0,0,0,1,0,1,1,0,0,2,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1.

1,2,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,1,2,2,1,0,0,0,0,0,2,1,1,1,1,1,0,
1,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,0,0,0,

95 DATA 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,1,0,2,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1

96 FDR K = TO 127: READ V(K) : NEXT

97 REM SCREEN PRCMPTS AND OPERATOR ALTERNATES

98 HUE : TE3CT : VTAB 2: HTAB 12: INVERSE : PRXNT " ILISZTER ACTIVE ": NORMAL

: VTAB 4:L = PS + 1 : GOSUB 21: PRINT "START OF INTEISER PROGRAM: ";AS
:L = PE: GOSUB 21: PRINT " END OF INTECER PROOWM: ";AS: REM OPTION
AL TO CHECK APPROXIMATE ADDRESS LOCATION

99 PRINT : INPUT "PROGRAM NAME: ";H?(1): INPUT " PROGRAfrMER: ";H$(2): INFOT

CATE: ";H$(3): REM REQUIRED FOR HEADER ON EACH PAGE

100 PRINT : PRINT "WANT DIFFERENT START ADDRESS ?": GET AS: IF AS < > "
Y" GOTO 103

101 mPOT " START ADDRESS (HEX): ";AS:D = 1:BT = 0: FDR K = LEN (AS) TO
1 STEP - 1: FOR E = 1 TO 16: IF MID$ (AS,K,1) = MID? (X$,E,1) THEN
BT=D*(E-1)+BT

102 NEXT E:D = D * 16: NEXT K: PRINT :P = BT - 1:L = BT: GOSUB 21: PFONT

HEX ADDRESS = ";AS;" CHANCT: ?": GET AS: IF AS = "Y" GOTO 101

103 PRINT : PRXNT "NO LEFT MARGIN, WANT ONE ?": GET AS: IF AS = "Y" IHIN

INRJT " MARGIN SPACES: ";K: IF K > AND K < 49 TOIN M? = LEET$ (
BB$,K):LL = LL - K

104 REM REMINDER FOR PRINTER SEH'-UP , .. ,,

(continued)

line 25. Integer does not allow a byte
count larger than 127. (The actual
number is 255. The 127-byte limit [line
26) is for print-line reconstruction,
usually longer than source-code line
length.) A byte count that is too large
will jump to the binary-insert routine
at line 114. Line numbers up to 65535
will output whether they are actual
line numbers or a chance byte-pair in
binary. A test of number magnitude
was included in an earlier version but
then disregarded due to the large
number of starting prompts.

Remark checking in lines 30 to 32 is
part of the blank-line separation for
REMs. Removing separation would
delete all but the "D = 0" statement; D
must remain for line number printing.

Statements begin parsing in line 34,
ASCn characters are restored for print-
ing but control characters are upper-
case between vertical bars. Source code
rubouts are included to fill out lines in
certain programs.^

Token parsing begins at line 39 with
a test for unused tokens. The added
space to the gather string at line 40
prevents a crash during a binary code
test; a rare condition, but it was found
in two listings.

Three programs were found with a
FOR loop starting on an IF-true condi-
tion. Line 42 solves indenting and
restoration on this rare case. Integer
normally executes only one IF-true
condition but, apparently, a FOR loop
will execute until completed.

Two or More Iterators

The printout indent restoration of
statements such as "NEXT f,K" is
solved by the search routine in lines 45
to 49. Of several comma tokens, only
decimal value 90 is the comma in a
multiple-variable NEXT statement.
This search and find will restore global
indenting of FOR loops. It can also be
patched into the original LISZTER to
solve an oversight.''

Numbers Following You?

Some tokens allow following
numeric constants. Integer BASIC flags
a numeric constant with a $B0 to $B9
prefix (ASCII numbers to 9). The test
in lines 51 and 52 check for token and
prefix, ignoring the prefix if it exists.

Line 53 builds the numeric constant
string and gathers it in G$, Flow must
return to line 34 afterwards. The next
byte can be either a token or a char-

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

acter; variable names are ASCII
characters.

The Final Print Line

Lines 55 to 80 form the output print
hne, splitting and indenting as in the
original LISZTER. First-priority split is
still a space, but second-priority split
has a vertical bar added to line 69. Con-
trol characters seem to be used more in
Integer. At this point they have been
converted to upper-case letters between
bars and will not upset printer control.

The complex print statement group
in line 77 is solely for the italics
capability of the Epson printer. A
single-character-set printer can
substitute a simple "PRINT M$; C$"
for both GOSUBs and PRINTs.

Possible Binary?

An IF-true test at lines 26 or 39 in-
dicates something is wrong with the In-
teger source code. More than likely it is
due to embedding binary code with in-
teger. The routine at lines 114 to 120
checks this condition.

Variable LA is made up of the ad-
dress of each new source line number
start. That address is converted to hex-
adecimal and printed with the "Possi-
ble Binary From" indicator. A search
now begins for any byte group meeting
the following: the group is below
HIMEM, the group is less than 128
bytes long, and the end-of-line byte
value is found from the first-byte ad-
dress plus value. A successful search
will print the byte group last address in
hex to complete the indicator, then
return to line 25 for a new source line
number.

The indicator may be printed
several times before a correct source
line is found. The number of prints will
be dependent on binary content but a
correct Integer source line will always
follow embedded binary.

A possibility is a bit error in
memory that can yield another possible
binary print line. An advantage is that a
printout will show beginning and end-
ing addresses for closer examination.

An "attached" binary program will
terminate at highest available memory.
The possible binary last print will in-
dicate this as $95FF with standard DOS.

Alternatives

A purely Integer version of
ILISZTER can be written by translation
of the general structure. Page zero loca-
tions $69 through $6D can be used for

(continued)

105

': PRINT "

": NOFMAL

CHES(9)=CTRL

HCME : INVERSE : PRINT " SET PAPER TO TOP OF FDFM
THEN ": PRINT " TORN Q!I PRINTER

: GET A?

106 R£M SET S3JEEN WIETH, TORN ON PROPER PORT

107 HCME : POKE 33,30: PR# 1

108 REM CONTRDL CHAPflCTEIBS FOR MX-80 WITH "GiRAPFI£R" CARD.
-I, CHR$(:27)=ESC

109 PRINT CHRS (9)"82N" CHRS (27)"0" CHRS (9)"I"

110 REM

111 REM SETr-UP TO START FIRST PRINT PAGE

112 U: = 6:PC = 1:D = 0: GCSUB 11: GOTO 25

113 REM POSSIBLE-BINARY INSE3?T/ADDITICIN ROUTINE

114 BF = 1: GOSUB 18:L = LA: GOSUB 21: GOSUB 6: PRINT M5;LB5;" >>> Possib

le Binary frcm ";A5;" to ";

115 IF P > PE GOTO 121

116 IF B > 127 THEN GOSUB 2: GCnT) 115: REM BYTE-COUNr TOO LAR3E

117 Pr = P + B-l:BT= PEEK (PT) : IP PT > PE GOTO 121

118 IF BT < > 1 OR B < 5 THEN GOSUB 2: OOXO 115: REM NO E-O-L OR BYTE-
COUNT TOO SMALL

119 IF lA = (P - 1) THEN GOSUB 2: GOTO 115: REM ATOID KEPETITICIN; SCMEH
OW THE POIOTER DIDN'T ADVANCE

120 P = P - 1:L = P: GOSUB 21: PRINT AS:D = 0:G$ = "": GOTO 25: B£M RETTUR

N TO LINE-NUMBER STAPT

121 L = PE: GOSjUB 21: PRINT A?

122 REM ENDING ROUTINE

123 GOSUB 4: C»SOB 17: PRINT MS;IB5;"End of Usting"

124 REM OPTICHAL STATISTICS

125 GOSUB 4: PRIOT M? ; "Program Length = ";(PI! - PS)
;TN;" Line Nuntoers": GOSUB 4: PRINT M5;(TS - TR);"
tements, ";TR;" Tbtal Ranarks"
REM TURN OFF PKINTER, KtKtT SCREEN AND SHOW COMPLEmCIN

Bytes, Tbtal of "
Tbtal Ifcn-Rati Sta

126
127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140 '

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167
168
169

170
171
172
173
174

PR# 0: POKE 33,40: HCME : VTAB 12: HTAB 10: INVERSE : PRINT " END OF

ILISZTINC; ": NORMAL : END
REM "ILISZTER" program to re-format TNTEGER BASIC listing prints
REM by Leonard H. Arrierson Version 2.8.8, 15 May 1982
REM lower case eind italics for MX-80 & "GRAETRAX"
REM EOssiible-Binary routines added to 2.8.1 (21 March 1992)
REM

REM rasau-prioN of variables:

REM

TEMPORARY STRING, PARTLY FOR HEX CONVERSION
PROGRAM BYTE VALUE IN DECIMAL

BIG BLANK' STRING OF 48 SPACES
BYTE-COUNT CF A LINE, DECIMAL
TEMPORARY PROGRAM BYTE VALUE IN DECIMAL
"IP" FLAG: SETT ONLY ON "IP" FOUO/iED BY "FOR"
CHARACTER AND TOKEN STRING TO BE PRINTED
TEMPORARY, PARTLY FOR 'DIRECTION'
TEMPORARY, PARTLY FOR SPLIT-LINE LIMITS
"lOR" FLAG: 1 = "FOR" STARTED, = NO "FOR"
"EOR" INDENT SPACE COUNTER
'CATHER' STRING TO BUILD A STATEMENT
HEADER ARRAY FOR PRINT-PAGE TITLE:
INDENT SPACE MULTIPLIER
TEMPORARY

TEMPORARY, PARTLY FOR LOW-BYTE VfiLUE
LINE NUMBER BEGINNING ADDRESS
LINE COUNTER FOR PAGLNATICIN
UNE-UNGTH CONSTANT
'LITTLE BIANK' STRING OF 8 SPACES!
IZET MARGIN SPACING STRING
UNE NUMBER STRING
PCilNTER TO PROGRAM BYTE, DECIMAL
PAGE OOUWTER FOR PRINT-PACT! HEADEiR
INTEGER PROGRAM END ADDRESS, DECIMAL
INTE(3:R PROGRAM START ADDRESS, CSCIMAL
■TEMPORARY POINTER TO PRDOWM BYTE!, DECIMAL
"REM" FLAG: 1 = "REM" STARTED, = NO "REM"
"REM" INDENT SPACE COUNTER

SPLIT-LINE FLAG: SETT IP PRINT LUSE MUST BE SPLIT
SINGLE-SPACE STRING
TOTAL LINE NUMBER COUNTER

REM A?
REM B
REM BB$
REM BC
REM BT
REM CF
REM C$
REM D
REM E
REM FP
REM FS
REM GS
REM H$
REM IM
REM K
REM L
REM lA

REM u:

REM LL
REM IB?
REM M?
REM N5
REM P
REM PC
REM PE
REM PS
REM PT
REM RF
REM RS
REM SF
RIM S?
REM TN

REM TR
REM TS
REM T$
REM V
REM
REM
REM
REM X?

TOTAL REMARKS COUNTER
TOTAL STATEMENTS COUNTER
TOKEN STRING ARRAY
ARRAY FOR TOKEN EVALUATTCN:

= NO BINARY NUMBER FOIiOWS TOKEN

1 = A a-HYTE BINARY NUMBER POUCWS

2 = UNUSED/ INTERNAL, DO NOT PRINT
HEX CHARACTER STRING FOR OCHVERSIOilS

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Make ILISZT

200

* TEXT FILE GENERATCK TOR "ILISZT"

210

* VERSION 3.0, 16 APRIL 1982 LHA

220

D$ = "iDl"

230

Print D$;"OPEN ILISCT"

240

Print D5r "WRITE ILISZT"

250

* MAKE INltJiEK LLMtM RJiWl'ER HCgJ5 ENDING OF lOTTnFR PROGRAM

260

Print "POKE74,EraK(76)"

270

Print "POKE75,EraK{77)"

280

* MAKE INl-KJEK EHMEM POItnER SOLD STAFET OF INTEGER PRDOWM

290

Print "POKE76,PEEK(202)"

300

Print "POKE77,PEEK{203)"

310

Print "HUN ILIS27rER"

320

Print D$; "CLOSE"

330

End

pointer re-arrangement as in the LISZT
predecessor. Total code will probably
exceed the 4.5K bytes of a "REM-less"
ILISZTER in Applesoft. MAKE ILISZT
can be either language; the created text
file will be the same.

ILISZTER has successfully handled
a 23K Integer program printout plus
one program with two embedded
binary code sections.

References

1. Apple Pugetsound Program Library

Exchange "public domain" disks
(members only). Printouts of 1057
programs fill three large loose-leaf
notebooks; about a quarter are
Integer.

2. "Higher Text" by Ron and Darrell
Aldrich, Call —A.P.P.L.E. version.
One Integer program has two binary
embedments.

3, MICRO on the Apple, Volume 1,
MICRO INK, pages 198-203.

A.PEEKing at Call —A.P.P.L.E.,
Volume 2, pages 44-61, Apple Puget-

sound Program Library Exchange,
1979.

5. What's Where in the Applet,
William F. Luebbert, MICRO INK.
For address locations only.

6. "The Inspector," Omega Micro-
ware, Inc., is one example of a disk
or memory byte-changer utility.
Although the author has upper-/
lower-case conversion on the key-
board, this utility was used to cor-
rect typos in ILISZTER' s DATA
statements.

7. "LISZT with Strings," Richard F.
Searle, Don Cohen, Leonard H.
Anderson, MICRO, May 1982, listing
2 on page 41. The easiest patch is a
GOSUB in line 45 just after the
"CF = r' statement; the subroutine
would look for a delimiter comma in
ASCII, such as "BT = 44", to decre-
ment the FOR spacer.

You may contact Mr. Anderson at 10048
Lanark St., Sun Valley, CA 91352.

JMCRO

EVER WONDER HOW YOUR APPLE II WORKS?

QUICKTRACE will show you! And it can show you WHY when it doesn't!

This relocatable program traces and displays ttie actual machine operations, while it is running and
without interfering with those operations. Look at these FEATURES:

SInglm-Stmp mode displays the last instruction,

next instruction, registers, flags, stack contents,
and six user-definable memory locations.

Traca mode gives a running display of the Single-
Step information and can be made to stop upon
encountering any of nine user-definable
conditions.

Background mode permits tracing with no display
until it is desired. Debugged routines run at near
normal speed until one of the stopping cond-
itions is met, which causes the program to return
to Single-Step.

QUICKTRACE allows changes to tfie stacic,

registers, stopping conditions, addresses to be
displayed, and output destinations tor all this
information. All this can be done in Single-Step
mode while running.

Two optional diaplay lormata can show a sequence
of operations at once. Usually, the information
is given in four lines at the bottom of the screen.

QUICKTRACE is completely transparent to the
program being traced. It will not interfere with
the-stack, program, or I/O.

QUICKTRACE is relocatable to any free part of

memory. Its output can be sent to any slot or to
the screen.

QUICKTRACE is completely compatible with

programs using Applesoft and Integer BASICS,
graphics, and DOS. (Time dependent DOS
operations can be bypassed.} It will display the
graphics an the screen while QUICKTRACE is
alive.

QUICKTRACE is a beautiful way to show the

incredibly complex sequence of operations that
a computer goes through in executing a program

Prica: SSO

QUICKTRACE was writter} by Johrt Rogers.
QUICKTRACE is a traOetnark ot Anthro-Digital. Inc.

QUICKTRACE requires 3548 (JEOO) bytes (14 pages) o< memory and some knowledge of machine language programming
It will run on any Apple II or Apple II Plus computer andean be loaded from disk or tape. It is supplied on disk with DOS 3.3.

QUICKTRACE DEBUGGER

La$t tn$tructlon

Stack

Contantt

Next Inatruction

La$t addntt

f~F69- A9 AA

DIaanemttly

LDA #$AA

Top Mwn byftM of $tack

Prooaaaor codea Uaer daUnad location A Contanta

ST=7(:

Accumulator

A=--=AA
f-F6B-

X mg.

X-9S

:.^- l.,'D
Ymg.

Y-25

43 D4 CI NV-BDIZC 0000-

Slack pointer

SPn^:F2 PS

Procaaaor atatua Con^nt ol nianncad addmaa

aOl 10001 {]=DD

Dluammbly Ralaninc. addrw AnthrO-Dlgital, IhC.

STA *33 I $0033 1 P.O.Box 1385

Pittsfield, MA 01202

413-448-8278

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

ttaSa-lntelwt

Ikis 15 > Mf If If n ctliayt wfKt hih

mm M loRT cna dvicvs E iril « >.—— -■ ■-

bsf» [teKiHs en bt nxiHtni^ ki dafiat >Ik n-lii*t Etncts

liOfriTar

II ttis Mita<. artcter all ::ai oitar ilai ISi starirl U ca k«

im.

tiJiTlMftiis «r 5«(fw» ielecTitli if n tti2i

n<r a;? itH huriits Si Hz £< a* hi vita 'WHK wilj
IK so-; •!» He ■ BI-T3PI !:»*) <i;l anTiilir nfaii if MriiiK
2!» hw iKl) ir I bKt *iws

HK Sa-3 mtlli rtflaces t)» 341 ner j m r» sisreii ori ikIhk Ik
Mmt* ><«*> Nrr
- m SB-} su«I) 'plaii it' n mor iista >irii m twduiri iWificnigK ti

SMtMt drims ar; nniikli iw IS Ca. aS •». «4 )N»2.

EXPANSION

Tired of trying to run your word processor or your DMB on an
OSI 64 character video screen? Now there's the SEB-3, THE
most versatile 80x24 video board anywhere is available for OSI
48 pin BUSS systems. No longer will you have to consider con-
verting your video-based system to a serial terminal because
you've found 64 characters stifling for serious business use.
Nor need you give up compatibility with any existing graphics
software because the SEB-3 allows you to choose ANY screen
format up to 80x24 including 32x32 and 64x32. Since the
SEB-3's screen format can be changed at any time under soft-
ware control, even gaming displays can benefit from screens
custom tailored to the game itself. The SEB-3 is so
well designed and so versatile that it will not need
to be replaced — ever. Simple changes in software and/or
hardware will allow the SEB-3 to: generate displays up to 256

columns; handle 50 Hz EuFopear\ formats; accomodate custom
characters or character cell sizes larger or smaller than 8x8
and transparently access the screen to eliminate screen
"glitches". In short, the SEB-3 will meet any demands your
system may place on it now and in the future. The SEB-3 also
supports an OSI-style floppy disk interface which can handle
two 5" or 8" drives. Like all of the boards in the SEB series,
the SEB-3 simply "plugs in" to your machine — there are
absolutely NO hardware changes. The SEB-3 is designed to
replace your outmoded 540 board so you don't even lose a
backplane slot. Your keyboard input now also plugs into
the SEB-3 — load one of the software drivers and you're
ready to go!
SEB-3 Assembled $259.00 Bare Board $59.00

KH $220.00 Manual only $5.00

If your Challenger can't generate displays like those shown
above WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR? The SEB-1 High
Resolution Graphics and Memory Board (for 01 P and
Superboard II) and the SEB-2 High Resolution Graphics and
Disk Controller Board (for C2/4/8) simply 'plug-in' to your
computer and give you instant access to over 49000
individually addressable pixels in up to 8 colors! Your Hi-Res
screen can go from 32 x 16 alphanumerics to 256 x 192 point
graphics in 1 1 software selectable modes. The standard video
of your computer is left intact, so that none of your current
software library is outmoded. Use the graphics for Business,
Scientific, Education, or Gaming displays that were Impossible
— until now! SEB-1 SEB-2

Installation of either board requires absolutely NO modification of
your computer — they just 'plug-in'. Nor do they preclude your
using any other OSI-compatible hardware or software. In addition
to the Hi-Res Graphics the SEB-1 gives 01 & Superboard II users
16K of additional user memory (over and above that memory
devoted to the graphics), two 1 6 bit timers/ counters, an on-board
RF modulator, and a parallel port with handshaking. The SEB-2
gives OSI 48-pin BUS users an OSI hardware/software
compatible Disk controller, and an RF modulator that can be
user-populated.

FOR OSI IP, 2-4P, 2-8P, C4P, C8P

SEB-1

SEB-2

Assembled and Tested
Kit

$249.00 (5K RAM) $239.00 (1 K RAM)
$165.00 (No RAM) $199.00 (No ^AM)

COMING: SEB.3 80 x24 VldeolDisk Controller (C2IAIS), SEB-A ASK Memory
RAMIROM (C2IAI8), SEB-5 8K RAUIDisklSoundlClocklVoice (CI & Superboard).

Write for FREE catalog

International Requests please

supply 2 international Response Coupons

ORION

Bare Board & Manual
Manual only

$ 59.00
$ 5.00

VISA'

-762-5636

'^SOFTWARE ASSOC.

P.O. BOX 310, OSSINING, NY 1056

2 914

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

BASIC Macro Function
for Cursor Control

by Kerry Lourash

BASIC Macro is a machine-
language program similar in
function to the macro option of
some assemblers. It enables
Cursor Control users to insert
often-used statements with only
two Iceys when typing BASIC
programs. ERGO, a routine for
all C1P users, eliminates the
graphic character in error
messages.

BASIC IMacro and
ERGO

require:

OSI C1P

As a C IP owner, I type in a lot of BASIC
programs, mainly because neither OSI
nor independent vendors have the pro-
grams I want. While I pounded my
fingers to the bone and cursed my two-
fingered typing speed, I wished for a
utility similar to the macro function of
some assemblers. After punching out
"GOSUB8000:GOTO650" for the 20th
time in a program, I was inspired to
write BASIC Macro.

Macro is an extension of the Cursor
Control program (MICRO 36:75). It
lets you insert one of ten macros up to
70 characters long in a BASIC line with
only two keystrokes (three, if you
count CTRL R as two keys) . If a phrase
(such as GOSUB8000:GOTO650) oc-
curs frequently in a program you're typ-
ing, store it in a BASIC line 0-9 (1
GOSUB8000:GOTO650|. Now, as you
encounter that phrase, hit CTRL R. A
white block will appear. Type '1' and
the phrase will be printed on the screen
and stored in the input buffer. Should
you type a line number that doesn't
exist. Macro will wait for another
number. If you type a letter. Macro
assumes you've changed your mind
about calling a macro, and exits. CTRL
R stands for repeat.

When designing Macro, I had plans
for a sophisticated phrase storage area
with variable-length storage space.
After I'd written the code to find and
print the phrases, which was the lesser
half of the program, I found that I'd
used over half a page of memory. This
approach was going to cost me well
over the page of memory I had allotted
for program and storage space! So I let
BASIC keep track of the phrases.

To patch Macro into Cursor Con-
trol, change the input routine PATCH

at location $1E0F to JMP $0222 instead
of JMP $1E12.

Macro finds the BASIC line you
specify, prints it on the screen, and
stores it in the input buffer. If the addi-
tion of the phrase makes the line too
long, the 'BEL' character is printed. To
use BASIC lines 0-9 as storage space, it
was necessary to teach Macro how to
convert tokens to keywords, but the
final program is still much shorter than
my first attempt. The WINDUP rou-
tine finds the buffer count in the stack.

BASIC Macro Listing

OOOO

; BASIC MACRO FOR CC

0000

PATCH=

*lEOf

0000

OK-

*1F1C

0222

$0221

0222

C912

MACRO

CMP

*tl2

;CTRL R?

0224

B061

BNE

RESUME

0226

20101F

JSR

SPRINT WHITE BLOCK

0229

2000FD

MAC

JSR

$FDOO

iGET MACRO NUMBER

022C

C93A

CMP

**3A

J IF NOT A NUMBER

100

022E

B057

BC3

RESUME

JTHE'N! EXIT

110

0230

C930

CMP

*t30

120

0232

9053

BCC

RESUME

130

0234

E930

SBC

♦*30

; ASCI I TO BlNARr

140

0236

8511

3TA

$11

JLOOK FOR LINE «

150

0238

ft?00

LDA

160

023 A

3512

STA

tl2

170

023C

2032A4

JSR

$A432

180

023F

90E8

BCC

MAC

JTRY AGAIN

1?0

0241

200

0241

A003

LDY

JTO START OF LINE

.?10

0243

FQUND

INY

,"NEXT CHAR.

220

0244

8497

STY

$97

JSAVE Y REGISTER

230

0246

BIAA

LDA

( $AA ) , Y

rGET CHAR.

240

0248

F035

BEQ

UINDUP

iQUIT IF NULL

250

024A

3007

BMI

TOKEN

i CONVERT IF TOKEN

260

024C

A497

FND

LtlY

$97

; RESTORE Y REGISTER

270

024E

206F02

JSR

STORE

230

0251

DOFO

BNE

FOUND

iBRANCH ALUAY3

2?0

0253

300

0253

TOKEN

SEC

fFIND & CONVERT TOKEN

310

0254

E97F

SBC

*t7F

; TOKEN MINUS 7F

320

0256

TAX

,' TOKEN INDEX IN A REG

330

0257

AOFF

LDY

♦tFF

340

0259

DEX

350

025A

F008

BEQ

; FOUND TOKEN IN TABLE?

360

025C

INY

;no, next letter

370

025D

B984A0

LDA

*A084,Y

380

0260

lOFA

BPL

rLOQP S. GET NEXT CHAR.

3?0

0262

30F5

BMI

fLOQP TO NEXT TOKEN

400

0264

INY

410

0265

B984A0

LDA

*A084,Y

iGET LETTER

420

0268

30E2

BMI

FHD

,'LAST letter of TOKEN?

430

026A

206F02

JSR

STORE

440

026II

D0F5

BNE

450

026F

460

026F

A60E

STORE

LDX

tOE

,' STORE CHAR. IN BUFFER

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

where it was stored at the start of the
INPUT routine |the X register). Loca-
tion $0E, the screen character counter,
is loaded into the stack to update the
buffer count.

For those unfortunates who have
not been converted to Cursor Control, I
whipped up a short patch to the stock
output routine that prints CIP error
messages correctly. As the output rou-
tine prints characters on the screen,
ERGO checks every carriage return to
see if it comes from the error message
routine. If so, ERGO steps in and prints
the second letter of the error message as
a letter, not a graphics character. The
stock carriage return/line feed is omit-
ted to save space on the screen. To
patch ERGO into the output routine,
change the contents of the output vec-
tor to the start of ERGO ($021A = 22,
$0218=02).

You may contact Kerry Lourash at 1220
North Dennis, Decatur, IL 62522.

JMCftO

BASIC Macro Listing (Continued)

470 0271 E047

CPX

»$47

480 0273 BOOS

BCS

STO+1

490 0275 297F

AND

*$7F

;ZERO

HI BIT

500 0277 9513

STA

$13, >

510 0279 2CA907

STO

BIT

»07A»

;bel

CHAR. IF >71

520 027C 4CE5A8

JMP

»A8E;

JPRINT CHAR.

530 027F

540 027F BA

UlNDUP

TSX

JUPDATE BUFFER COUNT

550 0280 A50E

LDA

$0E

.'LINE

COUNT IN STACK

560 0282 9D0201

STA

$0102. X

570 0285 A901

LDA

;non-

PRINTING CHAR.

580 0287 4C121E

RESUHE

JHP

PATCH+3 JBACK

TO CC

ERGO Listing

10 0000

30 0222

ERCO ROUTINE

»=$0222

40 0222 C90D

CMP

*13

IS CHAR A CR ?

50 0224 D015

BNEEXIT

60 0226 8650

STX

$50

SAVE X REG.

70 0228 BA

TSX

GET STACK POINTER

80 0229 BD0501

LDA

$105, X

CALLING ADDRESS $A252?

90 022C C952

CMP

*$52

100 n2?K D007

BNE

NOERH

no 0230 BD0601

LDA

$106, X

120

0233 C9A2

CMP

«A2

130 0235 F007

BEQ

ERGO

YES, PRINT ERR MESS.

140 0237 A650

NOEHR

LDX

$50

RESTORE AiXREGS.

150 0239 A90D

LDA

*13

160 023B 4C69FF

170

180 023E A650

EXIT

JMP

$FF69

TO REGULAR OUTPUT

ERGO

LDX

$50

RESTORE X REG.

190 0240 20E3A8

JSR

$A8E3

PRINT '?'

200 0243 BD64A1

LDA

$A164,X

FIND 1ST LETTER

210 0246 20E5A8

JSR

$A8E5

PRINT IT

220 003F BD65A1

LDA

$A165,X

FIND 2ND LETTER

230 024c 2y/F

AND

#$7F

ZERO HI BIT

240 024E 4C5FA2

JMP

$A25F

TO REG. ERR ROUTINE

g\ C" I Stankievvicz & Robinson, gt ^ W^

1 1 ^^ ■ authors of MINOS. NIGHT RIDER, etc.. ■_ ■ r

^^"^ ^"^ proudly present to you: ^^^ ^^

34 original PROGRAMS on tape all toi^ the unboliovably low price of $29.95!!

CIP

ARCADE TYPE

NIGHT RIDF.K-
COSMIC DKHRL'-
MINOS-

s'i'KEE-T svvi:[-;i^
kioce', ckcisl-m-:
caca:-

PINH.MJ.

osi c;ra\[)'

MlNh: FIKl.l)

WORM

DI-PTH CiJARCi

corcH..\:

MINOS (mazf:

STRATECrY

KIDCK CKIISKK

NHSCELLANEOIJS

XrKSSACK KNCOni-
lAlMNC TCTOR
I'HOXK Nl'MHKR

KALEIDOSCOPIC

.All progr;
Many are

SOFTWARE

VICTORY SOFTWARE C;ORP

2027-A S.|. RUSSELL CIRCILE

ELKINS PARK. PA 19117

(215) 5-6-.5H2.';

MICRO - Tlie 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

NEW FROM D & N MICRO PRODUCTS, INC.

MICRaSO COMPUTER

Microsoft

Basic-80

$289

Basic Compiler

$329

Fortran-80

$410

Cobol-80

$574

Macro-80

$175

Edit-80

$105

MuSimp/MuMath

$224

MuLisp-80

$174

Z80A CPU with 4MHz clocl< and CP/M 2.2
operating system. 64K of low power static
RAM. Calendar real time clock. Centronics
type parallel printer interface. Serial inter-
face for terminal communications, dip
switcfi baud rates of 1 50 to 9600. 4 " cooling
fan with air intake on back of computer and
discharge through ventilation in the bot-
tom. No holes on computer top or side for
entry of foreign object. Two 8" single or
double sided floppy disk drives. IBM single
density 3740 format for 243K of storage on
each drive. Using double density with IK
sectors 608K of storage Is available on a
single sided drive 0( 1.2 meg on a double
sided drive. Satin finish extruded

Software available In IBM single density 8"
Digital Research

PU1-80 $459

Mac $ 85

Sid $ 78

Z-Sid $ 95

CBasic-2 $110

Tex $ 90

DeSpool $ 50
Ashton-Tate

dBase II $595

aluminum with vinyl woodgrain decorative
finish. 8 slot backplane for expansion. 48
pin buss is compatible with most OSI
boards. Uses all standard IBM format CP/M
software.

Model 80-1200 $2995

2 8" single sided drives, 1.2 meg of
storage
Model 80-2400 $3495

2 8' double sided drives, 2.4 meg of

storage
Option 001 $ 95

Serial printer port, dip switch baud rate

settings

fomiat.

MIcropro

Wordstar $299

Mall-Merge $109

Spellstar $175

SuperSortI $195
Pascal

Pascal/MT-i- $429

Pascal Z $349

Pascal M $355

Convert almost any static memory OSI machine to CP/M® with the D & N-80 CPU Board.

Z80A CPU with 4MHz clock. 2716 EPROM
with monitor and bootstrap loader. RS-232
serial interface for terminal communica-
tions or use as a serial printer interface in a
VIDEO system. Disk controller Is an Intel
8272 chip to provide single or double densi-
ty disk format. 243K single density or 608K
double density of disk storage on a single
sided 8' drive. A double sided drive pro-
vides 1.2 meg of storage. DMA used with
disk controller to unload CPU during block
transfers from the disk drives. Optional
Centronics type parallel printer port com-

plete with 10 ft. cable. Optional Real Time

Calendar Clock may be set or read using

'CALL' function in high level languages.

Power requirements are only 5 volts at 1.4

amps. Available with WORDSTAR for serial

terminal systems.
INCLUDES CPM 2.2

D & N-80 serial $695

D & N-80 serial w/Wordstar $870

D & N-80 video $695

OptionOOl $ 80

parallel printer and real time

calendar clock

D & N-80 CPU BOARD

OTHER OSI COMPATIBLE HARDWARE

I0-CA1 ox Serial Printer Perl $125

Compatible with OS-65U and OS-65D soft-
ware

I0-CA9 Parallel Printer Port $175

Centronics standard parallel printer inter-
face with 10 ft. flat cable
BP-580 8 Slot Backplane $ 47

Assembled 8 slot backplane for OSI 48 pin
buss

24MEM-CM9 $380 24MEM-CM9F $530
ieMEM-CM9 $300 16MEM-CM9F $450
8MEM-CM9 $210 8MEM-CM9F $360
BMEM-CM9F $ 50 FL470 $180

24K memory/floppy controller card sup-
ports up to 24K of 2114 memory chips and
an OSI type floppy disk controller.
Available fully assembled and tested with
8, 16, or 24K of memory, with floppy con-
troller (F). Controller supports 2 drives.
Needs separated clock and data inputs.
Available Bare (BMEM-CM9F) or controller
only (FL-470). Ideal way to upgrade
cassette based system

CI P-EXP Expansion Interface $ 65

Expansion for 01 P 600 or 610 board to the
OSI 48 pin buss. Requires one slot in
backplane. Use with BP-580 backplane
BIO-1600 Bare 10 card $ 50

Supports 8K of memory, 2 16 bit parallel
ports may be used as printer interfaces. 5
RS-232 serial ports, with manual and Molex
connectors

DSK-SW Disk Switch $ 29

Extends life of drive and media. Shuts off
minifloppy spindle motor when system is
not accessing the drive. Complete KIT and
manual

D & N Micro Products, Inc

3684 N. Wells St.

Fort Wayne, Ind. 46808

(219)485^14

TERMS $2.50 shipping, Foreign orders add 15%.
Indiana residents add 4% sales tax.

Disk Drives and Cables
8'ShuganSA801singlesided $395

8 ' Shugart SA851 dou ble sided $585

FLC-66ft.cablefromD&NorOSI $ 69

controller to 8" disk drive
5 1/4 'MPIB51 with cable, power $450

supply and cabinet
FLC-51/48ft.cableforconnection $ 75

to 5 1/4 drive and D & N or OSI

controller, with data separator and

disk switch
Okidata Mlcrollne Printers
M L 82A Dot Matrix Printer $534

120 OPS, 80/120 columns, 9.5" paper width,
friction or pin feed

ML 83A Same as 82A except $895

16' paper width, 132/232 columns with
tractor feed

ML84Sameas82Aexcept200CPS, $1152
16' paper width, 132/232 columns, 2K buf-
fer, dot addressable graphics, with tractor
feed

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

ATARI Character Graphics
from BASIC, Part 3

by Paul Swanson

You can remove the screen
flicker by adding a short
machine-language program to
Atari's vertical blanlt interrupt
routine.

Character Graphics

requires:

Atari 400/800

Last month I explained how to enable
and use Atari's fine scrolling function
(:). The only big problem was that the
screen flickered a little because you had
to shut off ANTIC, along with the dis-
play, in order to alter the horizontal
scroll register.

There are several registers like that —
you can't write to them while ANTIC
is displaying a screen or you get strange
effects. Most of these are taken care of
by shadowing. However, the horizontal
scroll register is not shadowed, so we
need a different technique.

Shadowing

Shadowing is a method of updating
video-related registers without inter-
rupting the display in progress. Certain
memory locations ("shadow" registers)
are set aside to represent the actual
video registers. When ANTIC com-
pletes the job of displaying one screen,
it sends an interrupt signal to the 6502.
Since ANTIC is not doing anything but
waiting for the electron beam to return
to the upper left comer of the screen,
the 6502 has time to execute many in-
structions. Among the things accom-
plished during this vertical blank
period is an update of the actual video
registers from the contents of the
shadow reigsters. This guarantees that
all of the hardware registers are written
while ANTIC is not drawing on the
screen. At the end of the interrupt rou-
tine, the 6502 automatically returns to
whatever it was doing before the inter-
rupt occurred, so this process is almost
invisible to the main program. This in-

terrupt routine happens at the end of
every sweep of the electron beam, or
exactly sixty times per second.

The Vertical Blank Interrupt
Routine

Every sixtieth of a second your pro-
gram, whether in BASIC or machine
language, gets interrupted for this
special routine. Actually, there are two
routines. The first one, which almost
always runs, is called the immediate
vertical blank interrupt routine. It
takes care of all of the timers in the
system, which includes the real time
clock in locations 18 through 20

Listing 1: Routine to shadow the fine
scrolling registers. The JMP location
xxxx will be the vector value at location
$224. The shadow registers will be at
locations $610 and $611.

0600

LDA

«611

0603

STA

«D405

0606

LDA

«610

0609

STA

«D404

060C

>;;;

>: ;■:

JMP

*>;>;>:>;

[decimal). It adds one each frame so
that PEEK(20)-i-PEEK(19)*256-i-PEEK
(18)* 65536 always reveals the elapsed
time in sixtieths of a second.

The second routine is tacked on to
the end of the first one. This second
part is called the deferred vertical blank
interrupt routine. You can easily stop
this routine from running by setting
the critical flag (a 1 into location 66). In
addition to writing the shadowed infor-
mation to the hardware registers, this
second part also updates a few other
timers, maintains the keyboard auto-
repeat and debounce functions, and
reads and interprets the game con-
trollers into special memory locations.

By altering two vector locations, you
can replace or add to the existing inter-
rupt routines. Each vector is a two-byte
address stored in low, high order.

The vertical blank interrupt starts
with a signal generated by ANTIC at
the end of the display. This signal can
be masked by the hardware register
NMIEN (decimal location 54286). If
the contents last written here were 64,

Listing 2

Set

»»* Custom Character

«** Vertical Blank

ttt Interrupt routine

4<?

80
<?0
100

ttt Program by. - -
*«* Paul S.

Swanson

ttt
ttt

ttt

ttt
ttt

REM

REM-

REM

REM Calc. position in fliem.

DIM S«(1024)

A=ADR(S*)

B=INT (A/512+1 )t2

CBASE=Bt25A-ft+ 1

REM

REM Clear S string

S«(1)=CHR«(0)

S«(1024)=CHR*(0)

S«(2)=S«'.l)

REM

REM Move standard set down

FOR 1=0 TO 511

S* (CBASE+I , CBASE+I ) =CHR« (PEEK ( 1+57344) )
NEXT I

107 REM

108 REM

(continued)

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Listing 2 (continued)

109 REM Set # to character

110 FDR 1=24 TO 31
120 READ N

130 S$ (I+CBASE, I+CBASE)=CHR«(N)
140 NEXT I
147 REM
143 REM

14? REM GR.2 - No te;;t window

150 GRAPHICS 18
152 GOSUB 500

157 REM

158 REM

159 REM Find Display List

1 60 DL I ST=PEEK ( 560 ) +PEEK < 561 ) «256

162 SL0C=PEEK(DLIST+4)+PEEK(DLIST+5)«256

167 REM

168 REM

169 REM Set scroll enables

170 POKE DLIST+3,PEEK'.DLIST+3)+4a
ISO FOR 1=6 TO 16

190 POKE DLIST+I,PEEK;DLIST+I)+4S
200 NEXT I
207 REM
203 REM

209 REM Initialize position

210 VPDS=96
220 HP0S=80
222 POKE 756, B
224 WING=1

226 S=14

227 REM

228 REM

229 REM Draw character in position

230 V=INT (VPOS/16)

232 IF WING=1 THEN SOUND 0,10,0,6

240 VSCR0L=VP0S-V*16

250 H=INT (HPOS/8)

260 HSCR0L=HP0S-H«8

262 IF WING=1 THEN WING=2: S* (CBASE+25, CBASE+25) =CHR« <0) : S«

(CBASE+26,CBASE+2ib)=CHR«(231) : GOTO 266

264 WIN6=1 :S*(CBASE+25,CBASE+25)=CHR*!195) : S* (CBASE+26, CBASE+26)

=CHR«'.36)

266 P1=V«24+H

270 IF POPl THEN POKE SLOC+P.O

280 POKE 1552,HSCR0L

290 POKE 1553, 15-VSCROL

291 IF POPl THEN P=P1:F0R 1 = 1 TO 3:NEXT I

292 POKE SL0C+P,3
294 SOUND 0,10,0,2

297 REM

298 REM

299 REM Read Joystick

300 OLDS=S:S=STICK(0)
310 IF S=15 THEN S=OLDS
320 VMOVE=0

330 HMOVE=0

340 IF S=9 OR S=13 OR S=5 THEN VMaVE=2

350 IF S=10 OR S=14 OR S=6 THEN VM0VE=-2

360 IF S>4 AND S<3 THEN HM0VE=1

370 IF S>8 AND S<12 THEN HKOVE=-l

380 IF VM0yE+VPQS>=0 AND VM0VE+VP0S< 191 THEN VP0S=VP0S+VM0VE

390 IF HM0VE+HP0S>=0 AND HM0VE+HP0S< 192 THEN HP0S=HP0S+HM0VE

400 IF VM0VE=2 THEN WIN6=2

410 GOTO 230

497 REM

498 REM

499 REM SET UP VBLANK ROUTINE

500 FOR 1=1 TO 13
510 READ N

520 POKE 1535+1,N

530 NEXT I

540 POKE 66, 1

550 POKE 1 549, PEEK < 548)

560 POKE 1550, PEEK (549)

570 POKE 548,0

580 POKE 549,6

590 POKE 66,0

600 RETURN

1000 DATA 0,195,36,24,24,36,0,0

1010 DATA 173,17,6,141,5,212,173,16,6,141,4,212,76

the interruipt will happen. Writing a
zero will prevent the interrupt.

If the signal is not masked by
NMIEN, the 6502 is interrupted and a
branch to the immediate vertical blank
interrupt routine occurs. This updates
the real time clock, processes the at-
tract mode, and maintains a special
system timer, CDTMVl (refer to Atari
manuals).

When the immediate mode vertical
blank routine is completed, the flag
CRITIC (memory location 66) is
checked, as is the processor interrupt
bit I. If either is non-zero, the interrupt
sequence is terminated with a return to
the main program 6502 instruction
RTI. Otherwise, the interrupt routine
continues with the deferred portion.

This second part moves all the
shadow registers into the hardware
registers, updates a few other system
timers, and decodes the results read
from the game controllers. When it has
finished, it branches through the vector
at location 548 (decimal — 2 bytes].
Unless you alter it, this location points
to an RTI routine.

Every time there is a vertical blank
interrupt, the computer uses the ad-
dress at location 546 to find the im-
mediate vertical blank interrupt rou-
tine. It uses the address at location 548
only when the critical flag and the I bit
are not set. BASIC cannot access the I
bit directly, but it can write to the
critical flag with a POKE.

Your Own Routine

To shadow your fine scrolling
values so that you don't interrupt the
screen while it is being drawn, you
must add on your own machine-lan-
guage routine. This can be done by
altering the pair of memory locations
called VVBLKD (Vector for Vertical
BLanK Deferred routine — this is the
one at location 548).

First you must write your routine in
machine language and store it in a fixed
place in memory. In the sample pro-
gram, the routine requires 15 bytes and
starts at location $600 (1536 in
decimal). A BASIC POKE routine may
be used to install this code.

Since BASIC is so slow, you must
make allowances for certain odd occur-
rences. What happens if a vertical
blank routine tries to use a vector be-
tween the time you write one byte and
the time you write the next byte? Your
program crashes! To get around this
potential catastrophe, you can shut the

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

second part of the vertical blank inter-
rupt routine off so that it does not even
look at this vector. This is accomplished
by setting the critical flag (a 1 into loca-
tion 66) . You then make the changes to
the vector at location 548, then restore
the critical flag with a zero into loca-
tion 66. This needs to be done only
once — while you change the contents
of the vector.

If you want to add to the beginning
of the immediate vertical blank inter-
rupt, first POKE 54286 (NMIEN) with a
zero. This disables the vertical blank
interrupt. Next, make the appropriate
changes to the vector at 546, and then
POKE 54286 with a 64 to re-enable the
vertical blank interrupt.

Listing 1 shows the routine used to
form shadow registers for the fine
scrolling hardware registers. You must
POKE the first 13 bytes into memory,
then copy locations 548 and 549 into
bytes 14 and 15. This causes the rou-
tine to jump to the location that the
vertical blank interrupt routine nor-
mally jumps to on completion. To get

the normal interrupt routine to jump to
your routine in the first place, POKE a
zero in location 548 and a 6 in location
549. This puts 1536 ($600) into the
VVBLKD locations.

The machine-language program
takes the values in locations $610 and
$611 [decimal 1552 and 1553) and
stores them into the horizontal and ver-
tical scroll hardware registers. Then it
jumps back into the vertical blank in-
terrupt routine where we first inter-
rupted it. Locations 1552 and 1553
(decimal) now act as shadow registers
for horizontal and vertical scroll
values, respectively.

The BASIC Program

Listing 2 enhances the program
presented in last month's article by ad-
ding the shadowing routine. The
machine-language routine is coirverted
to decimal and included as line 1010 in
a DATA statement. A new subroutine,
called at line 152, has been added at
line 500. It first READS the machine-
language routine into the locations

chosen. Line 540 turns off the deferred
vertical blank interrupt routine so that
the coimputer will not try to branch
through the vector that needs changing.
Lines 550 and 560 copy the current con-
tents of that vector into the JMP in-
struction of our machine-language rou-
tine and then change the vector to
point to location $600 (1536 decimal).
Line 590 turns off the flag, enabling the
new routine, and RETURNS.

Note that the second DATA state-
ment READ happens after the READ for
the first one. If you rearrange the pro-
gram, make sure you pay attention to
the DATA pointer so that you don't in-
sert the shape of the bird where the
machine-language routine should go.

There are a few other changes made
to the portion that scrolls the bird.
Lines 266 through 292 are altered. Line
266 now calculates the new position. If
it is the same as the old position except
for the scrolling values, the character is
not erased. It is erased only when the
position value has changed; this limits
the flickering substantially.

maxell

the top of the line
in floppy diskettes

Write for free catalog with more than 400 fantast
values for all your word and data processing need
Outside USA. enclose $1.00 .

ABM PRODUCTS

8868 CLAIREMONT MESA BLVD.
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92123

Toll Free 800-854-1555 Orders Only

For information or California Orders

(714)268-3537

"INTERESTING SOFTWARE"
8781 Troy St. • Spring Valley, CA92077

(619) 466-2200

WORLD ALPHABETS

Jl f -^-Ml:-?

rJt -Jii:' ■-'l:L-.:i-^-

U -

|o...

H ■-; H r

■:■.. c{ ,j c\ d i y

'd r

■:i-|

Main i5HflT

b b ;; H M a >i n Hi e H w u i ,

Ten type fonts allow user to create text or use pro-
nunciation tables in Arabic, Cherokee Indian,
Hieroglyphics, Greek, Hebrew, Japanese, Rus-
sian, Sanskrit or Roman. Author; VJ.C. Jones

Diskette

$89.95

BASIC LEARNING
PACKAGE

An introduction to the Apple II or II Plus Computer.
Teaches beginner to program in BASIC. Author: J.J,
Sudikatus

Diskette

$49.95

Both require an Apple II with Applesoft, 48K, plus disk
drive. Epsom printer with Graftrax is optional.

Apple II Of II Plus and Applesoft are Irademorks of Apple Computer, Inc.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Lines 550 and 560 are altered to
POKE into the new shadow registers.
ANTIC is not turned off at all. Line 291
is added to update the position value P
and cause a slight delay if the position
value were changed. This delay guaran-
tees that there has been at least one ver-
tical blank interrupt routine since the
new values were vsrritten to the shadow
registers. The hardware registers are
updated before line 292 is executed.
Line 292 puts the bird on the screen in
the position indicated by P. If the posi-
tion were not altered, this line doesn't
actually do anything. If the position
value has been changed, it draws the
bird in the new position.

There is still a slight flicker every
once in awhile, but this will not be
noticeable if other things are happening
at the same time. The only way to
eliminate the flicker altogether is to
use machine language to update the
bird as well. By using shadow registers
you could write a vertical blank inter-
rupt routine that would take your posi-
tion values and reduce them to the

screen position and the fine scrolling
values. BASIC is a much easier lan-
guage in which to create programs, but
a little machine language now and then
can help smooth out the rough edges. If
you can get away with routines as short
as the one in listing 1, it is certainly
worth it.

What To Do With This Information

The character graphics example
here was intended for instruction only.
However, the shadowing described in
this article, combined with the custom
character set and fine scrolling describ-
ed in parts 1 and 2, needs only to be
combined with a little imagination to
produce some elegant software.

Paul Swanson is our Atari columnist. You
may contact him at 97 Jackson Street,
Cambridge, MA 02140.

iMCftO

IMCRO

is publishing
an OSI bool(!

OSI users will be getting a book of
their own. Early in 1983, MICRO
magazine plans to publish a strictly
OSI volume!

We will include a variety of topics —
BASIC Enhancements, Machine-
Language Aids, Hardware, i/0
Enhancements, and a "What's
Where in the OSI" reference
guide. We'll supply more details
soon.

Let us know what you would like to
see in this book. Or, if you've written
an article/program that you think
should be a part of this volume,
send it in now!

UPGRADE YOUR AIM-65* INSTANTLY

'A trademark of Rockwell Inc.

To A 6809 Development System

With The

"MACH-9"

From

M M S Inc.

INTRODUCTORY PRICE

$239.

Plus $6 U.P.S.
And Handling

Includes:

*6809 CPU Plug-in Assembly
'Super-set of AIM Monitor
*Two-Pass Symbolic Assembler
'Complete Monitor Source Listings
'Enhanced Cut & Paste Editor
'200 Page Manual
'Full I/O Control

"MACH-9" is assembled and tested with
local BUS, 5 locking low force ROM sockets
and 2K Static RAM

M M S Inc.

1110 E. Pennsylvania St.

Tucson, AZ 85714

(602) 746-0418

ViSA-

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

APPLESOFT GOTO/GOSUB
Checking Routine

by Peter J. G. Meyer

This 194-byte machine-language
routine will check all GOTO and
GOSUB references in an
Applesoft program and display
any that refer to non-existent
lines. The source program also
demonstrates how to make use
of the machine-language
subroutines available in the
Applesoft Interpreter.

GOTO/GOSUB Checker

requires:

Apple II with Applesoft

In a previous article (MICRO 43:101) I
presented a short assembly-language
program for a utility that would display
the bytes constituting a specified line
in an Applesoft program. That utility
was constructed using eight machine-
language subroutines available in the
Applesoft Interpreter and the Apple
Monitor.

In this article I will use two of those
routines (LINGET and FNDLIN)
together with six others to construct a
utility for checking the GOTO and
GOSUB references in an Applesoft pro-
gram. This utility does the useful task
of going through an Applesoft program
looking for GOTOs and GOSUBs.
When it finds one, it searches the pro-
gram for the referenced line. If the line
does not exist, it displays the offending
statement with the line number in
which it occurs.

To understand the assembly-lan-
guage program presented here, it is
necessary only to understand the struc-
ture of an Applesoft line in RAM and
the function of the eight Applesoft
subroutines that are employed. Of
course, it also helps to know a little
about 6502 assembly-language pro-
gramming, but novices should not be
deterred.

An Applesoft program line, as it

exists as bytes in RAM, consists of four
consecutive parts:

1. Two bytes containing the address of
the following line (low byte then
high byte, as usual).

2. Two bytes containing the line num-
ber in hexadecimal.

3. The tokenized text of the line (in
which, for example, GOTO is
represented by the token byte $AB).

4. The end-of-line token, $00.

The text of the line may consist of
several statements. In this case each
statement (except the last) is followed
by the end-of-statement token, $3A
(which is the byte used as the ASCII
representation of the colon, ':'). The

final statement in the line is followed,
not by an end-of-statement token, but
by the end-of-line token.

For example, suppose the program
line "10 IF A = THEN GOSUB 120:
ON B GOTO 340,560" is the first in a
progiram. It will (normally) occur at
$0801 and be represented in RAM as
shown in figure 1 .

Good programming style is simply
knowing what you want to do, and
stating clearly how to do it. In this
case, what we want to do is as follows.
For each line in the Applesoft program:
1. Inspect the line for GOTOs ($AB

tokens), THENs ($C4 tokens), and

GOSUBs ($B0 tokens).

Figure 1

801 - lA 08

pointer to next line

803 - OA 00

"10" in hexadecimal

805 - AD 41 DO 30

"IF A = 1"

809 - C4 BO 31 32 30 3A "THEN GOSUB 120:"

80F - B4 42 AB 33 34 30 2C 35 36 30 "ON B GOTO 340,560"

819 - 00

end-of-line token

Listing 1

*****************************************

3
4
5
6

9
10

* UaiU/GOSUB CHHZKER

* By f Ul'blK MEYER

* APRIL 1982

*****************************************

* RPPI£SOFT SUBPOOTT^TOS

14 C

HRSET EPZ $B1

15 C

HBGOT EPZ $B7

16 1

HDUM D3U $D61A

17 ;

nXTPT roU $D697

18 )

JNCST D3U $EAOC

19 C

:H!DO B3U SCRFB

3TO3OT EOT $DB3A

LZNPKr D3U $ED24

■* SiaNCARD ZERO PAca! TrTATIONS

LINNUM EPZ $50

IXrVAB EPZ $67

nCIPTR EPZ $B8

•* SPECIAL ZERO PiNSE DXATICNS

ICKQ) EPZ $F9

MICRO - The 6502/6f

J09 Journal No. 55 - December 1982

2. If none are found, continue with the
next line, until the end of the pro-
gram is reached.

3. If a GOTO, THEN, or GOSUB token
is found, read the line number
following the token.

4. Search through the program for a
line so numbered.

5. If the line is found, continue inspect-
ing the current line for GOTOs,
THENs, and GOSUBs.

6. If no such line is found, report this
fact by displaying the current line
number and the offending GOTO,
THEN, or GOSUB statement (then
continue the inspection].

To go through RAM one byte at a
time, Applesoft has the subroutine
CHRGET, which i^ located on page
zero (at $B 1 ] . This routine makes use of
the two-byte pointer called TXTPTR
(at $B8,B9). TXTPTR is usually point-
ing to a byte somewhere in the Apple-
soft program in RAM. The effect of
CHRGET is to advance TXTPTR to the
next byte and to load that byte into the
accumulator (setting certain flags along
the way) . Thus, by repeatedly invoking
CHRGET we can go through each pro-
gram line looking for GOTO and
GOSUB tokens. (CHRGOT, at $B7, is
CHRGET without the initial advance
of TXTPTR. It simply loads the
accumulator with whatever byte
TXTPTR is pointing to.)

Having found a GOTO, THEN, or a
GOSUB token, we can then use the
subroutine LINGET (at $DAOC) to read
the line number and place it (in hex-
adecimal form) in the zero-page loca-
tion LINNUM ($50,51). We can use
LINGET for this purpose because this is
precisely what LINGET was designed
to do.

To help you search through a pro-
gram to find a line whose number is at
LINNUM, there is- the routine FNDLIN
(at $D61A). When this routine returns,
the carry flag is set if such a line was
found, otherwise the carry flag is clear.
In the latter case we procede using
CHRGET to look for harther GOTOs
and GOSUBs.

If FNDLIN returns with the carry
flag set, then we have found a reference
to a non-existent line and a report to
this effect is in order. This report only
needs to consist of 1 . the number of the
line containing the offending state-
ment, 2. the word GOTO, THEN, or
GOSUB, followed by 3. the number of
the non-existent line referred to.

For printing numbers we have the

Listing 1 (con

tinned)

LNl

EPZ 5FA

IN2

EPZ 5PC

;* OTHER TOCATIONS

DOS'VB

EOT 53D0

;D0S WAIW ST5\BT VUCIDR

37
38
39
40
41

SPEAKER

ECU SC030

.***********************innnnnnnn,i,-tin,-tin,i,t

ORG 5300

;0R )«m«ERE OONVENIENT

0300

BEGIN:

0300 20 FB DA

JSR emu

; PRINT <CR>

0303

iSET TOTPTR TO BOTE PRECEEDING LIHK FIEU3 OF FIRST LINE

0303 20 97 D6

JSR SDCIPT

0306

NBCTLINE:

0306 20 Bl 00

JSR CHKET

0309 AO 01

UK #1

;END-OP-PROGRAM DOUBLE 00

030B Bl BB

LDA (TXTPTR) ,Y

•RE«HED YET?

030D DO 06

BNE SAVLINNO

•IF NOT

030F 20 FB DA

JSR CRDO

■PRINT FINAL <CR>

0312 4C DO 03

JMP DOS'VB

BACT: To BASIC

0315

SAVLINNO:

0315

;IN CASE WE NEED TO PRINT IT LATER

0315 C8

iNvr

0316 Bl B8

LDA (TXTPTR) ,Y

0318 85 FA

STA INl

031AC8

INY

031B Bl B8

I£IA (TX1PTR),Y

031D 85 FB

STA UJl+l

031F

;ADVAICE TXTPTR TO FIRST BOTE

IN TEXT OF LINE

031F A5 B8

LDA 'IX'IPTR

0321 18

0322 69 03

ADC #3

0324 85 B8

STA TXTPTR

0326 90 02

BCE QOTHRUUJ

0328 E6 B9

im 'IXT'PTR+l

032A

GOTHRUIN

032A

rlNSPECTING EACH BOTE IN TURN

032A 20 Bl 00

JSR CHRtaJi'

032D C9 00

CMP #0 ;

END-OP-LINE TOKEN?

032F FO 05

BQ3 NEXTLINE

IF SO

0331 C9 C4

CMP #SC4 ;

'THEN' TOKEN

0333 DO OF

ajE NEXT

0335 AO 01

UK #1

0337 Bl B8

LDA (TXTPTR) ,Y

0339 38

SBC

033A E9 30

SBC #530

033C C9 OA

CMP #50A

033E BO EA

BCS QOTHRUIN

0340 A9 C4

LDA #5C4

'THIN' TOKEN

0342 DO 08

ajE STORE ;

AIWKre

0344 C9 AB

CMP #5AB ;

^^iJ\a^ TOKEN

0346 FO 04

BED S-IURE

0348 C9 BO

CMP #5B0 ;

'GOEiUB' TCKEN

034A DO DE

ENE QOTHRUIN

034C 85 re

STORE

STA 'JUKhN

034E

READUJND

034E 20 Bl 00

JSR CHWJKl'

ADWJCE TXTPTR TO LINE NO.

0351 20 OC DA

JSR LINGETT

READ LINE NO. , STORE IN LINNUM

0354 A5 50

LDA LINNUM

0356 A4 51

UK UNNUW-l

0358 85 PC

STA IN2

SAVli: LINNUM IN IN2

035A 84 TO

STY IN2+1

035C AD 30 CO

LDA SPEAKER

EKH CLICK MEANS A PROG SEARCH

035F 20 lA D6

JSR ENDLIN

SEAI«H PR0C3WM EOR A LINE

0362 BO 30

BCS OBCCCMMA

IF Um. POUND

0364

u^mni

;

0364 20 FB DA

JSR CRDO

PRINT <CR>

0367 A5 FB

100

LDA im+1

0369 A6 FA

101

UK INI

036B 20 24 ED

102

JSR LINPKT

036E A5 F9

103

LDA TOKiN

0370 C9 C4

104

CMP #5C4

"W15N' TOKEN

0372 DO 07

105

BNE NEXTl

0374 A9 B9

106

U» #THEN

0376 AO 03

107

UK /THEN

0378 4C SA 03

108

JMP PRINT

037B C9 BO

109

NEXTl

CMP #5B0

'G03UB'

037D FO 07

110

BED NE)CT2

037F A9 A6

111

II3A #GOTO

0381 AO 03

112

UK /OUIU

0383 4C SA 03

113

JMP PRINT

0386 A9 AF

114

Ntai'1'2

LCR #QOSUB

0388 AO 03

115

UK /GUSJUB

03a 20 3A DB

116

JSR STHDOT

PRIOT CiJlU OR GOSUB

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journai

Applesoft routine LINPRT (at $ED24),
which prints, in decimal form, the hex-
adecimal number whose high byte is in
the accumulator and whose low byte is
in the X-register. For printing text we
have the routine STROUT (at $DB3Aj,
which will print the string pointed to
by the Y-register (high byte) and the ac-
cumulator (low byte). (The string must
be terminated by a $00 or a $22.)

Thus, Applesoft provides us with all
the routines we need for the job. With a
good assembler and some attention to
detail, these can be put together to pro-
duce a machine-language routine to
perform the required task. The source
program in listing 1 demonstrates how
this can be done.

Once assembled and BSAVEd, this
utility is used as follows: LOAD your
program into RAM and BRUN- the
routine or, if it is already installed,
simply CALL it. Line references in
ONERR GOTOs and GOSUBs will also
be checked, as will all line references
(not just the first) in ON X GOTOs and
GOSUBs.

Listing 1 (continued^

038D AS TO

117

U)A IN2-H

03SF A6 EC

118

IXOC IN2

0391 20 24 ED

119

JSR LINPRT r PRINT LINE REFERRED TO

0394

120

CHKCC»«

0394

121

;IN CASE OF MULTIPI£ GCTKJ.OR GOSUB

0394 20 B7 00

122

JSR GHHGOT

0397 C9 2C

123

CMP #$2C

CCMMA7

0399 FO B3

124

BEQ READUINO

IF SO

039B AS B9

125

LDA WTPTR+l

DECREMENT TXTETT^ IN PREP

039D DO 02

126

ENE NEXT3

FOR NEXT USE OF OTRGE^'

039F C6 B9

127

DEE TXTPTRf 1

03A1 C6 B8

128

NE!n'3

DEE WTPTR

03A3 4C 2A 03

129

JMP GOIHRUIN

03A6
03fl6

130
133

J *****************************

03S6

134

:* STRINGS

03A6 20 20 20

135

OOTO

.DA ' GOTO "'

03A9 47 4F 54

03m: 4F 20 22

03AF 20 20 20

136

GOSUB

.DA • GOSUB "'

03B2 47 4F 53

03B5 55 42 20

03B8 22

03B9 20 20 20

137

THQJ

.DA ' THEN "'

03H: 54 48 45

03BF 4E 20 22

03C2

138

END

Peter Meyer is the author of Agenda Files,
from Special Delivery Software, and
Routine Machine, recently released by
Southwestern Data Systems. He is
currently designing applications software

in Europe. You may contact him at 55
Sutter St., Suite 608, San Francisco, CA
94104.

ilMCftO

*••••••••••••••••••••••••*

* from

+ POWER
COMPUTECH

Check the
outstanding
documenta-
tion supplied
with AIM65!

Top quality power supply designed to Rockwell's specs for fully
populated AIM65 — includes overvoltage protection, transient sup-
pression, metal case and power cable:

PSSBC-A (5V 2A Reg; 24V .5A Avg, 2.5A Peak, Unreg) .... "64.95
Same but an e^tra AMP at 5 volts to drive your extra boards:
PSSBC-3 (5V 3A Reg; 24V .5A Avg, 2.5A Peak, Unreg) .... "74.95
Ttie professional's cfioice in microcomputers:

AIIVI65/1K RAM "429.95 BASIC (2 ROMS) "59.95

AIM65/4K RAM "464.95 ASSEMBLER (1 ROM) "32.95

FORTH (2 ROMS) "59.95.

SAVE EVEN MORE ON COMBINATIONS

AIM65/1K-I-PSSBC-A ... "479.95 AIM65/4K-HPSSBC-3 ..."524.95
We gladly quote on all AIM65/40 and RM65 items as well.

P.O.

ORDERS: (714) 369-1084
Box 20054 • Riverside, CA 92516

California residents add 6% sales tax

••••••••••••••••••••••••*

wm^mmtmwm

Ver. 2 For your APPLE II/II+

The compiete professional software system, that meets
ALL provisions of the FORTH -79 Standard {adopted Oct.
1980). Compare the many advanced features of FORTH —
79 with the FORTH you are now using, or plan to buy!

FEATURES OURS OTHERS

79-Standard system gives source portability. YES

Professionallv written tutorial & user manual 200 PG.

Screen editor with user-definable controls. YES

l\/1acro-assembler with local labels. YES

Virtual memory. YES

Both 13 & 16-sector format. YES

Multiple disk drives. YES

Double-number Standard & String extensions. YES

Upper/lower case keyboard input. YES

LO-Res graphics. YES

80 column display capability YES

Z-80 CP/M Ver. 2.x & Northstar also available YES

Affordable! $99.95

Low cost enhancement option:

Hi-Res turtle-graphics. YES

Floating-point mathematics. YES

Powerful package with own manual ,

50 functions in all,

AIV1951 1 compatible.

FORTH-79 V.2 (requires 48K & 1 disk drive) $ 99.95
ENHANCEMENT PACKAGE FOR V.2

Floating point & Hi-Res turtle-graphics $ 49.95

COMBINATION PACKAGE $139.95
(CA res. add 6% tax; COD accepted)'

MicroMotion

12077 Wilshire Blvd. #.506
L.A.,CA 90025 (213)821^340
Specify APPLE. CP/M or Norvhstar
Dealer inquiries invited.

.28

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1962

Chances are, when you
bought your first disk drive, it
was an Apple. Now that you're
ready for a second, take a look
at Quentin.

OurApple*-Mate™ SVa" Disk
Drive is fully software transparent
with Apple's DOS 3.3 operating
systenn in full and half track
operation.

Add it to your present drive for
greater capacity and faster access.
Just plug it in and go to work.

And the Apple- Mate has these
High Performance advantages:

ON TRACK HEAD SEEK

A precision lead screw positions
the head onto the correct track.
Time-consunning retries and
disk-to-disk copying errors are
virtually eliminated.

SIEMENS^ DISK DRIVE

The apple-beige unit is built
around the highly reliable

Siemens system with over
10,000 lifetime hours. Shielded
connecting cable also attached.

LONG TERM
DEPENDABILITY

iVlTBF (Mean Time Between
Failures) — 8,500 power-on hours,
and the unit has a one-year
warranty

COUNT ON QUENTIN
FOR QUALITY

Quentin Research was building
disk systems for the computer
industry when Apple was a little
bud on the big computer tree.
We're known for product reliabil-
ity and stand behind every system
we sell you.

But the best news may be the
price— -only $335.00 (40 tracks).

A special introductory offer
when you order Apple- Mate
directly from us.

So when you're ready to boost
the juice on your Apple, add-on
the Quentin Apple-Mate,

To order: Check, money order,
Visa or Mastercard number. Calif,
residents add 6% sales tax.
Allow one week delivery.

(QucnTin.

RESEARCH, INC.

19355 Business Center Drive
Northridge, California 91324
(213)701-1006

Special
Introductory
Price:
$335.00

Xf^

® Apple is a registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
tSiemens is a trademark of Siemens Corporation.
'Apple- Mate is a trademark of Quentin Research, Inc.,
which does not manufacture Apple computers.

jMcao

CoCo Bits

By John Steiner

This month's CoCo Bits re-examines
the single disk COPY command. In ad-
dition, I have noted a few CoCo-related
news items. One item I did not men-
tion last month regards the transfer of
machine-language files to disk. Before
loading the routines into memory, be
sure to reserve enough memory space
so BASIC will not overwrite your pro-
gram. Also, before loading and ex-
ecuting the modified BEDLAM from
disk, a CLEAR 200, 16384 will protect
the program from BASIC. Without this
command, the program seems to ex-
ecute properly but does not print the
opening message.

As I mentioned last month, the
single disk COPY command is avail-
able and will not destroy a program that
is in memory (like DSKINI and
BACKUP). This opens the door to a
useful routine for selective backup of
program and data files. The backup
command is appropriate for archives
and duplication purposes. COPY is
useful when only a few files require
transfer, or if program data must be
transferred to a disk without destroying
already existing files.

If several files must be transferred,
however, it is tiresome to enter the
files one by one using COPY
"filename/ext". The program in
listing 1 provides a selective backup
routine. It reads the disk directory
track and stores all the program names
in a string array. The array holds up to
68 file names, the maximum number a
CoCo disk can hold. After reading the
filenames, each name is presented.
Pressing "Y" invokes the COPY com-
mand and the file is read into memory.
You are prompted to switch disks, and
if all goes well, told that the copy is
complete. If you don't wish to copy a
file press any other key. The next file in
line is then presented for your decision.
Be sure to reinstall your source disk
before pressing "Y".

In addition to the COPY command,
the simple program makes use of
another powerful disk command.

DSKI$ is used in a loop to read the sec-
tors in the directory track. It is the only
BASIC command that can directly read
the directory. The routine that reads
and stores the filenames is modified
from the routine provided on page 62 of
the COCO disk manual. By the way,
there is a slight error in the routine that
will cause it to miss several files. Line
60 reads FOR N = 1 TO 7; it should read
FORN = 0TO7.

The selective backup program
routine uses several small arrays to
read and identify the files that exist on
a particular disk. Upon execution of
line 160, the array FI$ contains the
filenames of the program on the disk.
Lines 170 to 230 present the filenames
and invoke the copy command if
necessary. This routine has saved me a
lot of time and hassle.

A Color Computer user's group has
been formed in the Toronto, Ontario,
Canada area. If you are interested in
joining, you may contact Patricia
Jackson at (416) 425-1116. Call week
days after 6:00 p.m., or on the
weekend. There is also a user's group
in the Fargo, North Dakota area. Con-
tact me and I will put your name on the
meeting notice mailing list. Anyone

wishing to pass along similar informa-
tion can contact me directly at the ad-
dress shown below. It will take two to
three months for your notice to appeal
in MICRO.

Flumors are that Tandy has signed
an agreement with a group of RCA
distributors to market the Color Com-
puter in retail outlets not handling
Radio Shack products. The new Coloi
Computer will have a different coloi
case and new name. If you have more
details On this, or any other news re-
garding CoCo, pass it along.

Recently, I received an interestinj
musical program cassette. The classica
rendition with four-voice organ music
is the highest quality music routine '.
have heard, and I was impressed wit!
the thought that most programmers ar<
not using CoCo's sound abilities tc
their fullest. Several musical selection;
are available from Classical Software
893 1 Comanche Road, Longmont, Col
orado 80501. They plan to announce i
music editor with four-part tonal struc
ture that will allow the user to enter anc
play notes directly from sheet music.

I own one of the early model Coloi
Computers [serial number 337) anc
follow news about theUadio Shack 32K

Listing 1: COPY

10 CLS : PR I NT34, "SELECTIVE BACKUP PROGRAM"

20 PRINT340,"BY JOHN STEINER"

30 PCLEAR 1

40 CLEAR 2000 : DIM FI»(67)

50 FOR X = 3 TO 11

60 DSKI» 0,17,X,A«,B«

70 C«=A« + LEFT* (B», 127)

BO N»<0)=-LEFT»<C«,a)

90 EX«(0)=MID«<C»,9,3)

100 FOR N=0 TO 7

110 N«(N)=MID«(C«,N«32-H,a)

120 EX«(N)=MID«(C«,9-fN«32,3>

130 IF LEFT»(N«(N) , 1)<:;>CHR»(0)

THEN FI«(K)=N«(N)-f" /"+EX%I.N)

140 NEXT N

150 NEXT X

160 CLS:PRINT364, "ENTER Y TO COPY"

170 FOR J=0 TO K

ISO PRINT3224,FI»(J)

190 Z«=INKEY« : IF Z«="" THEN 190

200 IF Z«="Y" THEN COPY FI«<J)

210 IF Z«="Y" THEN CLS : PRINT3224, FI*(J)

: NEXT I
220 IF Z«="Y"
230 NEXT J,

AND LEFT»(Nt<N)
I K=K-H

DOCHR* (255)

FOR 1=1 TO 400

THEN PRINTSO, "PLEASE REINSERT SOURCE DISK'

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

CoCO Bits (continued)

modifications. I have wanted to
upgrade to the new version for a while,
but have not wanted to be without
CoCo for the time it would take to
make the change. I did increase
memory capacity by piggy-backing ex-
isting memory with 16K chips. It is a
relatively inexpensive procedure and
works well, giving fewer OM errors.
One of the major disadvantages of this
modification is that Radio Shack is
replacing the early boards with an up-
dated processor board and 64K RAM
chips. The 64K chips are permanently
wired making the upper 32K bank inac-
cessible. A few simple changes allow
you to restore the upper bank and
deselect the ROMs that normally reside
there. The user can then load another
DOS, modify BASIC, or change the en-
tire character of CoCo. When Radio
Shack changed the memory chips, the
company had to issue a new Color
BASIC ROM. Color BASIC 1.1, in addi-
tion to checking for and using 32K, has
a few of the previous bugs removed.
The 1 . 1 ROM will send 8-bit serial data

to the printer port. This allows CoCo
to send graphics or special characters to
the printer without loading Tandy's
PTFX program.

I am interested in hearing from
anyone who has modified a Color Com-
puter to 64K without converting to
the E board. I would also like to hear
from FLEX and OS-9 users who suc-
cessfully run their programs on CoCo.
The added power and software com-
patability is a major step for Color
Computer programmers.

Next month, in addition to CoCo
news, I will discuss some books avail-
able for Color Computer users. I will
also take a look at medium- and high-
resolution graphics modes available in
Extended BASIC.

You may contact the author at 508 Fourth
Avenue NW, Riverside, ND 58078.

iMCftO

TIRED OF TYPING?
MICRO has the solution.

Order a diskette of three recent
utility programs for the Apple. For
only $10.00, plus $2.00 shipping
and handling, you will receive a
DOS 3.3 diskette containing the
assembled listings of:
Applesoft Vaiiable Dump by
Philippe Francois (MICRO, April
1982)

Stiaightforwaid Garbage Collec-
tion foi the Apple by Cornells
Bongers (MICRO, August 1982)
COMPRESS by Barton Bauers
(MICRO, October, 1982)
Please send check, money order, or
VISA or MasterCard number. Only
prepaid orders accepted. If you
missed the above issues of MICRO
they can be ordered now! Include
$2.50 for each issue.
Send orders to:

Apple Utility Disk
MICRO, P.O. Box 6502,
Chelmsford, MA 01824

FRANKLIN

ACE

•;•;•

Apple II compatible
64K of RAM
Upper and lower case
Typewriter-style keyboard
12-key numeric pad
Alpha lock key
VIsiCalc keys
50-watt power supply
Built-in fan

$1199.00

MX-80FT

w/Graphics

$544.00

AIM-65,4KRAM $465.00

COMPLETE CATALOG -FREE

COMPUTERS PRINTERS MONITORS

MICROPROCESSOR COMPONENTS

BedFord Micro Systems

P.O. Box 1182, Bedford, Texas 76021
(817) 283-0013

A powerful
utility that
opensawindow
into the Color
Computer's disks.

COLORZAP uses the poster of the

Color Computer to provide both

rapid scanning and full screen modifi-

' cation capabilities. You can nowexamine,

rrodify, and copy programs or data while

they're stored on disk. Access them by filename

■ location.

COIORZAP is programmied largely in BASIC so that
you can modify it if you'd like, but part of it is in machine
language to provide fast response. All accesses to disk are
performed with standard interfaces, so any standard Color
Computer disk can be examined. You can directly access
ttie disk's directory and control information to examine a
clobbered disk, recover a killed file, or find parts of a file
when other parts hove been lost. With this new window into
its disks, the Color Computer sheds its image as a toy Now
you can use this exciting machine like other powerful
microcomputers.

For the TRS-80 Color Computer Available on disk with an
accompanying manual from Software Options, 19 Rector
Street. New York, N.Y. 10006. 212-785-8285. Tbll-lree order
line: aOO-22M«24. Price: $49.95 (plus S3.00 per jo^twaRE

order shipping and trandling). New York

State residents odd sales tax. Visa/Master-
card accepted.

SOFT WARE
OPTIONS INC .

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - Ttie 6502/6809 Journal

AMCRO

From Here to Atari

By Paul S. Swanson

Atari News

I was pleased to see that Atari, Inc.,
recently established two regional soft-
ware acquisition centers located in
Cambridge, Massachusetts and London,
England. The centers were set up to ac-
quire software by contracting out for
specific programs, or by buying software
that has already been developed in-
dependently, more centers are planned
for the future; I'll let you know where
they will be as soon as Atari annouces
that information.

Technical Tidbits

Code conversion is required in two
areas when you're programming the
Atari. The "normal" character code,
called ATASCII, is a variation of ASCn.
There are two other character codes
used by the system. One is used to
write characters to the screen. The
screen handler does this conversion
automatically when you PRINT to the
screen, but if you use your own
routines and put the characters directly
on the screen with POKE or a similar
method, you need to convert to this
screen code.

The operating system manual in-
cludes a table that shows you the cor-
respondence between ATASCII and the
screen code (which they call the "Inter-
nal Code"). You can form a look-up
table if you want by using a 256-byte
string. Set it up so the value to POKE is
the ASC( value of the byte in the string
found at AVAL + 1, where AVAL is the
ASC( value of the ATASCII character to
be displayed.

An alternative approach, which
consumes less memory than the look-
up table, is using dependent IF
statements. Using N as the ATASCII
value to display:

FLAG = INT(N/128):N = N - FLAG -1-64:
If N > 95 THEN N = N - 96: IF N > 64
THEN N = N-(-32

After you execute that one line of
code (it must be in one program line).

POKE the screen location with
N + FLAG. FLAG will equal 128 for in-
verse video characters and will equal
zero for normal video characters in
mode 0. There are two bits in modes 1
and 2 that determine the color, but the
conversion routine in the above IF
statements will interpret them both
correctly.

The other code conversion would be
for characters read from the keyboard.
Several people have asked me how to
eliminate the keyboard click. The only
way to completely eliminate it would
be to disconnect the keyboard speaker,
but you can use another method if you
write your programs to accommodate
it. Instead of using INPUT and GET to
obtain information from the keyboard,
you can PEEK location 764. This loca-
tion contains the keyboard code of the
last key pressed on the keyboard. You
must read this location, then POKE
764,255. If the location contains 255
you know that no key has been pressed
since the last time you read it.

The problem with this method is
that the code you read is neither
ATASCn nor the internal code. You
can get the values of all of these codes
by running the following program:

10 REM ** KEYBOARD CODES **

11 REM ** STOP BY PRESSING BREAK**

12 REM **

13 REM **

20 PRINT "PRESS KEY AND THIS PROGRAM

30 PRINT "WILL DISPLAY THE

40 PRINT "CORRESPONDING KEYBOARD

CODE AS A DECIMAL VALUE:"
50 N = PEEK(764)
60 IF N = 255 THEN 50
70 POKE 764,255
80 ?N;" ";
90 GOTO 50

If you use this program as a sub-
routine by itself, it will act as a GET
statement. Putting the subroutine in a
loop that stacks the codes in a string
until it gets a RETURN code will act as
an INPUT statement for alphanumeric

input. For this, remember to display
the characters on the screen and to
make allowances for backspaces. Now
your program will not produce a click
with each keystroke.

The only other common code con-
versions required are for the graphics
screens. Those are simpler than the
other conversions. If you are using the
standard screen set up by BASIC, it is
much easier to use standard BASIC
statements like PLOT and DRAWTO.
If you want to set up a specific shape
that would require a lot of DRAWTO
commands for a relatively small area,
you may want to use PRINT.

Although converting to exact byte
values to POKE onto the screen is
possible, PRINT allows you to address
each individual pixel on the screen.
You PRINT an alphanumeric string to
the screen through channel six. In
mode 3, POSITION the graphics cursor
at the beginning of one of the lines in
the image, then PRINT #6; "112233"
for two pixels each of colors 1, 2, and 3.
To print the background color, which
will allow you to erase an image, use
zero, four, or a space. In two-color
modes, use only zero and one. This
method will save you substantial con-
version over PEEKing and POKEing and
will, in some cases, run much faster
than the equivalent PLOT and
DRAWTO statements. You don't need
a COLOR statement for the PRINT
method because you specify the color
register directly, and there is an addi-
tional advantage to providing a version
of the image right in the program (in-
valuable in debugging) .

Next Month

My January column will introduce
the Operating System and Hardware
manuals and a few other sources of more
technical information on the Atari. I
plan to make the Technical Tidbits a reg-
ular feature, so send in your questions.

XMCftO

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

mnnsTER mflSH

The Software Farm
3901 So. Elkhart
Aurora, CO. 80014
PH: (303) 690-7559

It is late at night in a monster infested graveyard and you have been
given the job of keeping the monsters in. All you have between you and
complete chaos is a new MonsterMasher System and quick reflexes.

Monster Mash is an original and unique arcade action game written in
assembly language for the Apple II and Apple / / / (in emulation mode).

$29.95

No. 55 - December 1 982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

:\^i

'^\.

When all hell
breaks loose.

Pandora's box is open. And all the evil;
of the past are loosed upon mankinc
Armed with bolts of lightning, you
have the chance to recapture anc
return these corrupt creatures
of doom to the prison of
Pandora's box. Time is short.
The world is already changing
for the worst. Your skills arrd
courage iire needed.

•«V-^ ■*■

* -^i*;?

'-t-»i'~-;

VT^pXjOT^xmk

hatsworth, Ca 913fL

y_5, '^.l^ytSfl/MASTERCARD accepted $^*Oshlpping7i
'' ''-■'itr"''""' — fn 17-iiiJrnli iiilitft i^ni tUT tax 1

f'JjjVIppfellisavademaifcofAppleCompiu^.Inc ■■..

■*•?*•.

/MCRO

News

by Phil Daley, MICRO Staff Editor

Apple Bits and Pieces

As the release date for a new APPLE approaches, rumors
fly fast and furious. Apple is securing sources for one
million 68000 microprocessors, leading me to believe that
the "Lisa" model (APPLE IV?] will be the first out,
probably this Spring. It is to sell for approximately $8000
and to be pitched at the business person who knows little
about computers. At least, those are the rumors.

Computer Stations, Inc., of Granite City, IL, and a D.C.
Hayes Associates, Inc., microcoupler. Our telephone
number is (617) 256-1446.

After dialing into the Net-Works program, a self- ex-
planatory menu is presented. The option (C)hat will not be
supported. The first time that you log on you will be ex-
pected to leave your name, etc., for subscription verification.

This check will take at least one day. You will have
only limited access to the system until your name has
been verified and added to the queue of valid users. Please
write down the password that the system assigns to you so
that you can use it for future calls. A " < Ctrl > S" will tem-
porarily stop the system in case it is scrolling too fast to
read. Generally, new users may read the system, but not
write to the system until verified. We are planning a com-
munications issue for April with articles on all aspects of
computer communications. If you have written an article
or have any suggestions or criticisms, please send them to
us here at MICRO.

The "Seem alike" Franklin ACE 1000 may prompt Apple
to release the Super Apple II sooner than originally an-
ticipated. In addition to having 64K standard, rumor has it
that the Super Apple II will contain far fewer chips on the
mother board and will sell for substantially less.

The Franklin looks like an Apple U, especially when
you take the cover off (the only noticeable difference is the
larger power supply). The mother board looks almost
identical, although somewhat enlarged. The chips are all
the same and the I/O slots are similar. The Franklin is
delivered with Applesoft and the Apple monitor ROMs in-
stalled. The other principal differences are that the Franklin
accepts and displays lower case and has no color capabili-
ties, soon to be remedied according to the manufacturer.

Having lost the preliminary injunction ruling against
Franklin, Apple is asking for a reconsideration due to a
similar case that ruled in favor of the manufacturer.
Apple's position is that object code is copyrightable, and
therefore proprietary and not usable by others.

Just to make the issue more complicated, Franklin is
suing Apple for price manipulation and threatening Apple
dealers who want to carry Franklin products.

Also pushing on the retail price are the Far East imita-
tions, yet to be seen in the U.S., which are selling at one-
fifth the normal European selling price.

There are rumors that the Mackintosh (also from Apple), a
cheaper, simpler version of Lisa, is still in the develop-
mental stage and is not expected until the end of next year
at the earliest.

MICRO Bulletin Board

MICRO has instituted a sophisticated Bulletin Board/
Information Service System on our Apple II, which will be
available to subscribers Monday through Thursday nights
from 5;00 PM to 8;00 AM Eastern Time. The MICRO
Bulletin Board System is using software developed by

A Computer Center

A new resource center has been opened in Newton, MA, to
meet the educational and instructional needs of executives
who are interested in learning how to make effective use of
desktop computers. Called The Computer Forum, this
educational institution will offer integrated courses, soft-
ware selection, continuing help, and customized seminars
to interested individuals and businesses. Course offerings
will include How to Make Computers Work foi You,
Using Youi Apple, Piogiamming in BASIC, Data Bases,
Using Business Graphics, The Electionic Spreadsheet, Ad-
vanced VisiCalc Techniques, and Management and
Analysis Using VisiCalc. The Forum has several class-
rooms, one for each system. Currently, only the Apple
room is fully equipped, but plans call for an IBM PC room
and possibly a XEROX room. Sign-up for the first schedule
of courses has been brisk. We wish the Forum much suc-
cess and hope that additional centers can be opened around
the country. i»VICftO^

Statement of ownership, management, etc., required by the act of
Congress of October 23, 1962, of MICRO, published monthly at
Chelmsford, Massachusetts, for November 1982.

The name and address of the publisher is MICRO INK, 34
Chelmsford Street, Chelmsford, Massachusetts. The President/
Editor-in-Chief is Robert M. Tripp of Chelm^sford, Massachusetts.

The owner is THE COMPUTERIST, Chelmsford, Massachusetts
and the names and addresses of stockholders owning or holding
one percent or more of the total amount of stock are: Robert M.
Tripp and Donna M. Tripp of Chelmsford, Massachusetts.

The known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders
owning one percent or more of the total amount of bonds, mort-
gages or other securities are: none.

The average number of copies of each issue of this publication
sold or distributed through the mails or otherwise to paid
subscribers during the twelve months preceding the date shown
above is: 23,292.

I certify that the statements made by me above are correct
and complete.

Signed: Robert M. Tripp
President /Editor-in-Chief

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

PIE WRITER.

PEELINGS n Magazine did just that
against 9 others. And PIE WRITER
came out on top, rated AA+ .

Why? Because PIE WRITER does every-
thing a writer needs done, quickly, easily and
inexpensively. If you can type, even with just
two fingers, you'll be working comfortably
with PIE within fifteen minutes.

Begin immediately typing text onto the
screen. You can add or delete characters,
words . . . sentences . . . paragraphs with
one simple key stroke.

Misspellings? PIE WRITER'S. "search and
replace" command corrects the word where
you spot it . . . and then makes it correct
throughout the entire text— be it a paragraph
or a million dollar presentation.

When your document is finished, a touch of
the key will print out 1 or 99 copies ... in the
format you want . . . neat, precise and always
accurate.

You can start using PIE WRITER on your
basic Apple II system the moment you
get it home. Nothing extra to buy. But you'll
never outgrow PIE because it works with just
about anything you might want to add:

• 80-column boards • shift-key modification

• lower case adapter • spelling checker

• hard disks • VisiCalc* files

• modems • program source files

Just how functional: is PIE WRITER?
Try these with any other word processor:

5 ■ Character, word, Hne and paragraph

editing
; '* Global word search and replace
: * Automatic centering

Justify right and left plus incremental

spacing
*^ "Help" screen for quick reference
F' Cut and paste
•=' Automatic wrap ciround
i'"" Forward and backward page scrolling
^ • Custom form letters and mailing lists
, ' ' Full format control
V ' Status display

Full control over ]Dage numbering, bottom

and top headers
J "* Save a segment of text on another file
-' Insert text from another file
!>' Underlining
>' Control page breaks
• Tabbing by word or moveable tab marks
k^' Built-in training lessons
; * And Pie Writer's comprehensive, indexed

manual and quick reference card make it

easy to use; it is very writer-friendly

The best word processor available:

PIE WRITER. For

you just can't afford to buy anytiiing else.

All you need to start is an Apple II with
48K, 3.3 DOS, one disk drive, a monitor
and printer.

'VisiCalc is a registered trademark of VISICorp

Available at your local computer store, or call

1-800-343-1218

(in MA, call 617/937-0200)

1 1 AY DEN

SOFTWARE

It's All Relative—
CBM Disk Techniques, Part I

by Jim Strasma

Contributing editor Jim Strasma
begins a series that explains
how to get the most from CBiVI's
powerfui disl( operating system.
Examples are drawn from a weil-
written mailing list package that
is both inexpensive and widely
available. In Part 1 Jim covers
global variables, combining
BASIC with machine language,
and chaining of program
modules.

Editor's Note: To implement all of
these techniques you should have a
DOS 2.0 (or later) disk drive. BASIC 4.0
is also assumed. However, ways to
emulate BASIC 4.0 disk commands
from Upgrade BASIC and VIC BASIC
are summarized.

One of the best features of Com-
modore's BASIC 4.0 and DOS 2 is its
use of relative records for data files.
This is a very powerful technique, not
well matched by competing computers
in Commodore's price range. However,
relative records can be quite confusing,
and though they have been around for
two years now, are largely used in com-
mercial programs. However, there is
one large program package freely
available that uses relative records —
Chris Bennett's "Mail List 4040." In
one form or another it has been around
for about two years. For much of that
time I have been modifying and
documenting it.

With the help of the mail list, this
series of six articles will thoroughly
explain the use of relative records. It
will also cover some programming
techniques for large packages and a
machine-language program that takes
much of the drudgery out of data entry
programming.

In this first article I will prepare the
computer to run the mail list. In the

process, I will: 1. show how to mix
BASIC and machine language, 2. have
one program load another without stop-
ping or losing variables (called chain-
ing], and 3. explain the use of global
variables (called soft coding].

Because of the general availability
of Bennett's "Mail List," a full listing
will not be presented here. However,
you don't need the program to under-
stand the articles. If you do wish to
obtain the program, see the box on
page 41.

Mixing BASIC and
Machine Language

One of the more difficult tasks in
programming is mixing BASIC and
machine-language code gracefully.
When first released, the mail list used
one common method, reading the
machine-language portion from data
statements and POKEing it into work-
ing locations. This method easily
allows changes to the BASIC program.
However, if the machine-language por-
tion is sizeable it can be slow; incor-
porating substantial changes from a
new assembly of the machine-language
portion would be tedious at best.

Next, I tried attaching the machine-
language portion to the end of the
BASIC code and using a machine-
language SYS call to boot it into work-
ing location. This method is fast. How-
ever, it makes modifications to the
BASIC program difficult, as any change
in the length of the program also moves
the machine code, guaranteeing a crash
when the new version is used.

Now I use a small trick to load the
machine-language portion separately
from the BASIC part. This method is
quick and allows easy changes to both
the BASIC and machine-language por-
tions of the program.

Line 1040 checks to see whether a
key location contains the value it does
when the machine code has been

loaded. If not, MEMSIZ, the zero-page
location that controls top-of-memory
pointers, is lowered along with
FRETOP, the top-of-dynamic strings
pointer. (On the VIC, MEMSIZ is at
$37 and FRETOP is at $33.)

The two POKES protect the
machine code from BASIC'S dynamic
string variables. Note that if only
MEMSIZ were altered, BASIC would
think it had a negative amount of
memory free. Since changing these
pointers ruins any variables already in
the top of memory, it is essential to do
it only at the beginning of the first pro-
gram module.

1030 REM LOAD OBJECT PORTION
IF HAVEN'T

1040 IF PEEK(31232) < > 76 THEN
POKE 53,122:POKE 49,122
:DLOAD "OBJECT CODE"

After resetting the memory
pointers, line 1040 loads the machine-
language portion from disk as a pro-
gram named "object code." Usually
loading a new program destroys the old
one, but not this time. "Object code"
loads very high in memory, beginning
at location 31232, ($7A00). It will over-
write anything else up there, such as
Universal DOS support, but not BASIC
programs located lower in memory.

Since the DLOAD command was
part of a nmning program, BASIC at-
tempts to execute "object code" as
soon as it is fully loaded. However,
BASIC assumes its programs begin
where another pointer, TXTTAB
points. In this case, we've left it alone.
This means that BASIC will execute
"mail list 4040" again. That is the
main reason for checking to see
whether "object code" has already
been loaded. Otherwise we would
never get past line 1040.

After the load the IF test in line
1040 fails and the program continues.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

Chaining

Line 1060 is another line that must
appear at the beginning of the first pro-
gram module. For program chaining to
work correctly, we must either make
the first program the largest one, or else
convince BASIC that this is so. We
could do this by adding dozens of long
lines to the program as ballast. How-
ever, this would add to its loading
time, and take up more storage space
on the disk. I have only followed that
idea to the extent of coding this module
very loosely, with mostly single-state-
ment lines and lots of REMark state-
ments. The added clarity is worth the
slight waste. I also started with line
number 1000 to keep all line numbers
the same length, again for clarity.

In early versions of the mail list,
chaining worked by altering the file
size pointer, VARTAB at location 42
[$2A), as each module began. This
worked because BASIC keeps track of
the actual file size in pointer EAL, at
location 201 ($C9), during a load. [On
VIC, VARTAB is at $2D and EAL is at
$AE.| We simply had a line like the one
below at the start of each module.

10 POKE42,PEEK(201):POKE43,
PEEK(202):CLR

Unfortunately, it won't work without
the CLR, and once CLR is used, the old
variables are gone. This means that a
separate disk file has to be established
and loaded by each module to remem-
ber global variables, or the variables
have to be hidden from BASIC and
PEEKed. Either method is slow.

By POKEing VARTAB with a value
at least as large as it would need to run
the largest module, we can use line
1060 instead of line 10, and need it only
in the first module.

1060 POKE 42,0:POKE 43,53:CLR

To determine the correct values to
use here, load the longest module in
your program, and enter:

?PEEK(43)

Add two to the result and write it
down. Use that number in place of 53
in line 1060. Note that we could have
also PEEKed at 42, but I prefer to
overstate slightly the required
memory. This allows minor additions
to that longest module without also re-
quiring a change here.

Don't make program changes to any
module after loading it via a chain.
BASIC no longer knows the module's
true size. Instead, reload the module
from disk in immediate mode and then
make the changes. This is especially
important if you have used line 10
above. EAL isn't changed by line
editing. If EAL points lower than the
end of a modified BASIC program, line
10 would force the variables to begin
being stored on top of the last lines,
ruining them. To prevent such dis-
asters, it's always a good idea to save a
modified program to disk before trying
to run it.

The actual chaining happens in line
2060:

2060 DLOAD D(PD), "4040 MENU"
ON U(UN)

For BASIC 2.0 and the VIC use:

2060 LOAD STR$(PD)-l-":4040
MENU", UN

Soft Coding

Notice the variables used in line
2060 above: PD and UN (program drive
and disk unit number]. They are set
earlier in the program, in lines 1220
and 1230:

1220 UN = 8:REM DISK UNIT
1230 PD = 0:REM PROGRAM DRIVE

By setting them there and using
only the variable names everywhere
else in the program package, it is easy
to change the package to work with dif-
ferent equipment, such as a disk drive
that answers to device 9 instead of 8.
We will have more to say about soft
coding shortly, but first we need to
finish setting up.

Setting Text Mode

One other task awaits us in prepar-
ing the machine. Commodore com-
puters have two character sets, one for
graphics and one for upper- and lower-
case text. Since this program uses text,
we must enable the text character set.
A method that works for all CBM and
PET models is given in lines 1080 and
1090 below. (On the VIC, leave out line
1080.]

1070 REM SET TEXT MODE

1080 POKE 59468,14

1090 IF PEEK(57345)< > 54 THEN

PRINT CHR$(14):REM UNLESS

FAT 40

For reasons that make sense only to
Commodore, Fat 40's, (the 4016 and
4032 with 12" monitor), are adjusted
on the assembly line so that printing
CHR$(14] zooms the top and bottom
lines off the screen. The IF test in line
1090 prevents this. However, there is
also a hardware fix. On the underside of
the video display board is a hole labeled
"height." Your dealer can adjust your
display in about 30 seconds to restore
the lost top and bottom lines per-
manently. If you do it yourself, remem-
ber that metal screwdrivers are good
conductors and the video board carries
10,000 volts. One slip could do more
than violate your warranty.

The CHR$(14) is especially needed
by 80-column models. If you leave it
out and the machine was previously in
graphic mode, lines will appear squished
together.

The matching lines to enable the
graphic character set are:

1070 REM SET GRAPHIC MODE
1080 POKE 59468,12
1090 PRINT CHR$(1 42)

Leaving out the CHR$(142) on
80-column models leaves them with a
Venetian blind effect, separating lines
of graphic characters. No Fat 40 fix is
needed this time. (Line 1080 should
still be omitted on the VIC.)

Always establish one character set
or the other at the start of any program
package. CBM models start up in text
mode, but PET models start in graphic
mode.

Initialization

At this point the machine is ready.
The machine- language portion is in and
protected. The file pointers have been
set for successful chaining and the
character set is correct. Now the pro-
gram begins a long process of initial-
izing variables. Because this takes
about five seconds, it is wise to give the
user something to look at meanwhile.
The mail list starts with a copyright
message and then a status line:

1200 PRINT'

INITIALIZING

This assures the user that the program
hasn't died. If the delay will be more
than half a minute, also give the user
an estimate as to how long the task
should take and an occasional progress
report.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

commodore

More on Soft Coding

In the lines following 200 in this
first module, the global variables are
defined. Because they are not cleared
by later modules, the way the entire
package works can be modified
drastically by changing a single line in
this module. Naturally, the other
modules have to be carefully written to
take advantage of this power. We will
see how this is done later in this series
of articles.

The global variables used tend to
fall into three categories: those that
define messages, those that define
special characters, and those that act as
flags to control the program. The first
category allows easy changes to such
things as field names or default field
contents. These messages may also in-
clude cursor control characters to be
sure they appear at the correct location
on the screen. To ease this task, the
mail list predefines a position string of
cursor controls in line 1880:

1880 PO$="[HOME,23DOWN,
7RIGHT]" + " "

The characters shown in square

brackets represent literal cursor charac-
ters. The codes stand for one home
character, followed by 23 cursor
downs, followed by seven cursor rights.
In the actual mail list, the literal
characters are used and the codes are in
a REMark statement at the end of the
line. Always try to explain lengthy
strings made up of cursor controls,
especially if anyone will ever need to
list your program to a non-Commodore
printer.

Later lines select needed portions of
the program with LEFTS, as in line
1940:

1940 M2$ = LEFT$(P0$,8) + "START
POSITION :"

However, we must be sure the
messages are stored in high memory
where they will chain correctly. To do
this, we concatenate a null string to
each literal string in the program, as
shown at the end of line 1880.

If we didn't add the null string,
BASIC would save space by pointing
variable PO$ at its original memory
location in line 1880. After chaining,
this location would likely contain

something quite different, and the
string would be ruined. Adding the null
string forces it into high memory where
it is safe.

The second category of variables is
illustrated by line 1830:

1830 QT$==CHR$(34)

This is the quote character. It is needed
later to allow INPUT# statements to
read past troublesome characters like
commas. We could use CHR$(34]
everywhere instead, but CHR$ is a
slow command in BASIC. Predefining
QT$ is at least ten times faster overall.
Other characters the mail list pre-
defines include RETURN, SHIFTED-
RETURN, and SHIFTED SPACE. We
will explai:[i how each is used later in
this series of articles.

The third class of global variables is
the controllers. These include both
numeric and string variables, used in IF
tests and within expressions later in
the program. For instance, line 1210
flags whether or not you want to allow
the user to get out of the program by
pressing STOP:

(continued)

SIGNALMAN MARK I DIRECT CONNECT
MODEM - $89.50

Standard 300-baud, full duplex,
answer/originate. Powered by
long lasting 9-volt battery Inot
Included). Cable and RS-232
connector included.

EPROMS - HIGH QUALITY, NOT JUNK

Use with PET, APPLE, ATARI, SYM, AIM, etc. 450 ns. $6.50
for 2716, $12.50 for 2532. We sell EPROM programmers
for PET and ATARI

5% INCH SOFT
SECTORED DISKETFES

Highest quality. We use them on
our PETs, APPLES, ATARIs, and other
computers. $22.50/10 or $44.50/20

NEW! C. ITOH STARWRITER F 10
DAISY WHEEL PRINTER

Letter quality, flawiess copy at 40 char/sec. Bidirectional
printing, 15-inch carriage, uses standard Diablo ribbons
and print wheels. ^'^ ^ = ^fffr

PARALLEL - $1495, RS-232 - $J«8|tRACTDRS - $210

MAE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM
FOR PET, APPLE, ATARI

'The Compatible Assembler"

• Professional system for development of Machine Lan-
guage Programs. 31 Characters per label.

• Macro Assembler/Text Editor for Disk-based systems.

• Includes Word Processor for preparation of Manuals, etc.

• Standard Mnemonics - Ex.: LDA (LABEL), Y

• Conditional Assembly, Interactive Assembly.

• Editor has string search/search and replace, auto lirre
numbering, move, copy, delete, uc/lc capability.

• Relocating Loader to relocate object modules.

• Designed with Human Factors Considerations.

$169.95

FLASH!! EHS Management has decided la allow S50.00 credit
to ASM/TED owners who want to upgrade to MAE. To get this
credit, return ASM/TED manual with order lor MAE.

ATARI AND PET
EPROM PROGRAMMER

Programs 2716 and 2532
EPROMs. Includes hardware
and software. PET = $75.00-
ATARI (includes sophisticated
machine language monitor) =
$119.95

.^nfn

PET BASIC SCROLL PROGRAM

Scroll thru basic program using Cursor up/down keys.
Specify computer. $6.00 on cassette, $9.00 on disk.

Flip 'N' File diskette storage case (50-6(J disks )-
$21.95

Memory Test for Apple on Disk
= $6.95

$9.95, on Tape

System Saver for Apple - Fan, Surge Protection, 2
extra outlets, Apple power cord = $75.00

BMC Green Screen Video Monitor.

12 inch CRT, sharp, crisp 40 or 80 column display.
= $90.00

DC Hayes Smart Modem = $235.00, Micro Modem
II = $289.00, Chronograph = $225.00

C. Itoh Prowriter Printer. Better than MX80. We use
constantly with our Apple and PET. Can be used on
IBM, Atari, TRS-80, etc. 120cps, friction and tractor
feeds, hi resolution dot graphics, nice looking, high
quality construction. Parallel - $499.00, with IEEE
interface for commodore - $599.00, RS232 - $660.00

3239 Linda Dr.
Winston-Salem, N.C. 27106
(919)924-2889 (919)748-8446
Send for free catalog!

MostorCord

No. 55 - December 1982

IvIICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

1210 NS = 0:REM NON-STOP?

If NS = 1, the program becomes non-
stop; a great idea when using untrained
operators, but a terrible idea when a
skilled user is trying to modify the
package.

An example of a string variable used
as a control is PZ$, defined in line
1310:

1310 PZ$ = "A":REM ASCII, P= PET

One of the skills of the machine-
language portion of the package is that
it can convert strings from PET ASCII
to true ASCn codes and back again.
This is useful when working with a
modem or a non-Commodore printer.
Line 1760 shows how this feature is
used or skipped, depending on the con-
tents of PZ$:

1750 REM FLIP CASE OF ASCII

PRINTER PROMPTS
1760 IFPZ$< > "A" THEN 1830
1770 SYSSM,1,NA$
1780 C3$ = C1$
1790 SYSSM,2,C3$

1800 C4$ = C2$
1810 SYSSM,2,C4$

My personal copy of the mail list
carries the control variable idea a step
further by using the variable TY to
select between using the package as a
church mail list, a computer users'
mail list, and a sermon fUe, depending
on whether TYpe = 1, 2, or 3 in a new
line added to this module.

The other special options set by the
global variables are explained in the in-
structions that come with the mail list
package, so I won't take space for them
here. However, if you do get the pro-
gram, notice that all the simple vari-
ables are defined before the arrays are
defined. Doing things in this order cuts
the initialization delay by 2.5 seconds.
Further speed gains are possible by ar-
ranging the lines so the most-used
variables and arrays are defined before
those used less often. The ones most
heavily used are usually inside nested
loops and often-used subroutines.

Using Piogiam Intelligence

The program selects either an ASCII

or a PET printer, as we saw in line
1310. However, it doesn't simply
assume the printer is on, but goes to
the trouble of checking, in lines
1350-1380:

1300 DV = 4:REM PRINTER

1340 REM BE SURE PRINTER IS ON
1350 OPEN 4,DV

1360 PRINT#4,CHR$(7);;REM BELL
1370 IF ST THEN PZ$ = "N":

PRINT" PRINTER IS OFF

1380 CLOSE 4

Line 1360 tries to print a BELL
character to the selected printer device.
If it succeeds, the IF test of the status
variable will fail in line 1370. Other-
wise, a warning is printed and the
printer control variable is set to show
no printer is on line. This allows users
without a printer to safely use the
package.

A similar technique is used in lines

1250-1290:

(continued)

PET/CBM

SOFTWARE

8032 OR 4032

DISPLAY DISPLAY

FROM THE KEYBOARD OR PROGRAM
NOW RUN WORD PRO 3 OR WORD PRO 4

FROM THE SAME MACHINE

Available for either 4000 or 8000 Series

ALSO:
For 2001 / 3000 Series Computers

Operate these Models in a Full 8032 Like

Display For Word Pro 4*

and all other 80 Column Software

All installation instructions included.

EXECOM CORP.

1901 Polaris Ave.
Racine, Wl 53404
Ph.414-632-1004

PET/CBM a trademark of Commodore Business Machines
*trademarl< of Professional Software, Inc.

Quit Playing Games . . .

Disk Based Software to Make Your
Computer Get Down to Business

Disk Based Data Manager— Create and manage your own
data base. Allows you to create, add, change, delete,
search, sort, print, etc. Available for VIC-20, Commo-
dore 64 , any CBM or Pet, and IBM Personal Computer.
VIC-20 59.95 All others 79.95

Inventory Control Manager— Fast, efficient inventory
package which will manage your day to day inventory
requirements. Provides; Information on sales and
movement of items.

Mailing List Managei^-4 ,050 items per SOSO disk, 1,300
on 4040 disk and 1,200 on 1S40/1S41 disk. User defined
label format (1—4 ) across.

Payroll System— Full featured complete Payroll System.
Up to 350 employees on a S050 disk. Prints checks, 941 's
and W-2'$. For the CBM S032/S050, 4032/4040, Commo-
dore S4 /I S41.

Hospitality Payroll— The most complete payroll system
written specifically for the Restaurant Industry available
today. Recognizes tip and meal credits, pay advances,
salaried and hourly employees, etc. For the CBM
8032/8050.

DISK BASED SOFTWARE NEEDS

Call for specifics on Hardware Configurations.

Send Self-Addressed Stamped Envelope for

Catalogue of Games and other Applications

DEALER INQUIRIES WELCOME

2905 Ports O'Call Court

Piano, Texas 75075

(214) 867-1333

VISA and MASTERCARD Accepted

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

commodore

1240 REM SELECTS DATA DRIVE

1250 DD = 1

1260 OPEN 15,UN,15

1270 PRINT#15,"INITIAL1ZE" +

STR$(DD)
1280 IF DS = 74THEN DD = 0:REM IF

SINGLE DRIVE
1290 CLOSE 15

As these lines initialize disk drive one,
they identify single drive units and
prepare the program to work with
either single or dual drives.

An earlier version of the program
had the user select one or two drives
manually by changing line 250. How-
ever, I use both single and dual drives
often, and decided it made more sense
to let the computer use its own in-
telligence to work with all Commodore
disk drives. This kind of intelligence in
a program means more work for the
programmer once,'but less work for all
the users for years to come. Programs
you expect to give or sell to others
should work on all existing and likely
models. (If I followed that advice fully,
this program would have used BASIC
2.0 disk commands, at some cost in

speed and a great cost in clarity.)

Next time we will begin working
with relative records — creating the
files needed by the mail list package.

ifVICftO

How to Obtain
Bennett's "Mail List"

Many users' groups will have this
program in their libraries. It is also
available from ATUG (200 S. Cen-
tury, Rantoul, IL 61866), TPUG (381
Laurence Ave W., Toronto, Ontario
M5M 1B9, Canada), or from the
author as part of his HELP disk. The
HELP disk is a companion to the
third edition of Osborne/McGraw-
Hill's CBM and PET Computer
Guide (edited by the author).

To obtain the HELP disk send
$15 to the address below. Specify
4040/2031 or 8050 format.

HELP Disk

Jim Strasma

1280 Richland Ave.

Lincoln, I L 62656

WHAT'S WHERE IN THE APPLE
A Complete Guide to the Apple Computer

This REVISED EDITION of the
famouo Apple Atlas provrdes Apple
cornputerists with a framework for
undersitanding both the ovprall
organization and structure of the
Appjp system and programming
technik^ucs that exploit that
knowledge

What's Where In the Apple contains
the most complete memory map
pver published as well as detailed
information needed for actual
programming

All for only $24.95

(plus S5.00 s/hl

For owneis of the original edition,
MICRO IS offering a companion
book, THE GUIDE to WhaVs Where
In the Apple, for only S9.95 (plus
523t»s/h1

THE GUIDE contains all new
material that explains and
demonstrates how to use the atlas
and gazetteer published in the
original volume of What's Where in
the Applet

VISA and MasterCard accepted

MICRO maizes it easy to order!
Send checi( to:

MICRO INK

P.O. Box 6502

Chelmsford, MA 01824

Or call our toll-free number: .

1-800-345-8112

(In PA, 1-800-662-2444)
MA residents add 5% safes tax

STATISTICS

PURE AND SIMPLE

Human Systems Dynamics programs offer you
flexibility^ accuracy, and ease of use. You can
purchase from the HSD statistics specialists
with complete confidence. Any program that
doesn't suit your needs can be returned within
10 days for full refund.

NEW

STATS PLUS

$200.00

Complete General Statistics Package

Research Data Base Management

Design and Restrvcture Your Files

Count, Search, Sort, Review/Edit

Add, Delete. Merge Files

Compute Data Fields, Create Subfiles

Interface with other HSD programs

Produce Hi Res bargraphs, plots

1—5 way Crt}sstabulation

Descriptive Statistics for all Fields

Chi-Square, Fisher Exact, Signed Ranks

Mann-Whitney, Kruskal-Wallis, Rank Sum

Friedman Anova by Ranks

10 Data Transformations

Frequency Distribution

Correlation Matrix, 2 way Anova

r. Rho, Tau, Partial Correlation

3 Variable Regression, 3 t-Tests

ANOVA II

$150.00

Complete Analysis of Variance Package
Analysis of Covariance, Randomized Designs
Repeated measures Designs. Split Plot Designs
1 to 5 Factors. 2 to 12 Levels Per Factor
Equal N or Unequal N. Anova Table
Descriptive Statistics. Marginal Means
Cell Sums of Squares. Data File Creation
Data Review/Edit, Data Transformations
File Cambirmtions, All Interactions Tested
High Resolution Mean Plots. Bargraphs

HSD REGRESS

$99.95

Complete Multiple Regression Analysis
Up to 25 Variables. 300 Cases/Variable
Correlation Matrices. Descriptive Statistics
Predicted & Residual Scores. File Creation
Regression on Any Subset of Variables
Regression on Any Order of Variables
Hi-Res Scatterplot & Residual Plot
Keyboard or Disk Data Input
Case X Case Variable x Variable fnpur

Apple II, 48K 1 or 2 Disk Drives
3.3. DOS, ROM Applesoft

Call (213) 993-8536 to Order

or Write:
HUMAI^ SYSTEMS DYNAMICS
9249 Reseda Blvd., Suite 107
^^^Northridge, CA 91324_^
VISA

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

Squeeze for PET
BASIC Program

by Hans Hoogstraat

This short routine removes the
unnecessary spaces, REMs, and
blank lines from a BASIC
program. It is relocatable and
does not require maintaining
two versions of the BASIC
program.

SQUEEZE

requires:

PET/CBM — original, upgrade,
or 4.0 ROMs

This routine squeezes all the imbedded
blanks, line separators, and comments
from a BASIC program. In addition, the
following syntax conections are made:

1. GOTO = GOTO

2. IF GOTO = IF .. THEN

3. IF .. THEN GOTO = IF .. THEN
SQUEEZE is relocatable and can be

stored in either cassette buffer. It is
designed to be called with a SYS com-
mand in the first line of your BASIC
program. This means that you need to
store only one copy — fully com-
mented and expanded — of your pro-
gram on tape or disk. When you run the
program, it is automatically com-
pressed first.

BASIC Example Piogiam:
|XXX = ADDRESS OF
ROUTINE]

SQUEEZE

SYSXXX

REM EXAMPLE PROGRAM

PRINT"

EXAMPLE PROGRAM"

FOR 1 =

1 TO 10

:::PRINT

1, SQR(I)::REM ROOTS

IFI <>

THEN TO TO 80 ;:

65 :

70 I = 1:::B = 1:

75 :

80 END

REM NONSENSE

After the SYSXXX squeeze call, the
program continues execution with the
following BASIC code:

10 SYSXXX

30 PRINT-EXAMPLE PROGRAM"

40 FORI = 1TO10

45 PRINTI,SQR(I)

50 NEXT

60 IFI < > 0THEN80

70 1 = 1:8=1

80 END

Cautions:

1. Do not use SYS XXX; any blanks
between SYS and XXX can confuse
the BASIC run-time pointers.

2. Any GOTO, GOSUB, or THEN
references to REM-commented lines
or : null lines will become erroneous
due to the deletion of these lines.
(Ed. note: SQUEEZE does not handle
these references.)

SQUEEZE can be loaded into the
first or second cassette buffer and can
then be permanently saved with the
BASIC program using the machine-
language monitor SAVE command, or
it can be made part of the program with
DATA statements containing the
machine- language code to be transfer-
red to a suitable spot in memory using
POKE commands.

Here is the procedure to save a
BASIC program with SQUEEZE in the
cassette buffer. (Original ROM: use
first cassette buffer — $027A - $0339;
upgrade ROM: use either cassette buf-
fer — $G27A - $0339 or $033A - $03F9;
4.0 ROM: use second cassette buffer —
$033A - $03F9.)

1. Load SQUEEZE routine into correct
buffer.

2. Type NEW and load BASIC program.

3. Type SYS4, which will display (4.0
ROM)

PC IRQ SR AC XR YR SP
.; 0005 E455 30 00 5E 04 FO

4. Type .M 002A 002B to display the
start-of-BASIC variables pointer,
which is usually the same as the
end-of-BASIC text pointer. Assume
the following display from the above
command:

.M 002A002B

.; 002A 4B 04 4B 04 4B 04 00 80

5. Now, to save the BASIC program and
the SQUEEZE routine together on
disk assuming SQUEEZE was loaded
in the first cassette buffer, type

.S "0:EXAMPLE",08,027A,044B

027A = Start address of first cas-
sette buffer.

044B = Contents of end-of-BASIC
text pointer as displayed in
locations $002B-$002A.

For tape use 01 instead of 08.

General Infoimation

All CBM system labels references
are consistent with the labels specified
in Appendix F of the PET/CBM Pei-
sonal Computei Guide by A. Osborne.

Hexadecimal dumps of the routine
assembled for the three different ver-
sions of the PET ROMs are included in
this article.

With some minor pointer modifica-
tions, the SQUEEZE routine should alsc
operate on most other 6502 systems.

Hans Hoogstraat is a scientific research
and systems development software and
fiardware consultant to the petroleum in-
dustry. You may contact him at Box 20,
Site 7, SS 1, Calgary, Alberta, Canada
T2M 4N3.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198;

commodore

Listing 1: SQUEEZE Assembled for 4.0 ROMs

121330-

flS

e33C-

2fl

ei33E-

0340-

0342-

0344-

0346-

0348-

FI2

0010
0020
0030

0040

0050
0060

0070

0080

jSVSTEM EQUFITES

iBRSIC
.; BRS I C
sBRSIC

BRSIC

.DI
,DI
-01

jORIOINRL ROM
JUPQRRDE ROM
;BflSIC 4.0

0100
01 10
0120

iuee:

0130
0140
0150

:THIS ROUTINE SQUFF7FS
jIMBEOOED BLRNKS, LINE

•

R BRSIC PROGRRM FROM ALL ITS
SEPRRRTORS RND COMMENTS.

0160

0170
O180

:IN ROC

;1. GO
yz. IF
;3. IF

IT ION THE FOLLOWING
1"Q ~ rsriTr-i

SVNTRX CORRECTIONS RRE MADE i

0190
0200
0210

....

GOTO =
GOTO =

IF . .
IF ..

THEN
THEN

■■

THEN

0220
0230

: BRSIC

REFERENCES.

0240

IFE

BRSIC-1

0250
0260
0270

BPOINT

WORK

LHKPRG

.01
.01
.DE

»7R
»R6
*C430

0280
0290

;--

*••

0300

0310

BPOINT

IFE
.01

BRSIC- 3
*2S

0320
0330
0340

WORK
LNKPRO

.DI
.DE

**•

*54
*C442

0350

;

0360

IFE

BRSIC-4

0370

BPOINT

.DI

*23

0380

WORK

.DI

*54

0390

LNKPRO

.DE

«B4B6

0400
0410

•«*

0420
0430

;

.BR

BPOINT

ee£s-

002R-

0440
0450

TXTTRB
VRRTRB

.OS
.OS

; POINTER TO STRRT OF BRSIC
; POINTER TO STRRT OF VRR.

002C-

0460

RRVTRB

.OS

jPNTR TO STRRT OF RRRRV TR

002E-

0470
0480

STREND

.DS

;POINTER TO END OF VRR.

0490
0500

JPRGE 2

ERC

WORK RRERS.

0510

0520

;

.BR

WORK

0054-
005S-

0530
0540

INPPTR
NXTLIN

.DS
.DS

; INPUT LINE POINTER.
sNEXT BASIC LINE RDDRESS

0058-
0059-

0550
0560
0570

OUTPTR
IMP I NO
OUT I NO

.01
.DS
.DS

VRRTRB

.! OUTPUT LINE POINTER.
.: INPUT TEXT INDEX.
;OUTPUT TEXT INDEX.

005R-

0580

OUTSEG

.DS

; OUTPUT LINE SEGMENT LEHGT

005B-

0590

OTFLflO

.OS

sQUOT FOUND FLRO.

0O5C-
005D-

0600

0610
0620
0630
0640

PRVOUT
I FFLRC.
;
RRMLOO

.DS
.DS

.DI

*400

jPREVIGUS OUTPUT CHARACTER
;IF TOKEN FOUND FLRG.

jSTRRT BRSIC TEXT

0650

: BRSIC

TOKEN EQURTIONS

0660

0670
0680
0690
0700
0710

OOTOTK

IFTK

REMTK

TOTK

THENTK

.DI
.DI
.DI
.DI
.DI

*S9
*8B
*8F
*R4
*R7

sGO TO

;IF

;REM

;T0

,:THEN

0720

GOTK

.DI

*ce

;G0

0730

;

034R- Bl 54
034C- sr 2R
a34E- 99 56 30

0750
0760
0770
0730
0790
0800
0810
0820
0830
0840
0850
0860
0870
0880
0390
0900
0910
0920
0930
0940
0950
0960
0970
0980
0990

.BA »33A

jSET BRSIC OUTPUT LINE RDDRESS POINTER.

SQUEEZE LDR »L,RRML0C+1
STR •OUTPTR
LDV »H,RflMLOC+l
STV »0UTPTR+1

.:SET BRSIC INPUT LINE RDDRESS POINTER.

NEXTLIN STA NlINPPTR

STV •INPPTR+1

;RESET ALL BRSIC SCAN LINE FLAGS.

LDV #0
LDX #0

;COPV BRSIC LINK AND LINE NUMBER FROM INPUT TO OUTPUT.

LDH <INPPTR>,V
STR <0UTPTR;',V
STR NXTLIN, V

(Continued on next page)

TURN AN EPSON PRINTER

INTO A DAISY . . .

with the

SUPER-MX CARD

for the APPLE II.

The standard of printing excellence is the

daisy-wheel printer. The SUPER-MX card

provides the Epson printers with just

about the same quality print as the

daisy-wheels!

SUPER-MX Roman font is
the standard.
Epsons can now print Elite
with the SUPER-MX card.

Other optional font styles are available
in addition to the standard Roman font
that just plug into the extra sockets pro-
vided. They come In pairs so you can add
a total of four extra fonts. Orator Large
comes with Letter Gothic. Script comes
with Olde English.

LETTER GOTHIC is
modern "I ook i ng .
ORATOR is easy to read
and 9ood for speeches.
SCRIPT adcLc X.he.

IQCHE CNSCSJSH is vpry
fariaal and plpgant .

Apple Hi-Res graphics is fully sup-
ported with a wide variety of commands
including: double dumps (both pages
side by side), dump from page 1 or 2,
double size, emphasized, rotated, strip
chart recorder mode, and text screen
dump.

The two expansion sockets allow
EPROM expansion to 12K to insure you
that the SUPER-MX card will remain the
most intelligent interface around.

An Epson MX-80 needs Graftrax or
Graftrax-Plus. An MX-100 requires Graf-
trax-Plus. Warranty is 90 days.

SUPER-MX card with cable .... $175.00
Orator and Letter Gothic Fonts . . $30.00
Script and Olde English $30.00

Cash, cashiers check or money order.
Personal checks will require 2 weeks to
clear. California residents add 6y2%
sales tax.

Spies Laboratories
{pronounced "speez")

P.O. Box 336

Lawndale, CA 90260

(213) 644-0056

Apple II Is a TM of Apple Computer, Inc.
Graftrax is a TM 01' Epson America, Inc.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

Announcing

THE GUIDE

A Complete Guide
to the Apple Computer

If You Own the Original

What's Where in the

APPLE?

You Will Want

THE GUIDE

A Complete Guide
to the Apple Computer

only $9.95*

The Guide provides full explanatory
text to lead you through the most
complete Apple memory map ever
published!

The Guide explains and
demonstrates how to use the atlas
and gazeteer published in the
original volume!

If you missed the first edition of
What's Where in the Apple?, a new

revised edition containing BOTH the
original atlas and gazeteer AND the
all new Guide is available in one
256-page, Wire-G-Bound book for
only $24.95!

MICRO makes it easy to order:
Send check (payable to MICRO) to:

MICRO INK
P.O. Box 6502
Chelmsford, MA 01824

Call our toll-free number:

1-800-345-8112

(In PA, 1-800-662-2444)
VISA and MasterCard accepted

"Add $2.00 shipping per book.
MA residents add 5%.

83-370

Listing 1 (continued)

0351^

1000

STX

KiOUTSEe,V

8353-

1010

INV

0354-

1020

CPV

0356-

1030

1040

;

BCC

COPVLNK

1050

; CRRRV

SET

1060

;

1070

;SET STRRT

B8SIC INPUT 8ND OUTPUT TEXT INDEXES.

1080

;

0358-

1090

STV

♦INPIND

035fl-

1100

1110

STV

♦OUTIND

1120

; CHECK FOR

END

OF B8SIC TEXT.

1130

;

035C-

1140

LDV

035E-

1150

LD8

<OUTPTR),V

0360-

1160
1170

;

BNE

SCRN

1180

;8DJUST ST8RT OF VRRIRBLE RDDRESS.

1190

0362-

1200
1210

LDX

0364-

1220

LDV

♦VRRTSB+l

0366-

1230

LD8

♦VORiaB

0368-

1240

SDC

;WITH CSRRV SET = 8DC #2.

0361=1-

1250

BCC

CLR

036C-

1260
1270

}

INV

1280

J PERFORM BRSIC

CLR

1290

036D-

1300

CLR

STV

♦OUTPTR.X

036F-

1310

DEX

0370-

1320

ST8

♦OUTPTR.X

0372-

1330

OEX

0373-

1340
1350

;

BPL

CLR

1360

JFIX BRSIC

LINKS 8ND RETURN TO

C8LLER.

1370

;

8375-

B6 84

1380
1390
1400

LINK
;

JMP

LNKPRG

1410

;

1420

;SCRN BRSIC INPUT TEXT LINE.

1430

;

0378-

1440

SC8N

LDV

♦INPIND

;eET 8H INPUT TEXT CHRR8<

0370-

1450

LD8

<INPPTR>,V

037C-

1460
1470

INC

*INPIND

sBOOST INPUT TEXT INDEX.

e37E-

1480

LDX

♦.I3TFL8C.

;B8SIC ClUOT FOUND FL8G Ot

0330-

1490
1500

;

BNE

OUTTEXT

;VES .. COPV RLL TEXT CHI

0332-

1510

CMP

#■■

;TEXT = BL8NK ?

0334-

1520
1530

;

BEO

SC8N

.!VES .. IGNORE BL8NKS.

0386-

1540

CMP

WREMTK

jTEXT = REM ^

0388-

1550
1560

;

BNE

CKSEO

..-NO . . . NEXT CHECK.

0338-

1570
1580

;

TXR

;VES .. FORCE END-OF-LINI

0338-

1590

CKSEG

CMP

#' !

SEND OF TEXT LINE SEGMEK

038D-

1600
1610

BNE

CKEOL

;N0 . . . NEXT CHECK.

1S20

! C8RR',

SET

1630

;

eseF-

1640
1 650

;

STX

• I FFL8G

jVES . . RESET IF FLRG.

0391-

fl4

1660

LDV

♦.OUTSEC

;8NV SEGM. CH8RS . ON OUTI

0393-

1670
1680

BEQ

SC8N

;N0 ... IGNORE SEGM. SEPI

0395-

1690

DEX

sVES . . TRIGGER ZERO SEGi

0396-

1708
1710

STX

*OUTSECi

1720

: C8RRV

STILL SET .

1730

;

0398-

1740
1750

NEXTLINJ

;

BCC

NEXTLIN

;LONG JUMP RCCOMODflTION.

0398-

1760

CKEOL

T8X

.:TEXT = END-GF-LINE ?

039B-

1778
1730

;

BEO

OUTTEXT

..-VES . . COPV EOL-TEXT CH

0390-

1790
1800

INC

♦OUTSECi

:INCR. OUTPUT SEGMENT CH

a39F-

1310
1320

■

LOV

♦.PRVOUT

sOET PREVIOUS OUTPUT CH8

03fll-

1 330

CKIF

CMP

#IFTK

.jTEXT = IF TOKEN ->

0383-

1340
1350

;

BNE

CKCiO

.jNO . . . NEXT CHECK.

03fl5-

1360
1370

ST8

♦IFFL80

;FL8G H8PPENIHG.

03fi7-

1330

CKCO

CMP

»OuTK

jTEXT = GO TOKEN ?

0389-

1890
1900

BNE

CKTO

!H0 ... NEXT CHECK.

0388-

1910
1920

;

LOR

WCOTOTK

!VES . . REPLRCE BV GOTO

0380-

1930

CKTO

CMP

WTOTK

:TEXT = TO TOKEN ?

03RF-

1940
1950

;

BNE

CKIFCO

;N0 ... NEXT CHECK.

0381-

1960

CPV

wcototh:

.jpRECEEDED E;V GOTO TKEN ->

0383-

1970
19S0

BEQ

SC8N

;VES . . IGNORE INPUT TO

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19

commodore

Listing 1

(continued)

03B5-

1 990

CPV

#THENTK

sPRECEEDEO

BV THEN TOKEN

03B?-

20O0

BEQ

SCRN

:VE

5 . .

IGNORE INPUT

20 1

03B9-

2020 i;

KIFi;

LDX

♦IFFLfle

JlF

TOKEN FOUND

03BB-

2030

BEQ

OUTTEXT

;N0

COPV TEXT CHRRRCEP

2040

eSBD-

2050 CKCIOT

CMP

#00TOTK

;TE

<T =

GOTO TOKEN ?

03BF-

2060
2070

BNE

OUTTEXT

^NO

...

COPV te;

a CHARRCTE

03i;:l-

2030

CPV

#THENTK

;PRECEEOED

BV THEN TOKEN

■T'

0303-

2090

BEQ

SCRN

;VE

S . .

IGNORE INPUT

GOTO 1

2100 .

153C5-

2110
2120
2130 C

LOR

#THENTK

;VE

3 . .

REPL. GOTO ev THEN 1

0307-

UTTE

LOV

*CiUTIND

;COPV TEXT

rHRRRCTEP

e3C9-

2140

STR

COUTPTR:) ,V

a3CB-

5C:

2150

STR

*PRVCiUT

jSRVE RS PREVIOUS OUTPUT

escD-

2160
2170 ;
2 1 80

INC

*CiUTIND

; BOOST

3UTPUT TEXT INDEX

e3C;F-

CMP

»"■

BRSIC QUOT COPIED

03D1-

2190

2200 !

2210

BNE

CKEND

sNO

CONTINUE

0303-

EOR

♦OTFLRG

.:SET BR

SIC

"lUOT

FOUND FLAG |

03D5-

5«

2230 .;
2240 C

STR

♦QTFLRG

;T0

EITHER ON OB

OFF

0307-

1=15

5C:

KENO

LDR

*PRVOUT

.lEND-OF

-LINE REACHED

0305-

2250
2260 J
2276 ,!
2230 ;
2290 C

BNE

SCRN

.:N0

CONTINUE

SCAN.

OUTF-

JT TEXT LINE CLEANUP

03OB-

LERNUP

CPV

;RNV OUTPUT

LINE

CHRRRCTER

03DO-

2300
2310 .:
2320 .!

BCC

NEXT IN

..NO

...

DELETE LINE.

CRRRV SET

2330 :

e30F-

2340

LDX

*CiUTSEG

;flNV OUTPUT

LINE

SEGMENT

e3El-

2350

BNE

NEXTOUT

!VE

5 . .

VALID LINE.

2360 ;

03E3-

2370 DELCHR

DEV

sDELETE

LAST OUTPUT

CHARAC 1

03E4-

3fH

2380

TXfl

03E5-

2390

STfl

<OUTPTR>.,V

2400 1

03E7-

2410 NEXTOUT

TVR

03E8-

2420

RDC

*ClUTPTR

^WITH CflRRV

SET

= <fl>+l+

03Efl-

2fl

2430

STR

*OUTPTR

aSEC-

2440

sec

NEXT IN

esEE-

2450

INC

*0UTPTR+1

2460 ;

2470 ;

GET

THE NEXT BASIC

INPUT LINE

POINTER.

24S0 ;

03F0-

1=15

2490 NEXT IN

LDR

•NXTLIN

e3F2-

2500

LDV

•NXTLIN+1

2510 ;

03F4-

2320

CLC

a3F5-

2530

BCC

NEXTLINJ

^RND CONTINUE SQUEEZING.

2540 ;

2550

.EN

Listing 2: Version for BASIC 1.0

Listing 3.

Version for BASIC 3.0

Original ROM

Upgrade ROM

060

85 7C

000

088

84 R7

008

010

51 7C

1 8

l:S

CO 04

018

020

RO 01

020

028

R4 7D

028

030

08 34

030

038

Cfi

F8 4C

f\f\

038

040

E6 RR

040

fte

048

C.9

F0 F2

043

050

3R DO

050

058

E3 CR

RC:

05S

060

Hfl

2R E6

060

068

02 85

068

070

Rl=»

89 C9

070

ft-3

078

8 '3

C3 CO

078

080

0R C9

080

088

fl7

B3 fiS

088

0'3O

7C.

RE E6

090

0L=»8

RD 85

098

0fl0

05 90

ORG

fl6

0FIS

SR 91

0RS

0BG1

90 02

0B0

0B3

fi4

IS 90

0B8

tucao \

Our Current
Best-Seller

i\iax>

on the Apple

Volume^

INCLUDES I
DISKETTE I

$24.95 =

More than 40 new programs on
diskette to help you get more from
your Apple:

• Machine-Language Aids

• I/O Enhancements

• Applesoft Aids

• Graphics and Games

• Reference Information

19 choice articles

43 tested programs on disltette

(16 sector DOS 3.3 format)

Volumes 1 & 2 also available at $24.95'

Together MICRO on the Apple 1,

2, & 3 provide more than 110 pro-
grams on diskette for less than
$1.00 each. No need to type in
hundreds of lines of code.

MICRO makes it easy to order:
Send check (payable to MICRO) to:

MICRO INK

P.O. Box 6502
Chalmstard, MA 01824

Call our toli-lree number:

1-800-345-8112

(In PA, 1-800-662-2444)
VISA and MasterCard accepted

Also available at your local computer store.

*Add $2.00 shipping per book.
MA residents add 5%.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Skyles Electric Works Presents

The VicTree'"

. . .Leaves your new Vic (or CBM 64) with 35 additional commands.
. . .Branches out to most BASIC 4.0 programs.
. . . Roots into most printers.

Hew from Skyles: the VicTree, a coordinated hardware and software package that allows your Vic
to branch out in unbelievable directions and makes it easier than ever to do BASIC programming
debugging and to access your disk. And the new VicTree provides routines to interface the Vic to
the powerful ProMet local network. 8kb of ROM — 4kb for the BASIC commands, 4kb for disk
commands and interfacing to ProMet — plus 4kb of RAM for miscellaneous storage. Perfect not
only for the new Vic but also for the Commodore 64. Unbelievably simple to use and to install, th<
VicTree gives you all the additional BASIC 4.0 commands to allow most BASIC 4.0 programs to
work on your new Vic or CBM 64.

Mow only $89. 95... or $99.95 complete with Centronics standard printer cable. (Cable alone
$ 19.95.) Available now from your local dealer or order through your Visa or MasterCard toll free:

(800) 227-9998 (California, Canada, Alaska, Hawaii: (415) 965-1735) or send check or

money order directly to:

Skyles Electric Works

231 E South Whisman Road
Mountain View, CA 94041
(415)965-1735

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19J

commodore

BASIC Line Delete
for PET/CBM and VIC

by Thomas Henry

Use this convenient utility
during your BASIC program
development. It allows you to
delete a whole range of lines,
rather than just one at a time.

BASIC Line Delete

requires;

Upgrade or 4.0 PET/CBM
or VIC

"BASIC Line Delete," a command you
can add to your Commodore computer's
resident BASIC, deletes blocks of
BASIC lines instantly. For example,
suppose you wish to delete line num-
bers 1000 through 5000 in a BASIC pro-
gram. Simply type " < 1000-5000" and
hit [return] and all those lines will be
deleted instantly! This BASIC Line-
Delete function is easy to use since the
syntax is the same as that found for the
LIST command. In addition, extensive
error checking is employed to avoid
disasters.

You can consider BASIC Line
Delete as an addition to the computer's
BASIC language. It is loaded into the
computer at the start of a session and
can be invoked at any time, in the im-
mediate mode, to perform its task.
Because this 177 byte-long machine-
language program sits at the top of
memory with memory pointers
lowered accordingly, it can peacefully
coexist with any BASIC program.

The original program was written
on a CBM-8032 with 4.0 ROMs. How-
ever, it should be easy to convert to any
type of Commodore computer since the
ROM routines used are common to all
models — only the addresses are dif-
ferent. In addition, it is likely that
other Microsoft BASIC machines can
use this program with a few changes.
When we examine the ROM routines
you will note that they are routines
that any BASIC interpreter must have.

VIC-20 owners shouldn't feel left
out either. Even though the program is
in machine language, the VIC-20 can

still use it simply by employing a
BASIC loader that POKEs the required
data into memory. I will present a pro-
gram to do this later in the article.

Even if you don't want or need a
BASIC Line Delete, you may want to
look ov€r the program description any-
way. Several interesting routines are
presented that could be put to other
uses. In addition, you may want to see
how the program implements error
checking and apply it to your own work.

Format of the New Command

To get a feel for how the program
works, let's examine how it should
look to the user. The "<" sign in-
dicates the function, although other
keys could be used by making one
small change in the program. As men-
tioned before, the format is identical to
that used for the LIST command. Let's
summarize all proper uses of the BASIC
Line Delete:

Proper

Impiopei

< 100-200

<100-

<-200

<100

etc.

The first statement under proper syn-
tax will delete lines 100 through 200
inclusive. The second one will delete
all statements from 100 on. The last
one will delete all statements up to line
200 inclusive. And just like the LIST
command, there doesn't have to be any
line number 100 or 200 for this to
work. Suppose the first line number
past 90 in your program is actually 122
and the last one before line 210 is 186.
Then "< 100-200" will still delete all
of the lines between this range, mean-
ing that actually lines 122 through 186
are deleted.

The second column shows some of
the possible statements with improper

Figure 1 How BASIC Is Stored and Principle of DELETE

LINES

TO BE

DELETED

FORWARD
LINK

LINE
NUMBER

END OF
LINE SIGN

LO
BVTE

HI
BVTE

LO
BVTE

HI
BVTE

TOKENIZED AND COMP'RESSED BASIC LINE

*•

END OF
BASIC SIGN

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

syntax. If you type any of these, the
operation will be aborted and a "?SYN-
TAX ERROR" message will be returned.
It is important to have this feature
since a delete function could have
potentially catastrophic results if
improperly used. So, essentially the
statements shown in column one all
have proper syntax and will produce
meaningful results from the computer,
while all other statements will not
execute and will produce a syntax error
message.

If the range is "backwards" (e.g.,
<200-100), an error message will again
be produced. Finally, I feel so strongly
about error checking that I incor-
porated one more feature. After enter-
ing a valid delete command, the com-
puter will respond with "ARE YOU
SURE?", giving you one last chance to
change your mind! This feature is only
available to users with 4.0 operating
systems since the "ARE YOU SURE?"
routine is part of the normal SCRATCH
and HEADER commands.

About the Piogiam

Figure 1 illustrates the principle. As
you probably know, a BASIC line is
stored in the computer in a specific
form. As shown in the illustration, two
bytes are devoted to storing the forward
link address, which is nothing more
than a pointer to the following line in
memory. The next two bytes contain
the line number. The next area, vari-
able in size, contains the compressed or
tokenized BASIC statement. This is
polished off with a zero byte to indicate
the end of a line. This format is fol-
lowed throughout memory until the
last line is hit. A pair of zeros is in-
cluded at the end of the last line to in-
dicate the end of the program. (Actually
there are three zeros here, if you count
the normal end-of-the-line zero). Sup-
pose we wish to delete lines 3 and 4 as
indicated in figure 1. What we will do
is pick up everything from point B to
the end of BASIC and put it back down
again at point A. Lines 3 and 4 will be
written over in this step. At this point
we have just transferred some memory.
The link addresses will now be all wrong
for the new locations. Fortunately,
there is a routine in the ROMs that will
rebuild the link addresses for us auto-
matically. After this routine is called
the delete has been performed and the
BASIC program is all set to go again!

Figure 2 is an assembler listing of
the BASIC Line Delete program. As
mentioned above, the error checking is
the only hard part of the program; the

Figure 2

00001

0000

; ***********************************

00002

0000

00003

0000

;* BASIC LINE DELETE

UTILITY ♦

00004

0000

!♦

00005

0000

;♦ ASSEMBLER CODE FOR

CBM-8032 ♦

00006

0000

; *

THOMAS HENRY ♦

00007

0000

00008

0000

; *************** ********************

00009

oooo

;

00010

0000

;

00011

0000

VALUE

= «11

INTEGER VALUE.

00012

0000

VARBLE

= «2A

POINTER TO VARIABLES.

00013

0000

MEMTOP

= «34

TOP OF MEMORY POINTER.

O0014

0000

SAVE

= «59

SAVE START ADDRESS.

00015

0000

ADDRES

= «5C

ADDRESS OF FOUND LINE ».

00016

0000

CHR6ET

= «70

BASIC CHRGET ROUTINE.

00017

0000

CHR60T

= «76

BASIC CHRSOT ROUTINE.

O0018

0000

POINTR

= «77

CHRGET POINTER.

00019

0000

WEDGE

= «79

WEDSE SOES HERE.

O0020

0000

RETURN

= «7D

RETURN TO CHRGET ROUTINE.

00021

0000

FIXUP

= «B4AD

ADJUST POINTERS.

00022

0000

CHAIN

= «B4B6

REBUILD LINE CHAINING.

00023

0000

= «B5A3

SEARCH FOR BASIC LINE.

00024

0000

INTESR

= «B8F6

FETCH INTEGER INPUT,

00025

0000

ERROR

= «BF00

SYNTAX ERROR ROUTINE.

00026

0000

QUERY

= «DB9E

'ARE YOU SURE?"

00027

0000

CHROUT

= «E202

PRINT CHARACTER TO SCREEh

00028

0000

;

00029

0000

;

00030

0000

« = »7F52

00031

7F52

;

00032

7F52

SETUP

LDA #«4C

OP-CODE FOR "JMP'.

00033

7F54

STA WED6E

00034

7F56

LDA #< ENTRY

LOW BYTE OF ENTRY.

00035

7F58

STA MEMTOP

LOWER MEMORY TO PROTECT.

00036

7F5A

STA WEDSE+1

00037

7FSC

LDA W>ENTRY

HIGH BYTE OF ENTRY.

00038

7F5E

STA MEMTOP+1

LOWER MEMORY TO PROTECT.

00039

7F60

STA WEDeE+2

00040

7F62

RTS

INITIALIZATION COMPLETE.

00041

7F63

;

00042

7F63

;

0O043

7F63

ENTRY

CMP #'<

LOOK FOR DELETE SYMBOL.

00044

7F65

BNE COMMON

SORRY, NOT HERE.

00045

7F67

PHA

;YES, IT'S HERE. SAVE.

00046

7F68

LDA POINTR

00047

7F6A

CMP #«00

; CHECK FOR IMMEDIATE MODE

00048

7F6C

BEQ DELETE

;D0 DELETE IF IMMEDIATE.

00049

7F6E

FLA

; DON'T DO IN PROGRAM MODE

0O050

7F6F

COMMON

CMP »«3A

COMPLETE CHRGET ROUTINE.

00051

7F71

BCC FINISH

00052

7F73

RTS

00053

7F74

7D 00

FINISH

JMP RETURN

00054

7F77

;

0OO55

7F77

00056

7F77

70 00

DELETE

JSR CHRSET

: FETCH FIRST CHARACTER.

00057

7F7A

BCC FIRST

; IT'S A NUMBER.

00058

7F7C

BEQ MIDDLE

JNULL INPUT IS ERROR.

00059

7F7E

CMP #'-

:IS IT A MINUS SIGN-?

00O60

7F80

BNE BYPASS

;N0, ERROR'

00061

7F82

70 00

JSR CHRSET

; FETCH NEXT CHARACTER.

00062

7F85

CMP #'-

SIS IT ANOTHER MINUS SIGN

00063

7F87

BEQ BAD

;IF IT IS, THEN ERROR.

00064

7F89

F6 B8

FIRST

JSR INTEGR

; ACCEPT INTEGER INPUT.

00065

7F8C

A3 B5

JSR SEARCH

;FIND THE LINE NUMBER,

00066

7F8F

LDX ADDRES

;AND SAVE ITS ADDRESS.

00067

7F91

LDY ADDRES+1

00068

7F93

STX SAVE

00069

7F95

STY SAVE+l

00070

7F97

76 00

JSR CHRSOT

;LOOK AGAIN AT CHAR.

00071

7F9A

BCC LAST

;G0 GET LAST LINE NUMBER.

00072

7F9C

MIDDLE

BEQ BAD

00073

7F9E

CMP »'-

; IS IT A MINUS SIGN?

00074

7FA0

BYPASS

BNE BAD

,-NO, ERROR!

00075

7FA2

70 00

JSR chrse:t

;YES, fetch NEXT CHAR.

00076

7FA5

BNE LAST

; IF PRESENT, GO ON.

00077

7FA7

LDX #«FF

; OTHERWISE DEFAULT TO

00O78

7FA9

STX VALUE

SLINE NUMBER tFFFF.

00079

7FAB

STX VALUE+1

00080

7FAD

BNE DEFALT

; BRANCH ALWAYS.

00081

7FAF

F6 B8

LAST

JSR INTEBR

;GET LAST LINE ».

00082

7FB2

A3 B5

DEFALT

JSR SEARCH

;FIND ADDRESS OF LINE #.

00083

7FB5

BCC CHECK

; BRANCH, LINE NOT FOUND.

00O84

7FB7

LDY #«00

00085

7FB9

LDA ( ADDRES ),Y

;Lltl FORWARD LINK TO

00086

7FBB

TAX

;POINT TO NEXT LINE IN

00087

7FBC

INY

; MEMORY.

00088

7FBD

LDA (ADDRES), Y

00089

7FBF

STX ADDRES

00090

7FC1

STA ADDRES+1

00091

7FC3

CHECK-

SEC

; CHECK TO SEE THAT THE

00092

7FC4

LDA ADDRES

; START NUMBER IS LOWER

00093

7FC6

SBC SAVE

;THAN THE STOP NUMBER.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19J

commodore

Figure

2 (continued)

00094

7FCS

ft5

LDA

ADDRES+1

00095

7FCft

SBC

SAVE+1

00096

7FCC

BCC

BAD

; IT'S NOT, SO ERROR.

00097

7FCE

JSR

QUERY

i IT IS. LAST CHANCE

00098

7FD1

BCS

DONE

;T0 CHANGE YOUR MIND.

00099

7FD3

ftO

MOVE

LDY

#»00

OOIOO

7FD5

LDA

(ADDRES).Y

; SHIFT BYTES BACK,

00101

7FD7

STA

(SAVE),Y

;ONE BY ONE.

0O102

7FD9

INC

SAVE

INCREMENT START ADDRESS.

00103

7FDB

BNE

NOCARl

00104

7FDD

5ft

INC

SAVE+1

00105

7FDF

NOCARl

INC

ADDRES

; INCREMENT END ADDRESS.

00106

7FE1

BNE

N0CAR2

00107

7FE3

INC

ADDRES+1

00 108

7FE5

NDCAR2

LDA

ftDDRES

; IS END ADDRESS TOUCHING

00109

7FE7

CMP

VARBLE

;THE START OF VARIABLES YET?

00110

7FE9

BNE

MOVE

;IF IT ISN'T, DO MORE.

00111

7FEB

LDA

ADDRES+1

00112

7FED

CMP

VARBLE+1

00113

7FEF

BNE

MOVE

00114

7FF1

JSR

CHAIN

JREBUILD CHAINING OF LINES.

00115

7FF4

ft9

DONE

LDA

««0D

; PR I NT CARRIAGE RETURN.

00116

7FF6

JSR

CHROUT

00117

7FF9

JMP

FIXUP

; CLEAN UP POINTERS, ETC.

00118

7FFC

BAD

JMP

ERROR

00119

7FFF

.END

delete part is quite easy. I will let you
examine the assembler listing, but as
an aid to understanding, let me
describe the key ROM routines used in
it. You may want to jot these down in
your notebook for future reference,
since I'm sure these routines have
many more valuable uses.

The routine at $B8F6 will get an in-
teger from the screen. The CHRGET

routine (at $70) is called first and this
causes locations $77 and $78 to point
to the start of the integer (which is in
ASCII). After a fSR $B8F6, the ASCH
representation is converted to a binary
form and the result is deposited in loca-
tions $11 and $12 (low byte and high
byte, respectively). If $77 and $78 point
to the "-" sign (as in the command
"<-200"), the subroutine will return

with zeros in $11 and $12. You can con-
sider this as a default lower line number.

Given a line number, routine
$B5A3 will find where in memory that
BASIC line sits. Simply put the desired
line number in locations $11 and $12
and call rovitine $B5A3. The routine
will return v/ith the address of the first
byte of the desired line in locations $5C
and $5D. You will note that the routine
described in the preceding paragraph
ends with the desired data in locations
$11 and $12, whereas this routine
begins with data in these locations.
This means that we can chain the two
routines without saving any inter-
mediate results!

An interesting feature of this line-
finding routine is its ability to adapt to
non-existent line numbers. For exam-
ple, suppose you tell it to find line 100
but no such number exists in your pro-
gram. However, your program does
contain a statement with line number
110. When you call the routine it will
look for number 100 and won't find it.
But it will continue to look for the first
line number beyond 100 (in this case
110) and return with its address in-

MIDNITE

SOFTWARE GAZETTE A

The

PAPER

Five years of service to the PET community.

1 Ri

The Independent U.S. magazine for
users of Commodore brand computers.

EDITORS: Jim and Ellen Strasma
Sample Issue free on request, from:

635 MAPLE n MT. ZION, IL 62549 USA

"■•"CQiDPU 5Ef\i5Ei:.''

CARDC Products For the Vic-20®

VIC-20* is a registered tradem.3rk of Commodore.

CARDBOARD 6 Expand your Vic-20® to accept 6 game
cartridges or an additional 35K of RAM memory. Until De-
cember 1 5, 1 982, a SPECIAL CHRISTMAS PRICE $79.95,
thereafter $99.95

CARDBOARD 3 An economy memory expanderto 35KAM
or 3 game cartridges $29.95

CARDPRINT Printer interface— Vic to Centronics type
parallel input printer. This unit uses the regular Vic printer
out put port and uses normal Vic print commands $79.95

CARDRITER A light pen with 6 software programs includ-
ing a full screen drawing tablet, a light pen instruction pro-
gram, and some games $29.95

Cardette universal cassette interface for the Vic. Allows any
standard cassette player/recorder to be used In place of the
Vic Dattasette, $29.95

We carry a full line of Vic-20® hardware and software. We
have a full line of other software including the exciting NEW
SOFT$EN$E LINE of Small Business or personal business
programs.

SEND FOR OUR CATALOG

To Order:

P.O. Box 18765

Wichita, KS 67218

(316) 684-9660

Personal Checks Accepted (Allow 3 Weeks), or C.O.D.

Handling Charges $1 .50

Prices Subject to Change without notice

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

stead. You can see that this is exactly
what the BASIC Line Delete program
needs! One other feature is that if the
exact line number specified was found,
then the carry flag is set. Otherwise, as
in our example here, the carry flag will
be cleared.

In the program, if no last line
number is specified, a default number
of $FFFF (65535 decimal) is specified.
Notice what happens when this
number is acted on by subroutine
$B5A3. Suppose the actual last number
in your BASIC program is 1000 and you
enter the command "<250-". The
default number $FFFF is loaded into
$11 and $12 and routine $B5A3 is
called. The routine will start with
65535 and will whittle away at the
numbers until it eventually hits your
actual last number (1000 in this case).
Once again, this is exactly what the
BASIC Line Delete requires.

The routine at $DB9E will query
"ARE YOU SURE?" and wait for a re-
ply. If the answer is "Y" or "YES" the
carry flag will be cleared. Any other
response will set the carry flag. Note

VIC-20

VIC-20 INTERFACING BLUE BOOK

Did you know that your VIC can be used loh*
control a 990; toy motor so effectively that it ~
runs like a precision machine? Or that you can
build an accurate digital thermometer using
the VIC and four other parts costing less than

These and other 18 interfacing projects ^
selected for usefulness, ease of construction
and low cost are detailed in the VIC-20 Inter-
facing Blue Book, a veritable gold mine of prac-
tical information on how to build a variety of in-
terfaces for your computer.

Projects include: Connecting VIC to your
stereo: Pickproof digital lock; Capacitance
meter; Liquid level ■sensor; Telephone dialer:
Voice output: 8Kyi6K RAM/ROM expansion;
128K RAM expansion; 8-bit precision D/A; 8-bit
A/D converter; MX-80 printer interface and
more-

Wntten by a college professor in a friendly
and informative style, the Blue Book gives you
theory of operation, schematics, program
listings, parts list, construction hints and
sources of materials for each one of the 20 pro-
jecls-

11 you want lo get the most out o1 your VlC
this book is a must. Even if you don't plan to
build any of the projects, the Blue Book is a
valuable source of information on what can be»_
done with the VIC- Cost is $14.95 (less than 75« |9
per project!).
WORD WHIZ

Here is a no-frills word processor that does
the job and is so small it leaves plenty of
memory for your text. Yet if oHers full screen C
editing and easy save of work in progress on
cassette, by taking advantage of VIC'S built-in
text manipulation capabilities. WORD WHIZ-^
prints out on the 1515 printer and is a bargain ^
at $9.95,
WORD WHIZ/eO

For classy looking output, this version of
WORD WHIZ will drive an EPSON f^X-80 (See
Interlacing info in Blue Book above). Gel letter
quality printing for only $14.95.

Above prices include postage in the
>j U.S. CA res. add 6% tax. Foreign add $2.

I mlch-DsignBl

900 Embarcadero Del Mar, Unit A|
Golela, CA93117

in add $2. j

Figure 3

100 REM tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttti

110 REM »

120 REM t BfiSIC LINE DELETE:

130 REM « VIC-20 VERSION

140 REM t

150 REM » THOMAS HENRY

160 REM t

170 REM t TRANSONIC LABORATORIES

180 REM « 249 NORTON STREET

190 REM t MANKATO, MN 56001

20O REM t

210 REM tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt*

220 REM

230 REM

240 PRINT"WAIT A MOMENT..."

250 X=PEEK(55)+256«PEEK(56)-163

260 FORA=X TO X+162

270 READD:POKEA,D:NEXT

280 Y=X+17:H7.=Y/256:L=Y-256»H7.

290 P0KEX+S,L:P0KEX+11,H7.

300 SYS (X): NEW

310 DATA169,76, 133, 124, 169, llO, 133.55, 133, 125, 169,29, 133.56, 133, 126

320 DATA96,201,60,208,8,72, 165, 122,201,0,240,9, 104,201,58, 144

330 DATA1,96,76, 128,0,32, 115,0, 144, 13,240, 116,201,45,208, 112

340 DATA32, 115,0,201,45,240, 105, 32, 107, 201 , 32, 19, 198, 166, 95, 164

350 DATA96. 134,92, 132,93,32, 121,0, 144, 19,240,84,201,45,208,80

360 DATA32, 115,0,208,8, 162,255, 134,20, 134,21,208,3,32, 107,201

370 DATA32, 19, 198, 144, 12, 160, O, 177, 95, 170,200, 177, 95, 134, 95, 133

380 DATA96,56, 165,95,229,92, 165,96,229,93, 144,36, 160,0, 177,95

390 DATA14S, 92, 230, 92, 208, 2, 230, 93, 230, 95, 208, 2, 230, 96, 165, 95

400 DATA197,45,208,232, 165,96, 197,46,208,226,32,51, 197,76,42, 197

410 DATA76,S,207

that due to a quirk in this routine, you
should print a carriage return to the
screen following it. This will move the
cursor to the proper position on the
next line. To print a carriage return, do
the following:

LDA #$0D
JSR $E202

To rebuild the forward link chain-
ing, simply call subroutine $B4B6. No
set-up is needed to enter this routine.

The BASIC Line Delete program
ends with two alternate ways to get
back into BASIC. If JMP $B4AD is
used, then a graceful return will be
made to BASIC, indicating that all
went well. However, if a return is made
via JMP $BFOO, the statement "SYN-
TAX ERROR" will be printed in-
dicating that the attempted operation
was aborted.

To round out your survey of this
program note that locations $59 and
$5A hold the address of the start line
number (where the later memory will
be moved tO; "A" in figure IJ. $5C and
$5D hold the address of the end line
("B" in figure 1). $2A and $2B are
pointers to the end of BASIC.

How to Load and Use the Piogiam

If you have a computer other than
4.0, you will have to make the required
translations to your machine. If you
have memory maps handy this
shouldn't take too long. I was able to
make a VIC-20 version in about fifteen

minutes simply by comparing memory
maps. Just enter the resident machine-
language monitor and list out the re-
quired lines with the command:

.M 7F52,7FFF

Now type over what the computer
shows, using the byte values generated
in the assembly in figure 2 as a guide.
When you are done, save the program
with the command:

.S "DELETE - 32594",08,7F52,7FFF

If you are saving to tape replace the
"08" with an "01". The number in the
title is the SYS number.

Suppose you are using the program
at the start of a session (from a cold
start]. First LOAD the program in the
normal way (just like a BASIC
program). There is no need to load it
from the monitor,- the CBM-8032
knows where to put it. Next type NEW
and hit return. This step is important
since it resets some pointers previously
disanayed by the LOAD command.
Now type SYS32594 and hit return.
The BASIC Line Delete is now ac-
tivated. The top of memory pointers
are automatically lowered to protect it.
You are now free to call up the function
whenever desired.

This program is very relocatable. If
you decide to put it somewhere else in
memory only locations $7F57 and
$7F5D need be changed. These two
bytes form the address of the CHRGET

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

commodore

Add-on, starting at $7F63 in this case.
Everything else remains the same. This
is due to extensive use of relative ad-
dressing; there are no internal JSR or
JMP commands to be altered. Simply
transfer the program, change the two
bytes mentioned, and run it using the
new SYS address!

VIC-20 owners need a different way
to get the program into memory since
the VIC has no resident machine-
language monitor. Figure 3 shows a
loader program that will enter an
equivalent BASIC Line Delete into
memory. Note that this loader is com-
pletely automatic since it not only
loads the program but also instantly ad-
justs to VIC-20S with any amount of
add-on memory. In addition, the pro-
gram automatically does a SYS to the
right address. All the user has to do is
LOAD the program and RUN it!

Now you have a new command for
your Commodore computer. You don't
really have to understand how it works
to use it, but I recommend you look
over the assembly listing again. As
mentioned before, the ROM routines

called are quite powerful and probably
have many other uses. In addition, the
program itself could serve as an exam-
ple of how to incorporate worst-case er-
ror checking into your own routines.

Acknowledgements

I owe a big debt of gratitude to Dick
Iramers of the Central Illinois PET
User's Group for explaining some of
the quirks of the CBM-8032 machine-
language tape-save routine. Thanks
also go to Dr. Kenneth Good, Mankato
State University, for putting early ver-
sions of this program to the acid test.
He found several conditions that could
have caused users real troubles were
they not flagged with "SYNTAX ER-
ROR" statements.

Thomas Henry is a professional writer in
the areas of electronic music, circuit
design, and Commodore computers. He
may be contacted at Transonic
Laboratories, 249 Norton Street, Mankato,
MN 5600L

iMCftO

70 INCOME 1AX PROGRAMS

(For Filing by April 15, 1983)

For APPLE ll/ll* (DOS 3.3, 16-Sector)

FEATURES:—

1 . Menu Driven.

2. 70+ Tax Programs.

3. Basic: Unlocl<ed: Listable.

4. Name/SS No./FS carried
over.

5. Inputs can be checl<ed.
8. Inputs can be ctianged.

7. I.R.S. approved REVPROC
format.

8. Prints entire Form/Schedule.

9. Calculates Taxes, etc.

10. In 3.3 DOS, 16-Sector.

1 1 . Fast calculations.

12. Use GREENBAR in triplicate
— don't change paper all
season!

Our 4th Year in Tax
Programs.
We bacl< up our Programs!

13.

Helpful programs to calculate and print the many Tax
Forms and Schedules. Ideal for the Tax Preparer,
C.P.A. and individuals. For just $24.75 per disl<, post-
paid (in 3.3 DOS; 16-Sector disl<s).
Programs are designed for easy-use, with check-
points to correct parts as needed. Results on screen
for checking before printing.

In all, there are more than 70 individual Tax Programs.
These include Form 1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1120,
1120S, 1041 and 1065. Also Schedules A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, R, RP and SE. And, Forms 1116, 2106, 2119,
2210, 2440, 3468, 3903, 4255, 4562, 4797, 4835,
4972, 5695, 6251 and 6252.
And, we have a disk we call "THE TAX PREPARER'S
HELPER " which has programs for INCOME STATE-
MENTS, RENTAL STATEMENTS, SUPPORTING STATE-
MENTS, IRA, ACRS, 1040/ES, ADD W-2's and PRINT
W-2's.

TRY ONE DISK AND SEE FOR YOURSELF. ONLY $24.75
POSTPAID.

First disk is AP#1, and includes Form 1040 and
Schedules A, B, C, D and G. $24.75 POSTPAID.

, ^ Write:

Ifl^l GOOTH TAX PROGRAMS

931 So. Bemiston • St. Louis, Mo. 63105

VKA^

Aharvestof
savings from

Electronics

SOFEWUIE

APPIE ' ATARI 'TRSaO' IBM

A full line erf software for business, games
^Ki educatKm Up tO 35% Offl

MUSE

ICJS

VlSICOi?P

STONEWAIRE

ONLJME

SlTiEROSnC

EDa-\M\RE

HAYDEN

HOWAF©

AND /^WIY MORE

HARDWARE

AMDEK • HAYES ■ MICROSOFT

FRANKLIN COMPUTER

SYSTEM
ACE 1000 ' $1,795.00

DISKS

Maxell BoxoflO,5'4",SS-DD $35.00
Verbatim Boxof 10,5;4",SS-DD $29.00

MONTTORS

LE MONITORS

Ust

Our Price

9" Green

$189.00

$159.00

12" Green

$199.00

$169.00

ZENITH

12" Green

$179.00

$129.00

Plus a full line of AMDEK Monitors

PRINTERS

RAWER TIGER Ust Our Price

460G

$1,094.00

$950.00

560G

$1,394.00

$1,250.00

EPSON

MX 70

$449.00

$395.00

MX son"

$745.00

$595.00

Mxioon"

$945.00

$795.00

CALLF(mTHiSM(mnm special!
l-80{>835 2246 EXT. 211

7024594114

B5130EastCharieslonBlvd.
Suite 5MI
Las\fegas,rievada89122
Phone orders welcome. Mail orders may send
charge card number (include expiration date),
cashiers check, money order or pjersonal check
(allow ten business days for personal or com-
pany checks to clear). Add S3.00 for shippinq,
nandling and insurance. Nevada residents add
5.755& sales tax. Please include phone number-
All equipment is in factory cartons with manu-
facturers warranty. Equipment subject to price
change and availability. Call or write for price list

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

SOUP: A CBM Machine-Language
Compare Program

by Henry Troup and Jim Strasma

SOUP is an efficient compare
program for machine-language
program files on Commodore
disk. It uses BASIC 4.0 disk
commands, but is otherwise
compatible with other IVIicrosoft
BASICS.

SOUP

requires:

PET/CBM
disk drives
printer (optionai)

This program, originally adapted by
Henry Troup from a similar mini-
computer utility, compares two ver-
sions of a machine-language program
on disk and prints out any lines that
differ between the two versions. All
you need to use SOUP are disk copies
of the two machine-language programs
to be compared. The only other restric-
tion is that they must begin loading at
the same address.

To use the program, place the disk
or disks with the files to compare in
your disk unit. Also prepare your
printer, if you are using one. At start
up, you will be asked the name and
drive number of the two files. This is
the only time in the program that disk
status is checked. If an error is found
here, repair the cause and re-enter the
file name and drive number.

From here on, operation is automatic.
As differences are discovered they are
listed either to the screen or printer.
You may wish to make some changes
in the formatting used here. Lines 700
and 710 set the maximum fields per
line for screen and printer respectively.
If your screen has over 40 columns, or
your printer over 80, you may increase
the value given to variable mf. Like-
wise, if your printer is not device #4,

change lines 690 and 710 to allow the
device number you need. If your paper
is not the 11 -inch variety common in
the U.S., change line 350 to adjust the
lines printed per page to your needs.

To better explain its workings, the
program as printed here is heavily com-
mented and uses fewer multiple state-
ment lines than it could. Feel free to
omit remark statements and lines con-
taining only a colon; none is referenced
by other lines. You may also be able to
combine some lines. For example, the
subroutine beginning in line 460 could
be reduced to four lines. Likewise, the
spaces that are not within quotation
marks may safely be left outi However,
you may find it better to leave the pro-
gram as listed here and compile it.

In the interest of speeding up the
program, often-used constants are re-
placed by variables, seldom-used lines
are moved to the end of the listing, and
disk status is left unchecked once the
needed files are successfully opened. If
you notice that the program seems to
have halted with the disk error light on,
hit the [stop] key, and check the disk
status in immediate mode:
?ds$

Most likely the error will be fatal, and
you will have to start over again after
correcting the problem.

The program uses only a few special
characters. In lines 670, 730, 740, 780,
and 790 notice the three equal signs in
a row (= = =). These represent three
[cursor left] characters. These charac-
ters place the flashing input cursor over
a likely default answer. They also pro-
tect the user from accidentally falling
out of the program. Even so, you may
omit them.

To use this program with other
computers or disk drives, you will need
only to substitute your disk commands
for Commodore's. The most difficult
task for other disk operating systems is
likely to be reading in the program files
one character at a time. The other
essential task is to detect the end of file
when it is reached. If you know how to
do these tasks on your machine, you
can probably make SOUP work for you.

Henry Troup and Jim Strasma may be
contacted at 1280 Richland Ave., Lincoln,
IL 62656.

Listing 1

100

REM SOUP — AS OF 7 SEPT 82

110

GOSUB 630:REM PUT MOST-USED LINES AT START FOR SPEED

120

REM MAIN ROUTINE

130

NM$="S0UP: FILE A="+CF$+" S, FILE B="+PF$:REM TITLE

140

PRINT#4,NM$:REM START NEW PAGE

150

GETtl,A$:REM READ A CHARACTER FROM FILE A

160

S1=ST:REM REMEMBER I/O STATUS OF A

170

IF A$=NL$ THEN A$=ZE$:REM TRAP NULL DATA BUG

180

GET#1,B$:REM READ A CHARACTER FROM FILE B

190

S2=ST:REM REMEMBER I/O STATUS OF B

200

IF B$=NL$ THEN B$=ZE$:REM FIX NULL DATA BUG

210

IF A$=B$ GOTO 4 20:REM ONLy REPORT DIFFERENCES

220

A=ASC(A$) :B=ASC(B$) :REM CONVERT TO DECIMAL CODE

230

N=AD:GOSUB 490:RE.M CONVERT ADDRESS TO HEXADECIMAL

240

PRINT#4,"@"HX$",A="; :REM PRINT MISMATCH

250

N=A:G0SUB 490:REM CONVERT A'S VALUE TO HEX

260

PRINTlt4,HX$"+B = "; :REM S. PRINT IT

270

N=B:GGSUB 490:REM THEN CONVERT e'S

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Listing 1 (continued)

280 PRINTH,HX$; :REM & PRINT IT

290 FC=FC+1:REM PRINT 4 MISMATCHES PER LINE

3aa REM TAB IF HAVE ROOM FOR ANOTHER ON LINE

310 IF FC<MF THEN PRINTH," ";:G0TO 420

320 FC=0:REM ELSE RESET FIELD COUNTER

330 PRINTIt4:REM & FINISH LINE

340 LC=LC+1:REM INCREMENT LINE COUNTER

350 IF LC<59 THEN 420:REM 58 MISMATCH LINES PER PAGE

360 LC=0:REM RESET LINE COUNTER

370 FOR 1=1 TO 6:REM SKIP LAST 6 LINES

380 : PRINT#4

39C NEXT

400 PRINTIt4,NM$:REM TITLE NEXT PAGE

410 REM END ON STATUS CHANGE, (END OF FILE)

420 IF SI OR S2 THEN DCLOSE : PRINTM :CLOSE 4 : END

430 AD=AD+1:REM ELSE INCREMENT ADDRESS COUNTER

440 GOTO 150:REM & CONTINUE

450 :

460 REM DECIMAL TO HEX CONVERTER SUBROUTINE

470 REM ENTER WITH NUMBER IN N

480 REM RETURNS HEX EQUIVALENT IN HX$

490 IF N=0 THEN HX$= "00 " :G0TO 600:REM HANDLE EXCEPTION

500 HX$="":REM INITIALIZE OUTPUT VARIABLE

510 D=-LOG {N)/L0G(16)

520 D%=D-(D<>INT (D) )

530 FOR I=D% TO : REM LOOP FOR DIGITS

540 : P=16"(-I)

550 : g%=N/P

560 : HX$=HX$+CHR$ (Q%+48-7* (Q%>9) )

570 : N=N-Q%*P

580 NEXT

590 IF LEN(HX$)=1 THEN HX$= "0 "+HX$ : REM FORMAT 1 CHARACTER

600 HX$="$"+HX$

610 RETURN

620 REM SETUP SUBROUTINE

630 PRINT"SOUP BY HENRY TROUP & JIM STRASMA

640 PRINT"COMPAHES MACHINE-LANGUAGE PROGRAMS

650 REM PRESET VARIABLES TO GAIN SPEED

660 NL$="":ZE$=CHR$(0)

670 INPUT"OUTPUT DEVICE: 3=SCREEN, 4=PRINTER 3===";0T$

680 DV=VAL(OT$) :REM CONVERT TO NUMBER

590 IF DV<3 OR DV>4 GOTO 670:REM VALIDATE

700 MF=2:REM 2 FIELDS PER LINE ON SCREEN

710 IF DV03 THEN MF = 4:REM 4 FOR PRINTER

720 CLOSE 4:0PEN 4,DV:REM HELLO DEVICE

730 INPUT"FILE A'S NAME +===";CF$

740 INPUT"ON DRIVE 0===";R1

750 IF RlOO AND RlOl THEN 740:REM VALIDATE

760 DOPENitl, (CF$) ,D (Rl) :REM HELLO FILE A

770 IF DS THEN PRINT DS$:GOTO 730:REM ON ERROR

780 INPUT"FILE B'S NAME +===";PF$

790 INPUT"ON DRIVE 0===";R2

800 IF R2<>a AND R201 THEN 790:REM VALIDATE

810 D0PENlt2, (PF$) ,D (R2) :REM HELLO FILE B

820 IF DS THEN PRINT DS$:GOTO 780:REM ON ERROR

830 GETIH,Al$:GET(tl,A2$:REM READ A'S LOAD ADDRESS

840 GETIt2,Bl$:GET»2,B2$:REM & B'S

850 REM TRAP ZERO DATA BUG

860 IF A1$=NL$ THEN A1$=ZE$

870 IF A2$=NL$ THEN A2$=ZE$

880 IF B1$=NL$ THEN B1$=ZE$

890 IF B2$=NL$ THEN B2$=ZE$

900 REM CALCULATE LOAD ADDRESSES

910 AD=ASC(A1$)+ASC(A2$)*256

920 A2=ASC (B1$)+ASC (B2$)*256

930 IF AD=A2 THEN RETURN:REM IF MATCH, BEGIN

940 PRINT"START ADDRESSES DON'T MATCH

950 DCLOSE:REM ELSE CLOSE DISK FILES

960 END:REM & ABORT

SOUP Sample Run

SOUP

@$401,

@$406,

@$4flA,

e$4aE,

@$412,

e$416,

@$41B,

@$41F,

FILE A=SOUP
A=$1B+B=$04
A=$45+B=$20
A=$44+B=S2C
A=$43+B=$04
A=$49+B=$4F
A=$20+B=$4E
A=$20+B=$44
A=$50+B=$49

& FILE B=SOUP
@$402,A=$64+B
@$407,A=$28+B
@$4aB,A=S5a+B^
@$40F,A=$6E+B
@$413,A=$52+B
@$418,A=$44+B
@$41C,A = $54+B^
e$420,A=$4C+B

7SE82

= $00 @$403,A=
@$408,A=
@S40C,A=

e$4ia,A=

@$414,A=
@$419,A=
@$41D,A=
@$421,A=

^$41
^$2C
^$00
^$20
^$45
■$4C
:$45

$8F+B=$20
$44+B=$2C
$41+B=$32
S8F+B=$20
$4C+B=$49
$44+B=$20
$20+B=$43
$52+B=$0O

@$405,A=$20+B=$43
@$4fl9,A=$4E+B=$2C
eS40D,A=$29+B=$a0
@$411,A=$50+B=$52
e$415,A=$4E+B=$45
@$41A,A=$42+B=$59
e$4lE,A=$4f+B=$4D
e$422,A=$76+B=$a4

JMCRO

It Pays to Write
for MICRO

Get paid for your ideas: write for
MICRO! Tliousands of people
read MICRO every month. MICRO
Is sold in computer stores and on
newsstands worldwide. Send for
a copy of our Writer's Guide now.
Our autlior payment rate is com-
petitive with the leading maga-
zines in the industry.

We welcome articles on any
aspect of 6502/6809/68000 hard-
ware and software for the Apple,
Atari, CBM/PET, TRS-80 Color
Computer, VIC, OSI, 6809, or
68000.

1983 Features: March — Printers
April — Communications
May — Wave of New Computers
June — Operating Systems
July — Hardware
August — Word Processing
September — Education
October — Programming

Techniques
November — Games
December — New Microprocessors

HiSflCkb|te-,J

J«-

-rl

^£^«n IVIlCKObits' SOtJ: .uE^c^i^

-£y^eritt«i evpv F40-worJ.Tii»hE'.'.''
i^.€E:'3«i ' pw j' inii'rti nit ■ ■ fSiib-S''

f^M

senti

'■/^'^

-&,*>

tf^iid tun way tu.I(.uni 'f^e^-\-^

!'"-*■ 'San AnKimo [ >. >?■}' ■ "^W

P." • iCnntiriiril -in rJCT'S^' '

ijn?

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

iMCQO

PET Vet

By Loren Wright

Graphics on the Commodoie 64

The Commodore 64 offers a lot of com-
puting power in its small package.
There are 64K of RAM, CP/M capa-
bility, and sophisticated sound fea-
tures. But the most outstanding feature
is the graphics. To sum it up, the 64
offers considerably more graphics capa-
bilities than the Apple in this area and
rivals the Atari 800, at a price that beats
them both.

What, exactly, does the 64 do in the
way of graphics? I've been studying a
preliminary draft of the Commodoie 64
Piogiammei's Reference Guide and
have begun to learn about all the
graphics on my own 64.

The 64 has the following modes,
some of which can be mixed on the
same screen:

1. Standard character mode

a. ROM characters

b. Programmable RAM characters

2. Multicolor character mode (both
ROM and RAM)

3. Extended background color mode
(both ROM and RAM)

4. Standard bit-map mode (320 x 200
resolution)

5. Multicolor bit-map mode (160 x
200 resolution)

6. Sprites (both standard and multi-
color modes)

Various blocks of memory and con-
trol registers are involved in pulling off
all these different modes. Screen mem-
ory consists of 1000 bytes, normally
located at $400, and these usually
determine what characters will appear
on the screen. There is a character
ROM, which contains two complete
character sets, as on the PET and VIC.
Pointers may be altered so that custom
characters can be set up in RAM. Color
memory, which can't be moved, is

1000 4-bit locations at $D800, each
corresponding to a location in screen
memory. Four bits is enough to code
for sixteen different colors.

The VIC II uses the different bits of
two control registers to select nearly all
of the graphics modes. Other registers
are used to control positions and colors
of sprites, to read light pens, and to
select background colors. This month's
data sheet [p. 109 | lists the control
registers for the 64. I will refer to them
here only by name.

Chaiactei Modes

The 64's characters are normally
read from the character ROM and the
color is determined by the contents of
the corresponding location in color
memory. The pointer to the character
ROM can be altered to point to RAM,
where you can design custom charac-
ters. There's plenty of memory to play
with, so this is a lot more practical than
on an unexpanded VIC!

Multicolor character mode has a lot
of possibilities. Standard characters
consist of eight rows of eight pixels,
while multicolor characters consist of
eight rows of four double-width pixels.
(A pixel is the smallest dot of light on

the TV screen in the current graphics
mode.) The bits of each byte in charac-
ter memory are considered in pairs
rather than individually. Each of the
four possible bit combinations for a bit
pair determines where to get the color
for the double-wide pixel on the screen.
Combinations 00, 01, and 10 get the
color from background registers 0, 1,
and 2, respectively, and 1 1 gets the color
from the appropriate location in color
memory. Since any background color
can be changed with a single POKE,
parts of all the characters on the screen
can be changed at once! This mode is
probably best used with custom charac-
ters, since this way of interpreting the
character data would make most stan-
dard characters nearly unrecognizable.
The VIC uses a similar scheme in its
multicolor mode.

Extended background mode allows
the background for each screen location
to be any of four different colors. The
sacrifice is that only the first 64
characters in character memory can be
used. Bits 6 and 7, which would nor-
mally select the other 192 characters,
determine the background color instead.
The background color is read from
background color register 0, 1, 2, or 3.

Figure 1. Multicolor Character Mode a) Bits In character memory are considered in
pairs, b) Each bit combination indicates a diferent source for the color, c) The final
character displayed with double-width pixels.

a) 1 1

1 1

Background
Background 1
Background 2
4-bit color

b) 00

1 1

mtm

[iliiil

k \ 1

location

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

PET Vet

(continued)

Bit-mapped Modes

Standard bit-map (or high-
resolution) mode allows control of each
individual pixel on the screen, with a
resolution of 320 by 200. 8K of RAM,
normally taken from the top of BASIC
RAM, is used for high-resolution
graphics. The bytes are arranged in the
same way the pixels of characters are
coded. That is, the first byte in hi-res
memory codes for the first eight pixels
in the first row of pixels on the screen,
and the second codes for the first eight
pixels in the second row. The ninth
byte codes for the ninth through six-
teenth pixels of the first row. What this
means is that you have to go through a
little arithmetic to find the correct bit
to change in hi-res memory, given X (in
the range of to 319) and Y (in the
range of to 199).

Screen memory is used to deter-
mine the color of the pixels in the area
normally occupied by a character. The
high nibble determines the color of all
the bits set to 1, and the low nibble
determines the color for the O's.

Multicolor bit-map mode reduces
the resolution to 160 by 200. As with
multicolor character mode, the bits in
hi-res memory are considered in pairs
to determine the color of the correspon-
ding double-width pixel on the screen.
Combination 00 selects the screen color
(background 0), 01 gets the color from
the high nibble of the appropriate byte
in screen memory, 10 gets the color
from the low nibble in screen memory,
and 11 gets the color from the 4-bit
color memory location.

Commodore plans a VSP Cartridge,
which will include convenient com-
mands for high-resolution graphics.

Fine Scrolling

The VIC n chip allows the whole
screen to be scrolled up, down, left, or
right by only one pixel. To make this
work smoothly, there are provisions to
reduce the width of the screen to 38
columns and to reduce the height to 24
columns. That allows two columns
(and/or one row] to be hidden, while
characters are lined up before fine
scrolling into the visible area of the
screen. The programming for this
smooth scrolling is best accomplished
with some simple machine-language
routines.

Sprites

What is a sprite? The name doesn't
really mean much, but the concept is
similar to "Player/Missile Graphics"
on Atari computers. Each sprite is a
high-resolution entity, 24 by 21 pixels,
maintained by the VIC n chip. To pro-
gram one all you need to do is define its
bit pattern, select its color, select its
X-Y position, and turn it on. By
changing the X and Y values you can
move the sprite to any position on (or
off) the screen.

Now, for the details... Eight sprites
may be displayed on the screen at one
time. Each sprite has a one-byte pointer
at the top of the screen RAM block. The
pointer indicates a 64-byte block
within the 16K bank currently selected
for the VIC II. The last byte of the 64 is
a control byte; the others contain the
pixel data for the screen representation
of the sprite. Each three bytes represent
a 24-pixel row in the sprite. In the stan-
dard mode, a bit set to 1 displays a pixel
of the selected color and a bit set to
displays what's under it (usually the
background, but it could be part of a
sprite of lower priority!).

Associated with each sprite are
several other memory locations in the
VIC II chip. The sprite display enable
register has a bit for each sprite, as do
the sprite multicolor enable, sprite ex-
pand 2X horizonal, sprite expand 2X
vertical, sprite-to-background priority,
sprite-to-sprite collision detect, and
sprite-to-background registers. Also,
there is a byte for each sprite's vertical
position, and a byte for each sprite's
horizontal position. Since there are
more than 256 possible horizontal posi-
tions, there is also a byte containing a
ninth X-position bit for each sprite. It
sounds — and is — complicated. How-
ever, this complexity is required to
maintain such a powerful graphics
mode. Read on for details of the dif-
ferent capabilities of sprite graphics.

Standard sprites can be displayed in
any one of the sixteen colors in a
resolution equivalent to the standard
bit-map mode. Multicolor mode allows
up to four colors in each sprite, and the
colors are determined by considering
bit pairs in the sprite definition. 00
selects screen color, 01 the color in
sprite multicolor register #0, 10 the col-
or in the appropriate sprite's color
register, and 11 the color in sprite

multicolor register #1. As with the
other multicolor modes, the horizontal
resolution is decreased and the sprites
are displayed using double-width pixels.

Each sprite can be expanded to dou-
ble its horizontal or vertical dimension
or both.

To handle smoothly the entry and
exit of sprites on the screen, the possi-
ble X and Y positions actually extend
beyond the visible portion of the
screen. That way it is possible to have a
comer or an edge appear first, followed
smoothly by the rest of the sprite.

I mentioned priorities earlier. The
sprites themselves have fixed priorities
with respect to each other: sprite is
higher priority than sprite 1, 1 higher
than 2, and so on. However, each sprite
may be selected to be higher or lower in
priority with respect to the background
data. Objects of higher priority will
overwrite objects of lower priority.

Collisions are detected by the VIC II
and appropriate bits are set in two
registers. If the corresponding sprite is
involved in a collision, then its bit will
be set in the register. The bits in the
register will remain set until the
register's contents are read by your pro-
gram. Then the whole register is
cleared. There is one register for sprite-
to-sprite collisions and another for
sprite-to-background collisions.

Some of the limitations can be cir-
cumvented with more sophisticated
programming. For instance, it is possi-
ble to display more than eight sprites at
once using raster interrupt techniques.
Also, because there is so m^uch mem-
ory, you can have lots of sprite defini-
tions stored and only alter the pointers.
If the fixed sprite priorities are a prob-
lem, just swap the pointers and the ap-
propriate bits and registers.

The Piogiammei's Reference
Manual gives all the details of the
various graphic modes, along with sam-
ple programs. Even the little quirks of
the system (and ways to get around
them) are mentioned. It is good to see
Commodore finally paying attention to
quality documentation with the
VIC-20 and Commodore 64 Piogiam-
mei's Refeience Guides. The Guide for
the 64 should be available in early
December.

iMCRO

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

- -

Miam :^'::'™i«iiin

^, —

f '

a AM-no

(^ '

ATARI

400

16K *269

32K *349

48K M29

410 Recorder $ 76.00

810 Disk Drive $449.00

822 Printer S269.00

825 Printer $589.00

830 Modem $1 59.00

820 Printer $259.00

850 Interface $1 69.00

CX40 Joysticks (Pair) $ 1 8.00

CX853 Atari 1 6K Ram $ 77.95

ATARI

Pac Man $35.00

Centipede $35.00

Caverns of Mars $32.00

Asteroids $29.00

Missile Command $29.00

Star Raiders $35.00

DATASOFT

Pacific Coast Highv^ay $25.00

Canyon Climber $25.00

Tumble Bugs $25.00

Shooting Arcade $25.00

Clowns and Balloons $25.00

Graphic Master $30.00

Graphic Generator $13.00

Micro Painter $25.00

Text Wizard $89.00

Spell Wizard $64.00

Bishop's Square $25.00

ON-LINE

Jawbreaker $27.00

Softporn $27.00

Wizard and the Princess $29.00

The Next Step $34.00

Mission Asteroid $22.00

Mouskattack $31.00

SYNAPSE

File Manager 800 $79.00

Chicken $26.00

Dodge Racer $26.00

Synassembler $30 00

Page 6 .. $1900

Shamus $26.00

Protector $26.00

Nautilus $26.00

Slime $26.00

Disk Manager $24.00

K-BYTE

Krazy Shoot Out $32.00

K-razy Kritters $32.00

K-razy Antics $32.00

K-3tar Patrol $32.00

STICK STAND %

$Q99

800 — 48K

Microtek IBKRam $ 74.95

Axlon Ramdisk (1 28K) $429.95

Intec 48K Board $1 59.00

Intek 32K Board $ 74.00

One Year Extended Warranty $ 70.00

CX481 Entertainer Package $ 69.00

CX482 Educator Package $130.00

CX 483 Programmer Package $54.00

CX 484 Communicator Package $344.00

Atari 800 Dust Cover $6.99

Atari 400 Dust Cover $6.99

Atari 810 Dust Cover $6.99

VISICORP

For Apple, IBM, Franklin

Visidex $189.00

Visifile $189.00

Visiplot $1 59.00

Visiterm $1 89.00

Visitrend/Plot $229.00

VisiSchedule $229.00

Desktop Plan $189.00

VISICALC $1 79.00

for Apple II plus. Atari. CBM & IBM

Continental

The Home Accountant (Apple/Franklin) $59.00

The Home Accountant (IBM) $11 9.00

1 St Class Mail $59.00

FLOPPY
DISKS

MaxeU

MD I (Box of 10) $36 00

MD II (Box of 1 0) $46.00

MFDI(8'T $44 00

MFD II (8" Double Density) $54 00

Verbatum

51/4"SSDD $2600

5 1/4"DSDD $36 00

Elephant

5 1/4"SSDD $19.99

TIMEX

TIMEX SINCLAIR lOOO

LOWEST

PRICE

EVER!

$89*00

NORTH STAR

ALTOS

Call for price and availability
on all models.

Disli Drives For
Atari Computers

81 Singli- Drive $589.00

Al Add-on Drive $339.00

S2 Dual Drive $879.00

Single Side Dual Head . . $679.00
Dual Drive Dual Head. . $1046.00

/i-SCI

MICRO-SCI

Oisl( Drives For
Franldin & Apple

A2 $319.00

A40 $369.00

A70 $499.00

C2 Controller $79.00

C47 Controller $89.00

MODEMS

Hayes

Smart $239.00

Smart 1200 (1200 baud) $549 00

Chronograph... $199.00

Microdismll $279.00

Microdem 100 $309.00

Novation

Cat $144.00

D-Cal $159 00

Auto Cat $21900

212AuloCat $589.00

Apple Cat II $339.00

212 AppleCat II $60900

Anchor

Mark I (RS-232) $79.00

Mark II (Atari) $7900

Mart( III (TI-99) $109.00

Mark IV (CBM/ PET) $125 00

Mark V (OSBORNE) $96.00

Mark VI (IBM-PC) $179.00

Mark VII (Auto Answer/Dial) $ 1 1 9.00

9 Volt Power Supply $9 00

v\/est;

800- 648-33 1 1

v\/est;

IN NV. CALL (70e] 088-0804
P.O.BOX 8889 STATELINE, NV. 8S4<49

In-stock items shipped same day you call. No risk, no deposit on CO.O. orders. Pre- paid orders receive free shipping within the continental United States with no waiting period
torcertified checks or money orders. Add 3'Ki(minimum $3.00) shipping and handling on all C.O.D. and Credit Card orders. NV and PA residents add sales tax. A/I items subject
to availability and price change. NOTSi We stock manufacturer's and third party software for most ail computers on the market! Call today for our new catalogue.

MONITORS

AMDEK

300G $ 1 69.00

Color I $339.00

Color II $699.00

Color III $429.00

BMC

12" Green $85.00

13„ Color 1400 $279.00

13" Color 1401 (Mid Res) $369.00

ZENITH

ZVM 121 $99.00

SHARP

Sharp 13" Color TV $275.00

PANASONIC

TR-1 20 MIP (High Res. Green) $ 1 59.00

CT-1 60 Dual Mode Color $299.00

■

P FRANKLIN

64K Personal Computer

Hardware, Software and
peripheral compatable with the
Apple II and even has some
features not found on the Apple.

HEWLETT PACKARD

HP«85
M969

HP-125 $1969.00

HP-85 16K Memory Module $169.00

5 1/4" Dual Master Disk Drive $1799.00

Hard Disk w/ Floppy $4349.00

Hard Disk $3549.00

"Sweet Lips" Plotter $11 99.00

80 Column Printer $649.00

WApt HEWLETT
mi'/^ PACKARD

HP 41 CV
CALCULATOR

*209

HP 41 C .~. .T: $1 49.00

HP IOC $69.00

HP nC $79.00

HP 12C $114.00

NEW 1 1 5C $1 09.00

NEW 1 60 $ 1 1 4.00

HPIL PERIPHERALS IN STOCK!

PC-1500

POCKET COMPUTER

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Printer w/cassette Interface

cassette tape recorder

and 4K and 8K RAM EXTENSIONS

COniPUTER

64K RAM

780 KB Disk Storage

Word Processing, Ultracalc CP/M,

C Basic Software
Smith Corona TP1

Letter Quality Printer Qur Pfice

Retail Value $4895.00 $X99S«00

Call...

for price and availability
on IBM-PC hardware, soft
ware and peripherals.

NEC 3550 Printer (for IBM) $2099.00

Televifleo
Terminals

910 $579.00

91 2C $699.00

920C $749.00

925C $749.00

950 $950.00

800A $1319.00

802 $2649.00

802H $4695.00

806 $5795.00

816 $9495.00

SEC

COMPUTERS

800 1 -A ^""'^".'. ""° $749.00

8031 $749.00

8012 $549.00

Printers

8023 $549.00

7710/7730 $2399.00

351 0/3530 $1 599.00

„ „ Monitors

JB-1 201 $1 59.00

JC-1 201 $329.00

JC-1 202 $899.00

commodore

8032 $999.00

CBM 64 CALL

4032 $749 00

8096 Upgrade Kit $369.00

Super Pet $ 1 599-00

2031 $369,00

8250 Double Sided Disk Dnve $i 699.00

D9060 5 Megabyte Hard Disk $2399.00

D9090 7.5 Megabyte Hard Disk $2699.00

8050 $1299.00

4040 $969.00

8300 (Letter Quality) $1549.00

8023 $599.00

4022 $399 00

New Z-Ram. Adds CP/M and 64K Ram $549.00

Ttie Manager . $209.00

Magis CALL

Word Pro 5 plus $319.00

Word Pro 4 plus $299 00

Word Pro 3 plus $199.00

The Administator $379.00

InfoPro Plus $219,00

Power $79.00

VIC 20 Dust Cover S6.99

CBM 8032 Dust Cover $14.99

CBM 8050/4040 Dust Cover $10.99

»179

VIC 1 530 Commodore Datassette $69.00

BIC 1 540 Disk Drive $339.00

VIC 1541 (64 Disk Drivel CALL

VIC 1525 Graphic Printer $339.00

VIC 1210 3K Memory Expander $32.00

VIC 11 to 8K Memory Expander $53.00

16K VIC Expansion $94.00

VIC 101 1 RS232C Terminal Interface $43.00

VIC 11 1 2 VIC IEEE-488 Interface S86.00

VIC 1 2 1 1 VIC 20 Super Expander $5300

VIC Mother Board $99.00

PRINTERS

Smith-Corona
TP-1

'599

CITOH (TEC)

Starwriter(F10-40CPS) $1399.00

Printmaster(F10-55CPS) $1749.00

Prowriter 80 Col (P) $499.00

Prowriter 80 Col (S) $629.00

Prowriter 2 (132 Col) $799.00

Okidata

82A $429 00

83A $659 00

84P $107900

84S $119900

IDS

1 32 (fully configured) $1 599.00

80 (fully configured) $ 1 399.00

Call for other configurations.

Daisywriter

Letter Quality $ 1 049.00

east

800-233-8950

IN PA. CALL [717] 3e7-9S7S

477 E. THIRD ST., WILLIAMBPORT, PA. 17701

In-stock items shipped same day you call. No risk, no deposit on COD. orders. Pre-paid orders receive free shipping within the continental United States with no waiting period
forcertified checks or money orders. Add 3% (minimum $3.00) shipping and handling on all COD. and Credit Card orders. NV and PA residents add sales tax. All items subiect
to availability and price change. NOTKi We stock manufacturer's and third party software for most all computers on the market! Call today for our new catalogue.

This is just 1 of 20
pages of the newest
and biggest Skyles
catalog, hot off the
press.

We know you'll want
this page, in its full
872 X 10 splendor,
and another 19
pages of peripherals,
software and books
that will make your
PET or CBM
computer even nicer
to live with. So, if
we missed sending

you your very own
copy within the last
few weeks, call us at
(800) 227-9998
(unless you live
in California, in
which case call
(415) 9651735.

From Skyles

FIf ctric Works, the

oldest and largest

professional

specialists in the

business.

(h Skyles Electric Works

B^ 231-E S. Whisman Road
^^ Mountain View, California 94041

commodorel

Microcomputers in a College
Teaching Laboratory, Part 2

by Richard Heist, Tlior Oisen, and Howard Saltsburg

Many laboratory situations
involve measuring continuous
ranges of light, heat, and sound.
An inexpensive device to help
the digital computer deal with
these analog quantities is the
analog transducer. Specific
applications to temperature and
light intensity measurement
are discussed.

Part 1 of this series (MICRO 53:53|i
gave an overview of the microeomputer
laboratory program at the University of
Rochester, Department of Chemical
Engineering. In this article the prob-
lems of measuring physical, chemical,
and mechanical properties will be ad-
dressed, since such problems are com-
mon to most engineering and scientific
laboratories. Temperature, pressure,
flow, and light intensity are typical
quantities of interest, and in many
cases the required information is pro-
vided by a transducer in the form of an
analog signal, usually electrical in
nature. Difficulties in the measure-
ment and conversion to the desired
physical or chemical quantity of these
signals may tend to obscure the pur-
pose of the measurement. The micro-
computer often offers a simpler alter-
native to more conventional laboratory
instrumentation, thus making it easier
for the user to maintain a focus on the
purpose of the measurements. Further-
more, it combines this decrease in
complexity with low cost, high speed,
reliability, and precision.

In what follows, the use of simple
interfacing devices will be discussed.
These devices were selected for their
flexible operating characteristics,
which give them quite general utility.
Examples will illustrate their applica-
tion to the measurement of tempera-
ture and light intensity. The emphasis
will be on specific applications, not on

design or construction of the devices,
which are very simple.

Analog Signals and
A/D Converters

When the transducer of interest pro-
duces an electrical signal, the problem
of property measurement is reduced to
one of measuring that signal (usually
voltage, current, or resistance) to the
desired degree of accuracy and at an ap-
propriate rate. Many laboratory meas-
urements require only slow ( < 50 Hz)
data acquisition rates or low [8-bit)
precision. The actual requirements
should be evaluated carefully and
realistically since they have an impor-
tant bearing on the technique and in-
strumentation used to measure the
electrical quantities.

When high-speed data acquisition
and high resolution are not needed, it is
remarkably easy to interface many
laboratory experiments and measuring
devices to the computer. As will be
demonstrated, an appropriate A/D con-
verter, selected for its flexibility, com-
bined with a microcomputer and a
high-resolution dot matrix printer,
becomes a versatile data acquisition
system (the universal instrument refer-
red to in the first article in this series
(MICRO 53:53). This combination can
be used effectively and inexpensively
to solve many laboratory measurement
problems.

The two types of A/D converters,
which have been widely used in the
Rochester program, both employ a
pulse-width technique for data conver-
sion, even though one is used to
measure voltage and the other resis-
tance. Each device, upon command
from the computer (a trigger pulse)
begins a timing cycle, the length of
which is proportional to the magnitude
of the applied analog signal. At the end
of the cycle, the converter signals the

computer that conversion is complete
(end of conversion, EOC).

The computer is programmed to
measure the length of the timing cycle
by repeatedly incrementing the micro-
processor index registers until the EOC
signal is received. The microprocessor
requires a fixed number of machine
cycles to run thiough the program loop
in which it tests for EOC and incre-
ments the index registers. Since these
cycles are accurately timed by the in-
ternal crystal oscillator, the count ac-
cumulated in the index registers is pro-
portional to the elapsed time. By
suitable calibration, this count can be
converted to the desired data format,
and the measurement is complete.

Typical resolution can range from
eight to 12 bits; the corresponding con-
version times are approximately three
to 200 milliseconds. The ability to
trade off conversion time for resolution
gives these simple devices a flexibility
not shared by other kinds of A/D con-
verters and makes them feasible for
many laboratory applications.

The device used for voltage meas-
urements is a Q'M-lOO A/D converter
(Analog Systems, P.O. Box 35879, Tuc-
son AZ) . This device has three indepen-
dent A/D channels, each with a to 10
VDC input range. In operation, a
voltage ramp generator is triggered by
the computer, and its output is com-
pared to the transducer voltage. A com-
parator signals the computer when the
ramp just exceeds the transducer
voltage (EOC).

For resistance measurements, a
simple A/D method outlined in an arti-
cle in MICRO^ was chosen. It uses a
555 timer IC in the configuration
shown in figure 1. The conversion
method involves charging the timing
capacitor, CI, to a fixed voltage
through the transducer resistance, R,
and measuring the charging time with

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

5VDC

TRIGGER

OUTPUT
(EOC)

;v,,

:;»ife:::7

■v*V

555

-th

Ij-y-

Hv^S^

T CI

.^.:^

Figure 1: A 555 timer integrated circuit wired as a monostable multivibrator. A typical
value for C2 is .01 ^F. Ttie value chosen for C1 depends upon R. For Instance, If R =
150 KQ and 10-bit conversion is desired (1024 counts, see text), tlien C1 siiould be
about 0.1 ^F (see reference 3).

the computer. The computer triggers
the charging process and is then sig-
naled by the 555 timer when conver-
sion is complete. By choosing the ap-
propriate combination of transducer
and timing capacitor for a specific ap-
plication^, you have a simple and inex-
pensive data acquisition system.

While the examples described here
are specific to temperature and light-
intensity measurements, the concepts
are general. These interfacing methods
can be extended to virtually any kind of
voltage or resistance measurement.
Moreover, it is clear that the use of a
resistance transducer, when appropri-
ate, can result in a significant simplifi-
cation of hardware, compared to other
techniques, and it will often pay to
change to sensors of this type.

One additional point that should be
made in connection with the pulse-
width A/D converters is the ease with
which these devices can be multi-
plexed. Many times it is necessary to
measure a number of inputs simultane-
ously. Since most microcomputers will
support only a limited number of I/O
lines, it is useful to be able to switch-
select devices automatically (multi-
plex). Examples of this include the
simultaneous monitoring of the tem-
perature of each tray of a multistage
distillation column and multiple con-
centration profile measurements along
a tubular reactor. The circuit shown in
figure 2 has been used to multiplex the
sensors in several experiments. It is
based on the 74150 IC, a 16-channel

multiplexer. A similar circuit, based on
the 75151 IC, can be used to construct
an 8-channel device. Both multiplexer
ICs and their operation are described in
detail in the literature listed in
reference 4.

TBIOGFH-«i^^'»'gfc1i^' '^-'-.

Construction details have not been
discussed at length since they are ade-
quately described in the microcom-
puter and electronics literature^, but
good construction techniques must not
be underemphasized, particularly for
applications requiring higher precision.
The important construction practices
are documented in the literature and
are well known to experienced person-
nel. Do not hesitate to ask for advice.

Some care should be exercised in
the use of the converters. For instance,
the characteristics of all electronic
components are, to some extent, tem-
perature-dependent. Therefore, large
fluctuations in ambient temperature
should be avoided during data collec-
tion or between calibration and actual
use. Another point concerns the use of
the 555-based converter in the triggered
mode described above. When the EOC
is reached, the 555 IC starts discharging
the timing capacitor and the system
will remain in discharge mode until it
is triggered again. If the time between
EOC and the next trigger pulse varies,
the circuit may operate with varying
levels of residual charge on the timing
capacitor. The result will be timing er-

tF^ ,1- -is*

!> 555

I 555

. nz

I---

•%•

THL NETWORK OF FOUR 555
TIMERS SHOWN ABOVE fS -
REPEATED THREE TIMES ".
GIVING 16 SEPARATE UNITS ,

Pigute 2: A 16^hannel multiplexer circuit based on a 74150 TTL Integrated circuit.
Tfie end-of-conversion signal, pin 3, of any of the 555 timers can be accessed by
placing the appropriate binary number (0-15) on the Input pins (15, 14, 13, and 11,
respectively) of the 74150. In the diagram, PAO - PA4 and PA7 represent PET parallel
port connections. The output from the 74150 is available at pin 10. The resistance
value of the transducers, RO - R15, will determine the value of the charging capacitor,
C (see figure 1). A typical value is 0.22 ^^F (see reference 3).

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

commodore

31.6K'.i

D1 = Germanium diode

D2 =' P.U.T., GE D13T1 or equivalent

D3 = LED

Figure 3: A two-stage voltage amplifier. The overall gain ranges from 630 to 1260, depending upon the setting of the 20 Ks
variable resistor in the feedback loop of the second stage. The optional diode network ensures that the output voltage will be
positive (D1) and will not exceed 10VDC (D2). This is a requirement for proper operation of the QIM-100 A/D converter. D3 is
used to indicate over-ranging.

rors, leading to poor reproduction of the
data. The problem can be circumvented
by introducing a sufficient delay be-
tween measurements to assure total
discharge, or by operating the system
with reproducible discharge time.
Temperature Measurement

Two analog electrical signals com-
monly associated with temperature are
thermocouple voltage and thermistor
resistance. The problem is to provide a
convenient method for measuring
these analog signals, then convert the
results to temperature.

Consider, for example, a tempera-
ture measurement in which a precision
of one degree Celsius is desired at a
temperature of 100 degrees. If the sen-
sor is a thermocouple, the transducer
output will be in the low millivolt
range and a difference of one degree in
temperature would produce a voltage
difference of, at most, a few tens of
microvolts — beyond the direct resolu-
tion of most analog meters. As the
precision requirement of an experiment
increases, conventional thermocouple
instrumentation becomes costly.

With digital instrumentation, this
precision is not difficult to achieve.
Provided the input signal at 100 degrees
is within the upper half of the con-
verter's input range, all that is required
is an eight-bit A/D converter. An ob-
vious problem, then, in interfacing
thermocouples (and many other labora-
tory devices as well) is the low level of

the output voltages. The millivolt-level
signals generally available must be
amplified to the 0.5 to 10 VDC range
before A/D conversion can be performed
satisfactorily. Fortunately, the fre-
quency response requirements are min-
imal for most applications, so large-
gain amplifiers (lOOX - 2000X) are
relatively simple to build*. See figure 3
for a typical example. When adjustable
gain is included, the combination
amplifier and QM-100 converter be-
comes an A/D system that is inexpen-
sive, versatile, and reliable.

Thermistors, in contrast to thermo-
couples, can be manufactured to pro-
vide large resistance changes for small
temperature differences. Unfortunately,
the response is highly non-linear, and
the response characteristics tend to be
non-uniform, even among thermistors
of the same kind. These properties
make it difficult and expensive to
reduce thermistor output to tempera-
ture with analog hardware. Using a
microcomputer with the 555 timer
A/D, on the other hand, you can easily
handle these complex relationships with
appropriate software modifications.

Light-Intensity Measurement

Another property commonly meas-
ured in laboratories is light intensity.
In chemical laboratories, this measure-
ment is usually made with commer-
cially available instrumentation equip-
ped with photocells or photomultiplier

tubes (e.g., colorimeters and spectro-
photometers). It has proven to be easy
to use either the QM-100 or the 555
converter to interface the micro-
computer to such optical instruments.
In fact, inexpensive colorimeters based
on a 555 timer/photoresistor circuit
can be built to almost any geometry re-
quired by an intended application.

For photomultiplier-equipped spec-
trophotometers where the output sig-
nal is a ctirrent, a simple circuit can be
used to convert the transducer output
to a voltage*. A typical example of a
current-to-voltage converter circuit is
shown in figure 4. Once a voltage is
available, the procedure for using the
QM-100 is the same as described above.

A major use of this type of optical
instrumentation is in measuring the
concentration of light-absorbing
chemicals in liquids and gases. Nor-
mally, the response of such instru-
ments is proportional to the inverse ex-
ponential function of the concentra-
tion. Thus, should a linear response be
required when using a chart recorder
for data acquisition, an expensive
linearizing module must be added.

In some cases, not only is a linear
response required, but the quantity of
interest is the total amount of a
chemical that has passed through the
detector. This type of measurement re-
quires the capability to integrate a
response over time — another module
to add to the recorder.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

commodore

'in o-

200 J 1

o I >

160JI

o ^Qut

Figure 4: A current to voltage converter. The circuit shown here will typically produce
millivolt-level output for microampere-level input with good frequency response.

When the microcomputer is used to
monitor such instruments, these con-
versions require only a few lines of ad-
ditional code in the applications pro-
gram. Within the limits of the micro-
computer's capabilities, any relation-
ship between sensor output and the
quantity of interest can be accommo-

dated without additional cost as long as
the relationship can be adequately des-
cribed by mathematical expressions.
Also, since the computer can store
spectral data between scans, it is possi-
ble through computer interfacing to
convert a single-beam spectrophoto-
meter into a pseudo dual-beam device.

The simplicity of microcomputer-
based systems can best be illustrated by
the measurement of optical density of
fluids. A-Q extremely simple colori-
meter, useful for many chemical con-
centration measurements, can be con-
structed from a suitable light source,
such as a light-emitting diode, and a
photoresistor, placed on opposite sides
of a translucent vessel containing the
fluid to be studied. The photoresistor is
interfaced via the 555 A/D converter.
Since the components (light source and
photoresistor) can be very small, e.g.
three mm diameter, and the units are
so simple, a variety of geometries can
be accommodated. Thus, a chemical
reaction involving a color change can
be followed in situ in a small test tube.
There is no need to disturb the process
by withdrawing samples for analysis.

Another example is the study of the
dispersion of a dye in a liquid flowing
in a long tube. It is a simple matter to
place these LED-photoresistor color-
imeters in collars clamped around the
tube, at intervals, and observe the
dispersion effect without disturbing the
flow.

Note that when a LED is used in

PREMIER
ISSUE

ommanoer

THE MONTHLY JOURNAL FOR
COMMODORE

COMPUTER USERS

.ao 64 P£r/cs

MAX MACHINE

'COMMANDEH u/i/( b« d«dicaf*d fo commun»cating rh* f\tn of, as ujtil as fA#
latest jn/ormo/ion a6ou( fh* COMMODORE COMPUTERS.'

GET YOUR MONEY'S WORTH

You ve probably made a 3i2eabl« inv«5im«ni in your cotnpuMr
equipment. COMMANDER can help you make the most o( ii. Each
is3u< bnngs you the no-nonsense advice you need to stay on the
leading edge o( this conjiantly changing field. COMMANDER will be
your reference source to the world o/ computers with the best . most
comprehensive coverage you can get)!

PREMIER ISSUE
U DISCOUNT

a I YD. J23 a J YR. $40 a a vn. «*

iPmCES DO NOT irKLUOe M DISCOUNT)

COMMANDER

5./*«:r.pJKVi Or</«rl On/y P O BOX 98827

To» FfM Numb»r 1-400-426- lUO TACOMA. WASHINGTON 98499

Kunx WA Ml aXi (204) SAS-M18

SOPHISTICATED TELE-COMMUNICATION IS HERE

THE COMMUNICATOR

for 4.0 Commodore Computers

With: HIGHER SPEED

MORE SOPHISTICATED CONTROL
LOWER PRICE

THE HARDWARE — A printed circuit board; easily installed in the
CBM. It uses no CBM connectors; gives a serial port with true
RS232C standard. The board alone is capable of running up to 9600
baud. With the software it will run up to 4800 baud.

THE SOFTWARE -

— Emulates the ADDS Regent 100, ADM 31 and/or the TeleVideo
950.' Or choose the VT100 model for use with DEC and VAX
computers.

— Runs coresident with BASIC programs; lets BASIC programs
and program on host computer communicate to develop really
sophisticated communication and control capabilities.

— The program is on ROM at either address; no disk loading re-
quired. Uses only 512 bytes of RAM; will relocate itself around
any other machine language program at top of memory.

— Will upload and download and run BASIC programs. With BASIC
program will upload and download standard data files. 100 page
manual gives program li-sting for BASIC programs.

Excellent text editor designed to work with THE COMMUNICATOR

THE COMMUNICATOR $200 THE COMMUNICATOR antl

Text Editor $ 40 U.D.S. 1200 baud modem $625

U.D.S. 1200 baud $450 THE COMMUNICATOR and Haves

Hayes 300/1200 baud $595 300/1200 baud modem S770

We sell U.D.S. and Hayes 300 baud modems at excellent prices

AMPLIFY, INC.

2325 Macbfide, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 319-337-8378

'trademarks Adds Regent, Inc., Lear Siegler, Inc.. Tetevideo Systems. Inc.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

commodore

this mode it is important that it is sup-
plied a constant current. A simple cir-
cuit that will accomplish this' is
shown in figure 5.

Concluding Comments

The general utility of the A/D con-
verter (computer) printer combination
deserves reiteration. In going from one
application to another, only portions of
the applications program need to be
changed; the data acquisition routines
remain unaltered. The A/D devices
previously described can be adapted to
a variety of resistance, voltage, and cur-
rent measurements with little or no
modification. The flexibility of these
A/D converters, the computational
capability of the microcomputer in the
reduction of data, and the high-
resolution hard copy capability of the
dot-matrix printer are combined to
make the system an inexpensive but
powerful universal data acquisition
instrument.

Once it is realized that resistance
and voltage can be measured so easily
with the microcomputer, you may
wish to redesign existing experiments
to match the output to the interface,
rather than the other way around. In
particular, it may be advantageous to
generate resistance, rather than current
or low-level voltage; e.g., use thermis-
tors instead of thermocouples.

At moderate expense, the system
can be expanded further to provide the
capability to feed back information and
change the operating conditions of the
device it monitors. Digital to analog
conversion and control will be dis-
cussed in a subsequent paper.

The role of the computer in the
laboratoy is that of a tool. Certainly it
is a remarkable tool in terms of power
and capability; but nevertheless, it is a
means to an end and not the end in it-
self. This point is sometimes too easily
forgotten.

References

1. H. Saltsburg, R.H. Heist, and T.
Olsen, MICRO, The 6502/6809
foumal, (53:53).

2. J. Sherburne, MICRO, The 6502/
6809fouinal, (26:31).

3. See, for example, H. Berlin, "The
555 Timer Applications Sourcebook
with Experiments," (Howard W.
Sams and Co. Inc., Indianapolis,
1979).

4. See, for example, "Signetics Logic —
TTL Data Manual," (Uniplan, San

V„ (+5 to,«(y)

two LEOs in seciss. one
Uu sample circuit and
one idr reference circuil

... = 5V and 2 LEOs
in series. R = 5-i01i

Figure 5: A current regulator. The LM334 is
an adjustable current source with good
current regulation. A typical value for R
with two LEDs In series is 5 to 10 ohms.
The two LEDs In series are used to provide
a sample signal and a reference signal for
the colorimeter applications discussed In
the text.

Francisco, 1978); "The TTL Data
Book," (Texas Instrument, Inc.,
1976), 2nd ed.; D. Lancaster, "The
TTL Cookbook," (Howard W. Sams
and Co. Inc., Indianapolis, 1979).

5. See, for example, P. Horowitz and
W. Hill, "The Art of Electronics,"
[Cambridge University Press, Cam-
bridge, 1980); P.M. Mims, "Engi-
neer's Notebook II. Integrated Cir-
cuit Applications," (Tandy Corpora-
tion, 1981); Z.H. Meiksin and P.C.
Thackary, "Electronic Design with
Off-the-shelf Integrated Circuits,"
(Parker Publishing Co. Inc., West
Nyack, NY, 1980); S.A. Hoenig,
"How to Build and Use Electronic
Devices without Frustration, Panic,
Mountains of Money or an Engineer-
ing Degree," (Little, Brown and Co.,
Boston, 1980) 2nd ed.

6. See, for example, W. Jung, "IC Op-
amp Cookbook," (Howard W. Sams
and Co. Inc., Indianapolis, 1979);
"Operational Amplifiers: Design
and Application," (McGraw-Hill
Book Company, New York, 1971),
edited by J.G. Graeme, G.E., Tobey,
and L.P. Huelsman.

7 P.M. Mims, "Engineer's Notebook
11. Integrated Circuit Applications,"
(Tandy Corporation, 1982) p. 116.

You may contact the authors at the
Department of Chemical Engineering,
University of Rochester, Rochester, NY
14627.

PROFESSIONAL

WORD PROCESSOR

FOR APPLE/PET/CBM

COPY-WRITER

only S185.00

EXCHANGE DATA w IBM 3740

PEDISK II 877 FLOPPY DISK Sys-
-:' terns c<tn now read and write records

i-l tfom IBM "Basic Data Exchange"

*^.' "■ type (ilskettes. FILEX software from
WILSEBVE does all the work! Con-
verts EBCDIC - ASCII.

EXCH AieBjj tein 1877/FILEX) $1 295.

PEDISK 877-1 8' Floppy tor PET S 995.

PEDISK 540-1 5' Floppy lor PET S 595.

CONTROLLER BOARD w PDOS S 229.

PEDISK II is a high pertormance floppy disk
system designed tor the Commodore PET/CBM,
Rockwell AIM and Synertek SYM. It features high
pertormance, simple reliable design and IBM for-
mat.

SOFTWARE FOR PEDISK II

COPYWRITER Pro Word Processor $185.

MAE Macro Assembler Editor by EHS $1 70.

FLEXFILE II Data Base Manager $ 80.

PAPERMATE Word Processor $ 60.

DISK UTILrTYPACK $ 25.

FASTFILE Data Base $1 00.

RLEX IBM Access Routines $245.

MENU LOAD $ 10.

lullFORTH-f $1 00.

Commodore Communicates

COMPACK $129.

Intelligent Teminal Package
including ACIA based interfaci

etry . XON XOFF Control

Disk ^ User Program Cntl

$139 COLOR CHART

AIM/SYM system video display, 64 x 1 6

characters, 8 colors, plugs into ROM

socket, 4K RAM Multiple modes; semi

graphics, alpha.

PET/CBM color graphic display, 1 28 x

1 92 pixels, generate color bar graphs

on one screen with data on main

screen. RS170 video color chart.

6847 based video output.

COLOR VIDEO FOR PET/C8M/AIM/SYM

ROMSWITCH-4 ROMS IN 1

SPACEMAKER $39.95

Switcti 4 ROMs into ttie same socket
A slide switcti activates one of four
Electronic controls insure no glitcfies
and allow ROM switching under soft-
ware control ROMs can be switched
from the keyboard

fullFORTH+ for APPLE/PET

FULL FIG FORTH implementation plus
conditional assembler, floating point,
string handling, multidimensional arrays
and disk virtual mamory
fullFORTH t from IDPC Co $100

Target Compiler S 50

P.O.Box 102
Langhorne, Pa. 19047
5-757-0284

SEE YOUR DEALER OR:

macao-

rMICROTECH) La

> ^ 21

DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

^ , 1

Bcommodore

INTERFACES

ADA-1450 Serial S149

AOA-1 600 Parallel 149

RS232caDleforVicor64, 2nn 30

Video/Audio cable for 64 & monitor 25

MONITORS — Great resolution
for the CBM 64 or VIC

Panasonic, 13" Color S375

Amdek Color I 330

NECJB 1201M, 12" Color 330

NEC JB 1201, 12" green phosphor 170

Amdek Video 300L, green phosphor 175

BUSINESS SOFTWARE

Spellmaster Dictionary (great tor WordPro') S199

OZZ Data Base System (8050) 240

Silicon Oflice (database, wp) 995 (

Wdrdcraft 80 289

VisiCalc (new expanded) 199

Dow Jones Portfolio Management System (RS232) . , 1 20

WordPro 4 r or 5 ^ 299

The Manager 199

Legal Time Accounting 425

I.R.M.A 295

BPI A/R, G/L, Job Cost. Inventory Payroll 325p

SJB will service any VIC or CBM64.

MasterCard, Visa, Money Order, Bank Check

COD (add S5) accepted.

Add 3% surcharge for credit cards.

In stock items shipped within 48 hours, FOB., Dallas, TX

All products shipped with manufacturer's warranty.

TO ORDER CALL TOLL FREE
800-527-4893 800-442-1048 (w th in Texas)

SJB will meet any competitive price under Jn
similar in-stock conditions. /Jlli\

SJB DISTRIBUTORS, INC.^

10520 Piano Road, Suite 206 -^
Dallas, Texas 75238 ^.

(214) 343-1328

Prices are subject to change wittiout notice. bat lu to

Business Hours;
M-F 8 to 6
Sat 10 to 2

SOFTWARE FOR CBM 64S:

Word Processing $90

Computer Tutoring Game (COCO) 50

General Ledger 199

Pet Emulator (emulates 4.0 basic) 30

CBM EasyCalc (for the 64) 99

CBM EasyFinance 50

CBM EasyPlot 80

CBM EasyScan (appointment manager) 80

Sprite-Magic (build sprites on screen with

Joystick, save to disk or cassette) 30

Assembler Package for CBM 64 (cassette)
Editor (creates and updates source code),

Assembler, Loader, Disassembler 50

Mail Mate 50

IEEE Interface (64) 100

Parallel Interface 90

RS232 Interface (modems, printers) 45

VIC PRODUCTS

VIC 20 Computer, 5K $199

Vic Datasette Recorder 60

Vic1541 Disk Drive 395

VIC MODEM (for CBM 64) 100

VIC 1525 Graphic Printer (for CBM 64) 325

8K Memory Expansion Cartridge 49

16KRAM 99

24KRAM 155

IEEE Interface (VIC) 85

Gorf (great arcade game) 30

Omega Race 30

Midnight Drive 23

VIC 3 slot Expander 43

VIC 6 slot Expander 83

Seawolf 23

Cosmic Cruncher 23

Arcade Joysticks — Heavy duty with 2 firing
buttons! Great for the VIC or 64

SuperPET (5 languages, 2 processors)

CBM 8032 Computer 80 column

CBM Memory Expansion, 64K

PET 4032, 40 Column

CBM 8050, 1 Mg Dual Drive

CBM D9060. 5 Mg Hard Disk

CBM D9090, 7 5 Mg. Hard Disk

CBM 4040 340K Dual Drive

CBM 2031. 170K Single Drive

PRINTERS — LETTER QUALITY

CBM 8300.40cps

Diablo 620,25cps

Nee Spinwnter 7700,55cps

Nee Spinwnter 3500,35cps

PRINTERS — DOT MATRIX

CBM 4022,80cps,graphics

CBM 8023,150 cps graphics

Okidata 82A.120cps/serial or par

Nee 8023A(parallel)

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19!

AMCRO

Apple Slices

By Tim Osborn

One of the fastest techniques that lets
you search for a specific occurrence of
an item within a sorted set is the binary
search. This month's column presents
a subroutine (BINARY-SEARCH) that
you may call from your BASIC pro-
grams to perform a binary search on a
sorted (ascending) string array. The ad-
vantages of a binary search over a serial
search increase as the number of items
in the array grows. For example, an ar-
ray of 4096 items can be searched in
less than 11 tries.

The Method

A binary search tests the middle ele-
ment in the remaining part of the array.
If the element is higher than the search
argument (the value being searched
for), the part of the array from this ele-
ment upward is left out of the search by
resetting the upper limit to the index of
the element. If the element is lower
than the search argument, the part of
the array from this element downward
is left out by resetting the lower limit
to the index of this element. The pro-
gram then finds the average of the up-
per limit and the lower limit and
searches the element at this location.
The procedure continues until the ele-
ment is found or until it discovers that
the upper and lower limits have con-
verged without finding the element.

The Subroutine

The syntax for the binary search is:

& GET (XX$,YY$)

where 1. XX$ represents any legal
string array name, and 2. YY$
represents any legal string variable
name. This subroutine will return in
SS% the index number of the element
in XX$ that has a value equal to YY$ if
the item is found. If the item is not
found the subroutine will return a - 1

1
2

*******

*********************i
APPia SUCES

***

* B I

NARY — SEARCH *

T. S. 0.

********************************

■ZEHO PAGE FOIRTES

7 MWTR

EPZ S9B

WORK POINTBl

8 VAfimM

IFZ 581

ooNmiNS lAST asm VARIASI£ mame

9 VABAD

EPZ $83

10 cHwarr

EP2 SBl

APPUSOfT'S RDOTINE TO GET A BYTE

11
12
13

14 ;

EtXftTEE

^MPERV

BQU S3F5

AMPERSAND VECTOR DXATED HERE

15 FIND

BQU SE053

RCXTTINE TO ICCATE '.mRIABLE DESCRIPTOR

16 chkd™

EDu ;debb

CHECK EDR OPEN PAREN

17 aTAKfPT BQU SP7D9

RCXTTINE TO FIND ARRAY DESCRIPTOR

18 OKCEM

EDu ;debe

CHECK EOR COmA

19 STOEKR

EDO SDEC9

DISPIAY SYNTAX ER»3R

20 [

JATR .

BQU SD995

MNPtCE TXTPTR TO END OP STATEMENT

9400

ORG S9400

9400

OBJ S800

■EDR LISA

9400

9400 A9 4C

Sh'iVUJ

LDA »$4C

•JIMP ABSOLUTE INSTHUCTICN

9402 8D F5 03

SIR SHPERtf

9405 A9 10

LDA tEOTRY

ISB OP ENTRY ADDRHSS

9407 8D F6 03

ST7V AMPERV+1

940A A9 94

iTR /onro

•MSB OP ENTRY ADDRSSS

940C 8D P7 03

STTV fMPERV+2

940F 60

RTO

9410

9410 20 Bl 00

Einro

JSR CHHGFT

•GET CHARACTER

9413 20 BB DE

JSR CHKDPN

;S10ULD BE (5PEN PARBI

9416 20 09 F7

JSR GEEARYPT

;GET ARRAY DESCRIPTOR

9419 AO 04

LOT »4

941B Bl 9B

LDA (MWrR),Y

rSHmirn be a one dimqeion array

941D C9 01

CMP #1

941F PC 03

9421 4C C9 DE

JMP SniERR

;E1BE DISPIAY ERROR MESSAGE

9424 AS 9B

ENTial

LDA MWTR

;SAVE ARRAY DESCRIPTOR ADRS.

9426 8D 7B 95

Sin SAVARRAY

;ISB

9429 AS 9C

u» irwTftfi

942B 8D 7C 95

SIR SAVABRAY+1

;MSB

942E 20 BE DE

JSR OIKCCM

;CHK FOR COfWA + iriAD A W/NEJCT BYTE

9431 85 81

sm VAraftM

9433 20 Bl 00

JSR CHRGBT

;GET NEXT BYTE

9436 DO 03

are aiTRY2

;9iOULD NOT BE END C3F STATEMENT

9438 4C C9 DE

ERROR

JMP SYNEBR

;DISPIAY SYNTAX ERROR MESSAGE

943B C9 24

HrW2

CMP »'$■

;DOUAR SIOJ

943D DO 02

am NAMLNG

;N0, MUST BE TWO OTARK.-niK NAME

943F A9 00

U» »$00

9441 09 80

NAMUG

ORA #580

INEEATIVE ASCII

9443 85 82

STTl VAKIAMU

9445 20 53 EO

JSR FIND

;FIND DESCRIPTOR

9448 AO 02

LOT #2

944A Bl 9B

LDA (MWrR),Y

;CET + SAVE THE

944C 8D 74 95

ST!\ VABIH

;LB«3IH OP PASSED STRING

944PC8

INY

9450 Bl 9B

LDA (UWrR),Y

;GET + SAVE THE

9452 85 83

ST7V VARAD

;ADCRESS C3F PASSS) STRING

9454 C8

INY

9455 Bl 9B

ITR (UWrR),Y

9457 85 84

STA VABAI>H

9459 AD 7B 95

LDA SAVARRAY

;R^STBBLISH WWTR TO

945C 85 9B

S™ UWTR

;ADCRESS OP ARRAY !3ESCRlflUK

945E AD 7C 95

LDA SAVABRAY+1

9461 85 9C

sm irWTR+l

9463 AO 05

LOT #5

;CET UPPER UM. OP DIM (lOH BYTE)

9465 Bl 9B

LDA (MWrR),Y

9467 8D 78 95

sm upuMH

jMUCE IOW-HI(H

946AC8

INY

9468 Bl 9B

UA (MWrR),Y

9460 BD 77 95

ST* UPUM

9470 A9 00

UA »$00

: INITIALIZE UWER LIMIT

9472 8D 79 95

STA I£MLIM

9475 8D 7A 95

STA WWUM4-1

9478 20 31 95

SSUOILF JSR COMPIIK

;INDElC=(UPLIM+I£IWLIM)/2

947B 20 56 95

JSR BY3

:MULTIPUf mDEX BY 3 (UNSIH OP PTR. f

947E 18

947P A5 9B

LDA UKTR

;ADD BASE TO INDEX

9481 6D 7B 95

ADC SAVARRAY

9484 85 9B

Sm UKTR

:TO OBTMN POINTEF; TO EUMENT

9486 A5 9C

LEA irWTR+l

9488 6D 7C 95

ADC SAVABRAY+1

948B 85 9C

Sm MWTRH

948D AO 07

LDY #7

rOFPSBT TO IZNOIH OP EUMENT

948F Bl 9B

LDA (MWrR).Y

9491 8D 7D 95

ST* AHRAYIN

9494 CD 74 95

CMP VARIN

:FIND SHORTEST ABCHJMENT

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

9497 30 06

BMI AiSHAXST

ELEMENT SHORTEST

9499 AE 74 95

UK VARUf

SnONG SHORIEST

949C 4C AO 94

JMP cowri

949F AA

ABHAXST

TAX

PUT ELEMENT LJSSIH IN X

94A0 ca

CXWTl

INY

OFPSBT TO ADDRESS

94A1 Bl 9B

U» (LOWTR),Y

GET LOW BYTE OF ADDRESS

94A3 SD 7F 95

Sm ARRAYAD

94A6 ca

INY

94A7 Bl 9a

u» (uwm),Y

GETHIffl BYTE

: 94A9 30 80 95

100

sm ABRAYADt-l

94JC AO 00

101

UW »S0O

INITIALIZE Y

94AE AD 7F 95

102

UA ABRAYAD

SET UP LDWTR AS

9481 85 9B

103

STA UWTR ;

ZERO PAGE PTR. EDR ARRAYM)

9483 PD 80 95

104

U» AFlRAYRIH-1

94B6 85 9C

105

STA IDWnM-1

94BS Bl 9B

106

CCMPLP

Ufi (UWrR),Y ;

COMPARE ARRAY TO

94aA Dl 83

107

CMP (VARAD) ,Y ;

STOINS

94BC 30 2F

108

Bm STRNCHI

STRING IS GREATER

94aE FO 03

109

BB3 OQMPl

94C0 4C OF 95

110

JMP STW*31D :

STRING IS LOWER

94C3 C8

111

OQMPl

lOT

94C4 CA

112

DEX

94C5 DO Fl

113

aiE COfPLP

CONTINUE ODMPARE

94C7 M) 7D 95

114

UA ARRRYUI

94GA CD 74 95

115

CMP VARM

CCMPARE STOING + EUMEOT UNOH

94CD 30 IE

116

BMI SnWHI

IF STRING IS UJXIR

94CF FO 03

117

BBO EXIT

Eomo THE EUMENT

94D1 4C OF 95

113

JMP STWicao

STRING IS aiOBTBR

94D4 A9 D3

119

EXIT

U» tSIB

FIND OR CREATE A DESCRIPTOR

94D6 35 81

120

STA VABNAM

EDR SS% INTEGER

94D8 85 32

121

sm VABNAMtl

940A 20 53 EO

122

JSR PIUD

BY JSR TO FIND

94DD AO 02

123

LDY t2

94DF AD 76 95

124

UA INDEX+1

STORE HICH BYTE OP INDEX

94E2 91 9B

125

sm (icwrR),Y

FIRST

94E4 C8

126

INY

94E5 AD 75 95

127

UA INDEX ;

ViW tow BYTE

94E8 91 9B

128

STA (UWTRj.Y

94EA 4C 95 D9

129

JMP DAm

RESET TXTPTR + RBIUW TO BASIC

94ED AD 79 95

130

STBMJII

U» IDMUM ;

IF lOMUM = INDEX

94P0 CD 75 95

131

CMP INDEX ;

THAN ELEMHJT CAN'T BE PDUID

94P3 DO OB

132

BSE HI2

94F5 AD 7A 95

133

U» IDWtm<-l

94F8 CD 76 95

134

CMP INDEX+1

94ra DO 03

135

arEHI2

94FD 4C 4B 95

136

JMP NOTPOUND

SO BRANCH TO MOTEOIM) RIN.

9500 AD 75 95

137

HI2

UA INDEX

RESET LOWER UMIT

9503 8D 79 95

138

SIR UMUM

9506 AD 76 95

139

U» n»EEX+l

9509 8D 7A 95

140

sm iTHumi

95QC 4C 78 94

141

JMP SB«HLP

QOWTINUE SEARtH

950F AD 77 95

142

smmsm

UA UPUM

IF UPUM=INDEX

9512 CD 75 95

143

CMP INDEX

THEM ELEMEMT CAN'T BE EDUJD

9515 00 OB

144

are ID2

9517 AD 78 95

145

UA upum-i

951A CD 76 95

146

CMP INDEX+1

951D DO 03

147

are ID2

95 IF 4C 4B 95

148

JMP NOTIOUND

SO BRANCH TO WDTODIMD ROOTINE

9522 AD 75 95

149

LD2

UJV INDEX ;

RESET UPPER UMIT

9525 8D 77 95

150

sm UPUM

9528 AD 76 95

151

UJV INDEX+1

952B 8D 78 95

152

sm upuM+1

952E 4C 7a 94

153

JMP SBUCHLP

oownma; seakh

9531

154

9531

155

tccmpote nw index

9531 18

156

OCMPIOC

INraX={ UPUM+IDMUM) /2

9532 AD 77 95

157

U» UPUM

ADD UPUM TO lOWUM

9535 6D 79 95

158

ADC lOWLJM

9538 8D 75 95

159

sm INDEX

AND STOR IN INDEX

953B AD 78 95

160

U3A UPUM+l

953E 6D 7A 95
9541 8D 76 95

161

ADC ICWUM+l

162

sm INDEX+1

9544 4E 76 95

163

ISR INDEX+1

DIVIDE BY TWO

9547 6E 75 95

164

ROR nCEX

954A 60

165

Bns

954B A9 FP

166

NDITOCND UJV t$PP

-1 MEANS NOnKHMD

9540 8D 75 95

167

sm INDEX

9550 8D 76 95

168

sm INDEX+1

9553 4C D4 94

169

JMP EXIT

9556

170

9556 AD 75 95

171

ujv ncEx

rxwm=( INDEX'S)

9559 85 9B

172

sm UWTR

955B 06 9B

173

ASL UWTR

(ICWrR*2)

955D AD 76 95

174

UA INDEX+1

9560 85 9C

175

sm MWTR+1

9562 26 9C

176

BDL MWTftfl

9564 13

177

CIC

9565 AD 75 95

178

U» INDEX =tP

sm lOWTH

956C AD 76 95

181

U» INDEX+l

956F 65 9C

182

ADC t£wn»+i

9571 35 9C

183

sm irwmn

9573 60

184

Rns

9574

185

9574

186

;INTEraaL SIDRAIX AREAS

9574

187

9574

188

VAHLN

DFS $1

VARIABLES I^KTIH

9575

189

INDEX

DFS ?2

SBSBCH INDEX

9577

190

UPUM

DFS S2

HKHEST POSSIBLE fCSinCN FOR SERBtH

9579

191

MWUM

DFS $2

MWEST POSSIBM POSITION EOR SEARCH

957B

192

SAVABBKf DFS $2

VOUC AHBk

957D

193

KSBKntI

DFS 52

LESOM CP GUBBEOT ARRAY EiaEWT

957F

194

ABHMAD

WS $2

9581

195

9581

196

aro

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

in SS%. To use the & feature you must
BRUN the object program. The other
choice is to BLOAD the program and
use CALL -27632 in place of the
ampersand. This will allow you to use
this subroutine in conjunction with
another ampersand routine.

Upon entering the subroutine at
ENTRY the TXTPTR (see July Apple
Slices for an explanation of TXTPTR,
FIND, CHRGET, DATA, and VAR-
NAM) is advanced to point at the first
character past the GET token. Next, a
JSR to CHKOPN (an Applesoft built-in
routine) is performed, which checks for
an open parenthesis. The JSR to GET-
ARYPT (Applesoft built-in routine)
returns with the address of the descrip-
tor for XX$ in LOWTR |9B$ - 9C$). If
the array cannot be found an "OUT OF
DATA IN LINE nnn" error message is
produced.

Lines 36-40 check the number of
dimensions to be sure that this is a one-
dimensional array. If it is not, a syntax
enor message is produced (line 40) . The
array descriptor address is then saved
for future use in SAV ARRAY (lines 41
through 44). A JSR to CHKCOM en-
sures that a comma separates the two
parameters and loads the accumulator
with the first byte following the com-
ma. This byte is stored at VARNAM.
Lines 47 through 54 load VARNAM +
1 with either the negative ASCII of the
second byte of the two-byte or longer
variable name, or $80 if the variable
name is only one byte long,

A JSR to FIND loads LOWTR with
the address of the descriptor of the
passed variable. Lines 56 through 64
load and save the length and address of
the passed variable in VARLN and
VARAD respectively. Lines 65 through
74 re-establish LOWTR to the address
of the array's descriptor (SAV ARRAY)
and initialize the upper limit (UPLIM)
to the size of the array. The lower limit
jLOWLIMj is then initialized to zero,
and the main search loop (SEARCHLPj
is entered. First there is a JSR to
COMPIDX, which is an internal rou-
tine that takes the average of the upper
and lower limits and stores the result
at INDEX. INDEX will be used as the
current position in the array of the
binary search.

Now SEARCHLP takes the current
value of the INDEX field and multiplies
it by three (JSR BY3), placing the result
in LOWTR. This is done because each
string element in the array has a three-
byte entry in the array descriptor, s

No. 55 - December 1982

length byte followed by a two-byte
address. To find the displacement of
the individual element's entry from the
base address of the array's descriptor,
it is necessary to multiply INDEX
by three.

LOWTR is then added to the base
address of the array's descriptor
(SAV ARRAY); the result is stored back
in LOWTR. The length of the searched
element is then found and saved in
ARRAYLN (lines 88 through 89). The
seven-byte Y-index value is needed
because the individual string array en-
tries start seven bytes from the begin-
ning of the array descriptor in any one-
dimensional array. The X- register will
be used as the number of bytes left in
the array element and string variable to
compare. It is initialized to the lower of
the VARLN and ARRAYLN internal
parameters [lines 90 through 94).

Next, the address of the array ele-
ment is found and placed in LOWTR
(lines 95 through 104), The compare
loop (COMPLP) then compares the ar-
ray element to the string variable, byte
for byte, up to the length of the shortest
of the two elements (using the

X-register as a counter). If the string is
lower in value than the array element a
JMP to STRNGLO is performed (line
110). If the string is higher in value,
then a [MP to STRNGHI is performed
(line 108). If the two items are equal
(line 109) the lengths are compared. If
the string is shorter it is considered to
be lower in value and a JMP to
STRNGLO is performed (line 116). If
the two items are of equal length then a
branch to EXIT is performed, which
sets up an integer variable SS% and
loads it with the current value of IN-
DEX. This value is the location of the
search argument in the array. The last
thing EXIT does is JMP to DATA,
which is Applesoft's routine to advance
the TXTPTR to the end of the current
statement (lines 119 through 129).

STRNGHI first compares the lower
limit of the search (LOWLIM) to the
INDEX. If they are equal then the upper
limit and the lower limit have con-
verged, which means the element
could not be found. Under this condi-
tion a JMP to the internal routine NOT-
FOUND is performed (lines 130-136).
NOTFOUND loads INDEX with a - 1

and JMPs to EXIT where INDEX is
passed to the SS% parameter as de-
scribed above.

If the upper and lower limits have
not converged, STRNGHI then resets
the lower limit by moving INDEX
(lines 137 through 140). STRNGHI
then returns to the main search loop
(SEARCHLP) to continue the search.

STRNGLO works essentially like
STRNGHI except it tests for con-
vergence by checking to see if INDEX is
equal to the upper limit. If it is not,
STRNGLO resets the upper limit to
INDEX instead of the lower limit.

Subroutine Hints

Before using BINARY-SEARCH you

should set HIMEM to 37888 or lower (if

you decide to load the routine at

$9400). I could have set HIMEM for

you in SETVEC, but I believe that

leaving this task to you allows more

flexibility; you can BLOAD and CALL

the routine instead of using the &

feature. You can also BRUN the

subroutine from anywhere in your

BASIC program, instead of just from

the first line.

iMCftO

ANNOUNCING A NEW JOURNAL
DEVOTED TO ALL ASPECTS
OF MICROCOMPUTER
J^ USE AT THE

UNDERGRADUATE
LEVEL

PREMIER
ISSUE
FEBRUARY 1983

wr I te :

Collegiate Microcomputer
Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology
Terre Haute IN 47803 USA

Prospectus sent upon request.

Uttcision
OyBtems

D«ci«ion SytMmi

P.O. Box 13006
D«nton. TX 76203

SOFTWARE FOR THE APPLE W"

ISAM-DS is an integrated sei of Applesoft rou'ines ihat gives indexed U\e capabilities
to your BASIC programs. Retrieve by key, partial key or sequentially Space from
deleted records is automatically reused Capabilities and performance that match
products costing twice as much.
(SO Disk. Applesoft.

PBASIC-DS is a sophisticated preprocessor for structured BASiC Use advanced
logic constructs such as IF .ELSE... CASE, SELECT, and many more. Develop
programs for Integer or Applesoft. Enjoy the power of structured logic at a traction of
Ifw cost of PASCAL.
»35. Disk, Applesoft (48K. ROM or Language Card)

OSA~DS IS a dis-assembler for 6502 code Nona/ you can easily dis assemble any
machine language program tor ihe Apple and use the dis- assembled codt direciiy as
input to your assembler Dis-assernbles instructions and data. Produces code com
patible with the S-C Assembler [version 4 0), Apple s Toolkit assembler and others
»25 Disk. Applesoft (32K, ROM or Language C.jrdi

FORM-DS is a complete system for trie definition ot input and output froms. FORM-
DS supplies the automatic checking of numeric inout tor acceptable range of values,
automatic formatting of numeric output, and many more teatures
$2S Disk. Applesoft (32K, ROM or Language C;irdl

UTIL-DS is a set of routines for use vA^ith Applesott loformat numeric output, selec
lively clear variables (Applesoft's CLEAR gets everything), improve error handling,
and iriierface machine language NA/ilh Applesoft programs. Includes a special load
routine for placing machine language routines underneath Applesoft programs
525 Disk, Applesoft

SPEED-DS IS a routine to modify the sialemeni linkage in an Applesoft program lo
speed its execution improvements ot 5-20% are common As a bonus, SPEED DS
includes machine language routines to speed snng hand*»ng and reduce ^he need 'o'
garbage clean-up Author Lee Meador
»1S Disk. Applesoft (32K, ROM or Language CSfd)

(Add M.OO for Foreign Mail)
'Apple II is » registered trademark of the Appln Computer Co

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

BOX 120

ALLAMUCHY, N.J. 07820

201-362-6574

HUDSON DIGITAL ELECTRONICS INC.

THE TASK* MASTERS

HDE supports the *TIM, AIM, SYM and KIM (TASK) with a growing line of computer programs and
peripheral components. All HDE component boards are state-of-the-art 4y2" x 6y2", with on board
regulation of all required voltages, fully compatible with the KIM-4 bus.

OMNIDISK 65/8 and 65/5

Single and dual drive 8" and SVa" disk systems.
Complete, ready to plug in, bootstrap and run.
Include HDE's proprietary operating system,
FODS (File Oriented Disk System).

HDE DISK BASIC

A full range disk BASIC for KIM based systems.
Includes PRINT USING, IF . . . THEN . . . ELSE.
Sequential and random file access and much
more. $175.00

DM816-M8A

An 8K static RAM board tested for a minimum of
100 hours and warranted for a full 6 months.

HDE ADVANCED INTERACTIVE
DISASSEMBLER (AID)

Two pass disassembler assigns labels and con-
structs source files for any object program.
Saves multiple files to disk. TIM, AIM, SYM, KIM
versions. $95.00

DM816-UB1

A prototyping card with on-board 5V regulator
and address selection. You add the application.

HDE ASSEMBLER

Advanced, two pass assembler with standard
mnemonics. KIM, TIM, SYM and KIM cassette
versions. $75.00 ($80.00 cassette)

DM81 6-P8

A 4/8K EPROM card for 2708 or 271 6 circuits.
On board regulation of all required voltages.
Supplied without EPROMS.

DM816-CC15

A 15 position motherboard mounted in a 19"
RETMA standard card cage, with power supply.
KIM, AIM and SYM versions.

DISK PROGRAM LIBRARY

Offers exchange of user contributed routines
and programs for HDE Disk Systems, Contact
Progressive Computer Software, Inc. for details.

HDE TEXT OUTPUT PROCESSING SYSTEM
(TOPS)

A comprehensive text processor with over 30
commands to format and output letters, docu-
ments, manuscripts. Kl M, Tl M and Kl M cassette
versions. $135.00 ($142.50 cassette)

HDE DYNAMIC DEBUGGING TOOL (DDT)

Built in assembler/disassembler with program
controlled single step and dynamic breakpoint
entry/deletion. TIM, AIM, SYM, KIM AND KIM
cassette versions. $65.00 ($68.50 cassette)

HDE COMPREHENSIVE MEMORY TEST
(CMT)

Eight separate diagnostic routines for both
static and dynamic memory. TIM, AIM, SYM,
KIM and KIM cassette versions. $65.00 ($68.50
cassette)

AVAILABLE DIRECT OR FROM THESE FINE DEALERS:

Progressive Computer Software
405 Corbin Road
York, PA 17403
(717)845-4954

Johnson computers

Box 523

Medina, Ohio 44256

(216)725-4560

Lux Associates
20 Sunland Drive
Chico, CA 95926

(916)343-5033

Falk-Baker Associates

382 Frankiin Avenue

Nutley, NJ07110

(201)661-2430

Laboratory Microcomputer Consultants

P.O. Box 84

East Amherst, NY 14051

(716)689-7344

Perry Periptierals

P.O. Box 924

Miller Place, NY 11764

(516)744-6462

Adding Voice to a Computer

by Michael E. Valdez

A low-cost procedure for
sampling and reproducing voice
with a computer including the
required hardware and software.

Voice

requires:

A computer with a 4-bit port
available and a Motorola 3417
speech/digital converter

Several methods are available today to
add voice to a computer. The method
developed by Texas Instruments uses a
model of the mouth and generates the
necessary parameters by linear predic-
tive coding. This method gives excel-
lent results producing isolated words
with very high quality, but is expen-
sive. Another problem is that it is
necessary to have a read-only memory
with the parameters of the words to be
used; this read-only memory can be
produced only by Texas Instruments. It
has several ready-made, read-only
memories with standard vocabularies
at a very reasonable price. Using this
method requires minimal knowledge of
acoustics and linguistics. The user has
to write some simple programs to con-
trol the unit, the worst requirement be-
ing to prevent the words from running
together.

The signal compression and delta
modulation method developed by Na-
tional Semiconductors, although very
different technically, is similar from
the user's point of view to the one
developed by Texas Instruments. With
this method it is also necessary to use a
read-only memory produced by the
manufacturer, and the cost is also in
the same range (around two hundred
dollars). But, the results are somewhat
robotic.

A continuously variable slope delta
modulation developed by Motorola
uses the same integrated circuit for
storing and reproducing speech. This is

the only method available today that
permits the user to sample his own
speech. The unit to be described in this
article is inexpensive (fifteen dollars for
parts), and the knowledge require-
ments of acoustics and linguistics are
minimal. The user should know how to
use a tape recorder and write some sim-
ple programs. The hardest requirement
is the timing of the loops. The quality
of reproduction is quite good and
depends heavily on the quality of the
tape recording equipment. The digital
data can be stored in read-write or read-
only memory, or it can be saved on
magnetic tape or disk.

The phoneme concatenation
method uses the SCOl phoneme syn-
thesizer developed by Votrax. The
results of this procedure are mechani-

cal but it is important to recognize that
this is the only real synthesis procedure
for the production of speech by a com-
puter; that is, it is not necessary to
sample speech to obtain data to be
reproduced by the computer as in the
other methods. The voice is generated
by entering numbers into the computer
and the SCOl, or any other device.
Naturally, since this method does not
reproduce speech, the generated voice
does not resemble the voice of the
operator, or anybody else. In its most
elementary use, the voice can be
described as robot-like because of the
lack of intonation and inflections. With
additional work and knowledge, it is
possible to obtain better results. The
cost of a simple unit is under one hun-
dred dollars. The use of this method re-

Listing 1:

Program

for Adding Voice to a Computer

looo:

ORG $1000

looo:

« MODIFY TO SUIT INSTALLATION

looo:

<»

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

looo:

looo;

X PROGRAM TO ADD VOICE

TO ANY X

looo:

X COhPUTER

looo:

lOoo;

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

looo:

1-*

hSB OFF

looo:

looo;

X STORAGE LOCATION MUST BE hODIFIED

looo:

X TO SUIT SYSTEM

looo:

ooio:

PNT EOU $10

0012;

END EOU $12

0011;

BITS EQU til

1000:

X SYSTEM SUBROUTINES

1000:

2'\

F8B2!

KKK EQU ♦F8B2

KEYBOARD INPUT IN ASCII

fa5f:

OUT EQU ♦FA5F

OUTPUT IN ASCII

1000;

1000:

X LOCATIONS OF I/O PORT

1000:

EFBO:

DELR EQU tEFBO

6522 PORT

EF82:

DELDR EQU ♦EF82

6522 DATA DIRECTION REGISTER

1000:

3-*

X PROGRAM START

1000!

1000:

DELTA LDX *0

BEGINNING OF BUFFER

1002:

EiD

52 11

DELI LDA DLM.X

1005:

CMP *$1F

1007:

BEQ DELI

(continued)

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

quires some knowledge of linguistics
and phonetics if good results are
desired, but the manufacturer provides
substantial support.

Intel has developed what they call
an analog microprocessor — a single-
chip device to work with analog
signals. This unit, the 2920, can be
used for speech synthesis or reproduc-
tion, but its use is limited to those per-
sons with a substantial knowledge of
acoustics, linguistics, physics, mathe-
matics, and a high level of program-
ming proficiency. This unit is for the
serious user. There are several other
units in this category, manufactured by
TRW, Harris, and others.

The Motorola 3417

The Motorola 3417 is a linear
bipolar chip housed in a 16-pin dual in
line package, which is compatible with
both TTL and CMOS technologies. The
16-pin package makes it easy to mount
since sockets are available everywhere.
The chip has the circuitry for the en-
coder (speech to digital) and decoder
(digital to speech) conversions.

Pins 1 and 7 are the speech input
and output while pins 13 and 9 are the
digital input and output, respectively.
Data then travels in the chip from pin 1
to pin 9 or from pin 13 to pin 7 depend-
ing on the input to pin 15, encode/
decode. A high in pin 15 makes the chip
encode the speech input to pin 1 giving
a digital output through pin 9. A low in
pin 15 converts digital input through
pin 13 to a speech output in pin 7.

The chip provides for positive and
negative excursion oi the speech signal
with a regulated voltage at half of the
supply voltage that is used as zero for
the speech input or output. The chip
also provides pin 12 to set the threshold
between digital zero and one, to adjust
the chip to different technologies. The
feedback point of the output amplifier
is accessible in pin 6 to include a filter
if desired. Pins 3, 4, and 11 provide ac-
cess to the integrator to permit the ad-
dition of a syllabic filter. The Motorola
3417 works with a single supply
voltage and requires a 16 Khz clock in-
put at pin 14.

The data sheet provides a full ex-
planation of the theory of continuously
variable delta modulation as well as a
variety of circuit information.

Haidwaie

For reasons of simplicity and low
cost, the unit described in this article

Listing 1

10 09:20

iooc:e8

lOODiDO
lOOFJAV
1011 :8D
lOltiZO

ioi7:do
1019:

1019:60

ioia:c9
ioic:fo
ioie:a5

1020:85
1022;A5
102^:85
1026:a2
1028: BO
102E::C9

io2d:fo

102F:20
1032:E8
1033:dO

1035:20

1038;A2

io3a:b[)

103D:C9

io3f:fo
10^1:20
io44:e8
iO'^5:do
10^7:20
104a:c9
iO'^c:fo
io^e:c9

1050; DO

1052;

1052:

1052;

1052:

1052;A2

10 51: ED

1057:C9

1059;F0

105B:20

105E:E8

io5f:do

106i:20
106');A9
1066;8D
1069:A0

ioab:a2

106D;A9
106F:8D
lfl72:EA
1073:EA

io7i:ad

1077;^A
1078:26
107A:A9
107C:8D

107f:ca
iogp;Do

1082;A5
108t:91
1086;E6
1088:dO
108A:E6
108C;38
108D:A5
108F:E5
1091:A5
1093:E5
1 095; BO
1097:iC

io9a:ai
io9c:ai
io9e;ai
ioao:ai

10A2:B5

10At:B5

10A6:^C

10A9;

10A9:

10A9:A9

ioAe;8D

(continued)
5F FA tl
'(2

ts
^^
ts

'(6
^7
^8

'(9

F3
OE
82
02
01

FF
lA
13

FA 11

F3
02
00
El
IF
06
5F

F3
E2

5B
^9
E6

16 12
IF
06
5F FA

F3
E2 F8

80 EF
00
08
01
80 EF

80 EF

11
oc

80
18

10
10
02^

12
10
13

D1
00 10

11
11
11
11
11
11

6D 10

00
80 EF

100

101

102

103

101

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

111

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

121

125

126

127

128

129

JSR OUT
INX
BNE
LDA
STA
JSR
BNE

X PROGRAM ENDS WHEN
RTS
CMP
BECl
LDA
STA
LDA
STA
LDX
LDA
CMP
BEO
JSR
INX
BNE
JSR
LDX
LDA
CMP
BEQ
JSR
INX
BNE
JSR
CMP
BEQ
CMP
BNE

DELI

DEL2

DELS

DEL6
DELS
DEL7

DELS

DELI

**E

DELDR

ADRS

DEL2

*«FF

DELS

END+1

PNT + 1

END

PNT

DLM3,X
**1F
DEL6
OUT

DEL5
ADRS

DLMl.X
t«lF
DELS
OUT

DEL7

KKK

t«1F

OUTPUT

tt19

DEL3

X INPUT ROUTINE

INPO

INP1

INPUT
INPl

LDX
LDA
CMP
BEO
JSR
INX
BNE
JSR
LDA
STA
LDY
LDX
LDA
STA
NOP
NOP
LDA
LSR
ROL
LDA
STA
DEX
BNE
LDA
STA
INC

INITIALIZE PORT

THE INITIAL ADDRESS IS ZERO
STANDARD FILE
MOVE TO POINTER

END OF BUFFER

DLM2,X
t«lF
INPl
OUT

INPO
KKK
t«C
DELR

t8
♦ 1

DELR

BITS

♦»C

DELR

INP3
BITS
(PNT>,Y
PNT

INP2

INP3

BNE 1NP2

INC PNT+1

SEC

LDA

SBC

LDA

sec

BCS
JMP
LDA
LDA
LDA
LDA
LDA
LDA
JMP

END

PNT

END+1

PNT + 1

INPUT

DELTA

<6ITS,X

<BITS,X

(BITS,X

BITS,X

EITS,X

INPl

INPUT OR OUTPUT?

ASCII
ASCII I

SIGNAL WHEN READY

START CLOCK

EIGTH BITS
CLOCK LOW

DUMMY

GET NEXT BIT

MOVE TO CARRY FLAG

ASSEMBLE WORD

CLOCK HIGH

COUNT BITS
CYCLE EIGHT TIMES
REGOVER WORD
SAVE IN BUFFER
INCREMENT POINTER

TEST FOR BUFFER FULL

GO BACK FOR MORE

END

DUMMY

CONTINUE

X OUTPUT ROUTINE

OUTPUT

LDA
STA

DELR

CLOCK LOW

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1 =

Listing 1

(continued)

ioae:a2

130

LDX

SIGNAL WHEN READY

iobo:ed

131

OUTt

LDA

DLM2,X

10E;3;C9

132

CMP

*«1F

ioe;5:fo

133

EEQ

0UT5

1067:20

13t

JSR

OUT

ioea:e8

135

INX

10EiB;DO

136

ENE

OUTt

ioed;2o

137

0UT5

JSR

KKK

ioco:ao

138

LDY

1GC2:E:1

139

OUTO

LDA

(PNT) ,Y

GET NEXT WORD

10C^:85

ito

STA

BITS

SAWE IT IN BITS

10C6:E6

Itl

INC

PNT

INCREMENT POINTER

ioca;Da

lt2

BNE

OUTl

ioca:e6

lt3

INC

PNT + 1

iacc;A2

Itt

OUTl

LDX

SEND EIGHT BITS

iacE:A9

Its

0UT2

LDA

CLOCK HIGH

10D0:8D

lt6

STA

DELR

10D3:A9

lt7

LDA

PREPARE ACCUMULATOR

1GD5:06

lt8

ASL

BITS

GET BIT

10D7:2A

lt9

ROL

INTO ACCUMULATOR

10D8;2A

150

ROL

SHIFT ONE MORE

10D9;8D

151

STA

DELR

SEND TO 3tl7

10DC:29

152

AND

CLEAR CLOCK

lODEJSD

153

STA

DELR

CLOCK LOW

10Ei:CA

15t

DEX

EIGHT BITS?

ioe2:do

155

ENE

0UT3

GO FOR MORE

10E^:38

156'

SEC

TEST FOR BUFFER FULL

10E5:A5

* -7

157

LDA

END

10E7:E5

159

SEC

PNT

10E9:A5

157

LDA

END+1

iaEE::E5

160

SEC

PNT + 1

i()ed:bo

161

ECS

OUTO

GO FOR MORE

ioef:^c

162

JMP

DELTA

iof2:ai

163-

0UT3

LDA

(BITS,X)

DUMMY

iuF'1:ai

16t

LDA

(EITS.X)

DUMMY

iof6:ai

165

LDA

(BITS.X)

DUMMY

lOFSIBl

166

LDA

(BITS),Y

DUMMY

iaFA;B5

167

LDA

EITS,X

DUMMY

iofc:e5

168

LDA

BITS.X

DUMMY

iofe:ea

169

NOP

DUMMY

ioff:^c

170

JMP

0UT2

CONTINUE

1102:

171

1102:

172

1102:

173

X GET

ADDRESS SUBROUTINE

1102:

17t

1102:

175

1102:A9

176

ADRS

LDA

110^:85

177

STA

END

1106:85

178

STA

END+1

1108:20

179

ADRO

JSR

h;KK

GET CHARACTER

iiob:20

180

JSR

OUT

DISPLAY IT

iioe:c9

181

CMP

*«53

CHECK IF S

iiig:do

182

BNE

ADRl

1112:A9

183

LDA

♦

STANDARD BUFFER

iim:85

let

STA

PNT

1116:8^

185

STY

END

CHANGE VALUES

1118:A9

186

LDA

iiia:85

187

STA

PNT + 1

PER INSTALLATION

iiic:a9

188

LDA

*«to

111E:85

189

STA

END+1

1120:A9

190

LDA

*«FF

1122:60

191

RTS

1123:C9

192

ADRl

CMP

*«D

CHECK FOR CAR RET

1125:F0

193

BEQ

ADRS

1127:C9

19t

CMP

*«30

TEST IF NUMBER

1129:90

195

BCC

ADRO

IGNORE IF NOT

112E:C9

196

CMP

*$3A

112D:90

197

ECC

PKA

112F:C9

198

CMP

*«tl

TEST IF HEXA LETTER

1131:90

199

BCC

ADRO

IGNORE IF NOT

1133:29

200

AND

*«5F

CONWERT TO UPPER CASE

1'135:C9

201

CMP

*«t7

1137:B0

202

BCS

ADRO

1139:69

203

ADC

♦ 9

113B:29

20t

PKA

AND

*«F

ii3d:oa

205

ASL

ROL INTO END, END+1

ii3e:oa

206

ASL

ii3f:oa

207

ASL

ii')o;oA

208

ASL

ii^i:a2

209

LDX

iii3:oa

210

ADR2

ASL

111'»:26

211

ROL

END

11^6:26

212

ROL

END+1

ii')8:ca

213

DEX

ii^9;do

21t

BNE

ADR2

ii^e:FO

215

BEQ

ADRO

iiid:a5

216

ADR3

LDA

END

GET IF ZERO

iiif;o5

217

ORA

END+1

(continued)

115i:6G

218

RTS

No. 55 -

December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

uses the Motorola MC3417 continu-
ously variable delta modulator/demod-
ulator. The Harris HC55516 could also
be used but the circuit must be rede-
signed to account for the fact that the
55516 is a CMOS chip. If the computer
to be used has an available port with
four free bits, very few additional com-
ponents are needed. Furthermore, none
of the components shown on the cir-
cuit is critical and the values can vary
before the quality of the results is
degraded. Normally, the noise and the
quality of the tape recording equipment
will be the limiting factors for the
quality of the reproduction. The circuit
shows part of a 6522 Versatile Interface
Adapter controlling the 3417, but the
job can be done with any other pro-
grammable parallel port, or with three
flip-flops and one tri-state unit. If the
program presented with this article is
to be used, the location of each signal
in the word must be respected. Bit zero
is the digital output from the chip, bit
one is the digital input to the chip, bit
two is the encode/ decode control, and
bit three is the clock. Bit zero must be
programmed as input and the other
three as outputs.

One interesting point to mention in
this circuit is the lack of a clock. The.
3417 requires a 16 Khz clock; in this
circuit the clock is produced in soft-
ware thereby avoiding the problems of
synchronization. If an independent
clock is used, it is necessary to sample
it to send and recover the bits at the
proper time.

The audio amplifier shown on the
circuit is very simple and includes an
elementary filter to reduce the digitiz-
ing noise. Notice the capacitor in
parallel with the speaker for the same
reason. Some experimentation with the
values used in a particular circuit
might improve the quality of reproduc-
tion. The circuit can be built in the ex-
isting board of the computer, if there is
room, or wire wrapped in a small board
and connected as convenient. Only five
volts are required to power the unit.

Software

The software presented with this ar-
ticle is self explanatory. The user must
adjust the memory locations to match
his system. The subroutine KKK reads
the keyboard and returns with the
ASCII character in the accumulator;
the subroutine OUT displays the
accumulator.

The only part of the program that

should be treated carefully is the
generation of the clock. It is important
to maintain the sampling and reproduc-
tion clocks as close as possible. Large
variations produce unpleasant results.
The program presented here has
been written for the 6502. Converting
the code to any other microprocessor
requires only limited programming
ability.

The Use of the Unit

The unit is very simple to use. A
cassette or any tape recorder records
the words of messages to be stored for
later reproduction. It is good to leave
pauses before and after each part to aid
in recognition. When an acceptable
record has been obtained, especially
without too much background noise,
the output of the tape recorder is con-
nected to the input of the unit, and the
program is run.

Some practice is required to start
the tape recorder and to signal the com-
puter such that the whole record is
sampled; this is especially true when
the record is long and the buffer is
small. Recall that 2K of memory is
needed for each second of speech. The
program permits finding the initial and
final location of memory used by the

Scotch'

MEMOREX
\ferbatim.

maxell,
BASF

wabash

Diskettes and all your media needs
Our REGULAR prices are SPECIAL

CALL FREE (800| 421-3957

C.O.D. charge cards accepted.
Excellent dealer program.

1418 West Shaw Avenue
Fresno, C A 93711

/„ Cat ca« (2091 22M 118

Foothill of The Sierras

Listing 1 (continued)

15
■13 18

1152:

1152:53
1155:15

1158:20 11 IE

115B;H 1C 59

115E:53 19 53

llAi;20 11 IE

iiAi;ii

11A7:59
116A:18

219 X

220 DLM

20
IE
15

53
51
53

11AD;19 53 20
1170:55 53 19
1173:iE 17
1175:0D

51 19 IE
55 IF 55
53 1C 59
20 56 11

52 19 11
12 1C 15

1C
15

11 55

11 51

IF IE

57 19 51

18 20 51

18 15 20

ID IF 51

IF 52

1C 11

ID 13 33

31 31 37

20 19 13

OD OD

11 15
51 11
ID IF
55 1C
19

IF
20

50
11
2C 20

1C 15
53 15

IE 51 15
52 20 12
17 19
19 IE
17 20 11
11 11 52
15 53 53
OD IF

15
IE

19 53 20
19 51
19 IE
55 51
IF 52

20
50
20
20
51
51

1C 15
53 15

20 1C
53 51
11 11
52 15

53
IF

50 1C

11 53

2C 20 53
19 17 IE

1C 20

15 11 11
59
OD IF

11
57
IE

15
52

ASC

'SPEECH

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS USING"

221

117A:13 if IE 222

1179:

ii7c:

117Fi
1182:

1185:
1188:

118E::

ii8e:
ii9i:
1191:
1197:
ii9a:
ii9d;
iiAo:
11A2:
11A3:
11A6:
11A9:
iiAc:
iiaf:

11E2:

lies;

11E:8

iieb;

IIEIE

IIBF

UCl

11C1

11C7

UCA

IICD

IIDO

11D3

11D6

11D9

HOC

UDF

llEl

11E2

11E5

11E8

llEB

llEE

llFl

11F1

11F7

11F8

UFA

IIFD

1200

1203

120A

1209

120C

120F

1212

1211

1216

1-216

1219

121C

121F

1222

1225

1228

122B

122E

122F

1231 :

XXX SUCCESSFUL

DFB 13

ASC "CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE SLOPE DELTA
MODULATION"

223

DFB 13
ASC "WITH

THE MOTOROLA MC3117 IC .

226 DLMO

DFB 13,13

ASC "PLEASE, ENTER BEGINING ADDRESS"

228 X

229 DLMl
230

DFB 13,»1F

DFB 13
ASC "IS

IT INPUT OR OUTPUT?"

231

232 X

233 DLM3

DFB 13,»1F

ASC "PLEASE, ENTER LAST ADDRESS"

231

235 X

236 DLM2

DFB 13,«1F

ASC "PLEASE, SIGNAL WHEN READY"

237
238 X

assembly;

DFB 13,«1F
NO ERRORS

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19;

Voice Output Circuit

+ G

6522

PBO

PB1

PB2

PB3

sample, by changing the initial and
final locations of the part to be
reproduced.

If the message has pauses, it is
possible to save memory by converting
the reproduction program into a sub-
routine, making a call for each one of
the parts, with appropriate waiting
loops separating them. If it is better to
leave the pauses in, clear the tape noise
by storing hexadecimal 55 in all the
locations of the pause. Now it is possi-
ble to see how little noise the process
itself introduces!

When the message is to be stored in
permanent memory and used many
times, it is advisable to use a good high-
speed tape recorder and a person with a
pleasant voice to produce the originals.
With several messages stored on disk it
is possible to write a routine that calls
the proper message into a standard area
of memory and reproduces it. In this
way, the same routine can handle
many messages in an economical way.

You may contact Mr. Valdez at 1001
Flotilla, Indian Harbour Beach, FL 32937.

Perry PeRiphERAls Repairs KIMs!!

(SYMs ANd AIMS Too)

• We will Diagnose, Repair, and Completely Test your Single Board Computer

• We Socket all replaced Integrated Circuits

• You receive a 30-day Parts and Labor Warranty

• Your repaired S.B.C. returned via U.P.S. — C.O.D., Cash

Don't delay! Send us your S.B.C. for repair today
Ship To: (Preferably via U.P.S.)

Perry PcRiphcRAls

6 Brookhaven Drive
Rocky Point, NY 11778

KIM-1 RcpUcEiMCNT ModuUs

• Exact replacement for MOS/Commodore KIM-1 S.B.C.

• Original KIM-1 firmware — IK and 4K RAM versions

REpUccMCNT KIM-1 KcyboARds

• Identical to those on early KIMS — SST switch in top right corner

• Easily installed in later model KIMs

Perry Peripherals is an authorized HDE factory service center.

Perry Peripherals carries a full line of the acclaimed HDE expansion components for you KIM, SYM, and AIM,
including RAM boards. Disk Systems, and Software like HDE Disk BASIC Vl. 1. Yes, we also have diskettes. For
more information write to: P.O Box 924, Miller Place, NY 11764, or Phone (516) 744-6462.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Enhanced Video for OSI CIP

by David Cantrell and Terry Terrance

Add a screen blanker, inverse
upper case, and dim character
set to your Challenger.

Enhanced Video

requires:

OSI C1P

hardware modification

By adding five chips and cutting only
two traces, you can add several features
to your CIP video section. There will
be a trade-off for these features, how-
ever. To keep the hardware and soft-
ware as simple as possible, you lose
lower-case alphanumerics when these
features are implemented. But, no soft-
ware support is necessary; no cumber-
some POKEing and no software drivers
to scroll a background screen (because
there isn't any). You simply release
your SHIFT-LOCK key whenever you
want to enter modified video. Your
machine's video will interpret lower-
case characters as modified video
whenever this modification is enabled.
Since the rest of your machine simply
"sees" lower-case alphanumerics, they
can be put into strings and then simply
PRINTed to the screen. The video mod-
ification can be disabled with either a
hardware or software switch.

The circuit keys on Video Data Bit 5
(VD5) and Video Data Bit 6 (VD61.
Whenever these bits are high and the
modification is enabled, VD5 and VD6
will be masked, turning lower case into
upper case, and an upper-case character
in the selected "mode" (i.e., inverse,
dim, etc.) will be displayed instead of
the lower-case character. Since charac-
ters above 128 also have VD5 and/or
VD6 set, gating is used to restore VD5
and VD6 and disable the modification
whenever VD7 is set, retaining your
graphics characters.

Before we get into soldering, let's

discuss OSI's video as implemented on
the CIP. Even though we've spent the
past couple of years squinting at our
ClP's screen almost daily, some of its
subtleties have escaped us. When the
screen is filled with CHR$(161) (OSI's
solid white block character) and is
viewed from about two feet away, all
but the poorest TV or video monitor
will show faint dark vertical lines on
character cell boundaries. You may
have attributed these lines to a one-dot-
wide intercell space.

Closer inspection reveals that the
whole screen is filled with evenly

spaced dots — no blank spaces appear
between cells. As the rows of dots of
each character are clocked out of the
shift register U42, the first dot in each
row is held only one-third as long as the
others in that row. Since this happens
for the first dot of each row and for each
charac;ter, the end result is faint dark
bars when viewed from a distance.

This is the subtle video defect al-
luded to before. It's so subtle that most
osiers do not notice it, or pass it off as
intercell spacing. If C4 users are won-
dering why this effect can' t be seen, the
effect is reversed on the C4. The first

Figure 1: Schematic tor Enhanced Video

U25-3 ■
U41-22-

U41-19-
U42-1
SW4 ■

SW3-
SW2-

U42-9 -

8 2

-U41-23

U42-1 11

U42-7

D Q
U4

C Q

9 13

C
U4

D Q

-.11

■ U70-6

150Q 5KQ

8 4

8 2

U42-2 -
SW1 -

U42-2

D Q

U5
C

-U70-2

D Q

U5
C

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198

dot is accentuated giving rise to bright
vertical lines. This minor problem
wouldn't be worth mentioning except
the timing defect that causes it must be
fixed if we are to add our modified video.

Before you begin construction, here
are a few warnings. Keep all wires as
short and as direct as possible. You'll
be dealing with your video signal at RF
frequencies. You'll want to avoid re-
radiating your game of invaders all over
your house and quite possibly to the
neighbors' too. Do not substitute
74LSXX series components for 74XX
series components or vice veisa. This
circuit is carefully balanced regarding
timing and current drive capabilities,-
tampering will probably overheat all of
the components in the circuit.

The parts list is'short; you will need
UI 74LS08 Quad 2-Input And

Gates
U2, U3 74LS00 Quad 2-Input Nand

Gates
U4, U5 7474 Dual D Flip-Flop
Rl 150 Ohm resistor

R2 5K Ohm

potentiometer
SW1-SW4 SPST switch

Since there are five chips in the cir-
cuit, it cannot be assembled in the pro-
to area of your CIP. You can assemble
the circuit on perfboard or solderless
breadboard using wire- wrap (or any
technique you prefer). The circuit
assembles in a straightforward manner.
In figure 1 the chips numbered U1-U5
refer to the components of our modifi-
cation; all other "U" numbers refer to
chips on your CIP.

The schematic does not show how
to wire in SW1-SW4. SW1-SW4 are the
mode slection switches,- each one
should connect its associated line to
ground. We have not found it neces-
sary, but good circuit design would dic-
tate that the lines SW1-SW4 should be
pulled up to -1-5 by 3.3K pull-up
resistors. Figure 1 does not show sup-
plying -I-5V and ground to all of the
chips in the circuit. All the chips used
have the standard DIP power and
ground pins. For 14-pin packages, all
pins 7 should be wired to ground and all
pins 14 should be supplied with + 5V.

Once the circuit is assembled, you
must splice it onto your CIP. Cut the
trace running from U41 pin 23 to U40
pin 13, and the trace running from U42
pin 9 to U70 pin 2. Connect U25 pin 3
to Ul pin 1. Connect U41 pin 22 to Ul
pin 9 and U41 pin 19 to U2 pin 2. Con-
nect Ul pin 6 to U41 pin 23.

We'll stop for a moment and ex-
plain what this part of the circuit does.
U25 pin 3 is VD5 and U41 pin 22 is
VD6, the data bits that the circuit keys
on to know whether to output modified
video. U41 pin 19 is VD7. Three gates
of Ul and two gates of U2 perform logic
to accomplish the following functions.
If VD5 and VD6 are high and SW2 is
high and VD7 is low, Ul pin 6 is low
causing lower-case characters to be
read as upper case and activating the
rest of the circuit via U2 pins 9 and 10.
If either VD6 or VD5 is low or SW2 is
low, Ul pin 6 will be high and the
screen will behave normally.

Continuing with conections, U42
pin 9 is brought into U3 pin 12. U42
pin 1 is brought into U4 pin 11; U42
pin 7 is brought into U3 pin 5. Connect
U42 pin 2 to U5 pin 3 and coimect U42
pin 2 to U5 pin 8. Signals coming out of
the circuit on U5 pin 5 must be con-
nected to U70 pin 2. The output of the
potentiometer R2 should be brought to
U70 pin 6.

This is where our circuit starts
modifying video. If the first part of the
circuit has recognized a modified video
situation (i.e., VD5 VD6 VD7 SW2),
then U2 pin 8 goes high. The signal is
now fed to parts of U2 and U3 where,
combined with the states of switches
SW3 and SW4, the inverse and dim op-
tions are selected. If dim is selected,
either alone or in combination with in-
verse, the signal on U2 pin 1 1 is used to
enable the flip-flop U4, which is clocked
at the shift-load rate (i.e., CLK/8) and
through the R1-R2 network modulates
the video for a dimming effect. R2 con-
trols the level of brightness from
almost fully bright to almost dark. SW3
controls the inverse option. If it is low,
the normal video signal is passed from
U42 pin 9 out to U5 pin 5 without in-
version (but with latching as we will
see in a moment). When SW3 is high,
the shift- load clock (from U42 pin 1)
and the inverse shift register output are
combined by sections of U4 and U3 to
produce inverse video. The section of
U5 that immediately follows fixes the
video defect we mentioned earlier. In-
stead of the dots being cut off by the
video chain clock, it is now latched for
the whole period of the system clock
and, therefore, maintains full bright-
ness. This part of the circuit operates
regardless of whether any modified
video options are selected.

We haven't forgotten SWl and the
other half of U5. They combine, along

with your system's clock, to produce
the blank screen option mentioned
earlier. When SWl is high, your screen
will not show any display. Video
memory will still be updated, however,
so that whenever SWl is brought low
the whole screen will be restored. This
could be handy to do screen set-ups,
hide your game moves in a two-player
game, etc.

Table 1 offers a recap on the opera-
tion of switches SW1-SW4.

Table 1

SWITCH* MODE

12 3 4

H X X X BLANK SCREEN
L L X X NORMAL SCREEN
L H L L UPPER CASE ONLY
L H H L INVERSE UPPER CASE
L H L H DIM UPPER CASE
L H H H DIM INVERSE UPPER
CASE

H = High, L = Low, X = Don't care

To test the modification, be sure all
of the mode selection switches (SWl-
SW4) are in the low state; this will en-
sure that you will have a normal screen
to look at while you're setting up.
We'll write a little program to fill the
screen with mixed upper- and lower-
case characters like the one below:

10 F0RX=1T012

20 PRINP'AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhliJj"

30 NEXT

This should fill your screen with alter-
nating upper- and lower-case letters.

Using the mode selection switches,
select inverse upper case; according to
table 1 this should be L H H L. With the
switches thus set, all lower-case letters
should now be displayed as inverse up-
per case. Step through all the other
modes to ascertain that they are work-
ing properly. If not, carefully check
your wiring of both the circuit board
and its interconnections to your CIP.

You may contact the authors at Orion
Software Assocs., 147 Main St., P.O. Box
310, Ossining, NY 10562.

iMOK)

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

AARDVARK
TRS-80 COLOR OSI VIC-64 VIC-20 SINCLAIR TIMEX

QUEST - A NEW IDEA IN ADVENTURE
GAMES! Different from all the others.
Quest is played on a computer generated
map of Alesia. Your job is to gather men
and supplies by combat, bargaining, explor-
ation of ruins and temples and outright
banditry. When your force is strong enough,
you attack the Citadel of Moorlock in a
life or death battle to the finish. Playable
in 2 to 5 hours, this one is different every
time. 16k TRS-80, TRS-80 Color, and Sin-
clair. 13K VIC-20. $14.95 each.

AOVENTURESM!

These Adventures are written in BASIC, are
full featured, fast action, full plotted ad-
ventures that take 30-50 hours to play. (Ad-
ventures are interactive fantasies. It's like
reading a book except that you are the main
character as you give the computer com-
mands like "Look in the Coffin" and
"Light the torch.")

Adventures require 16k on TRS80, TRS80
color, and Sinclair. They require 8k on OSI
and 13k on Vic-20. Derelict takes 12k on
OSI. $14.95 each.

ALSO FROM AARDVARK - This
TRS-80 Color and OSI ), business

CATERPILLAR

O.K., the Caterpillar does look a lot like a
Centipede. We have spiders, falling fleas,
monsters traipsing across the screen, poison
mushrooms, and a lot of other familiar
stuff. COLOR 80 requires 16k and Joy-
sticks. This is Edson's best game to date.
$19.95 for TRS 80 COLOR.

PROGRAMMERS!

SEE YOUR PROGRAM IN THIS SPACE!!

Aardvark traditionally pays the highest com-
missions in the industry and gives programs
the widest possible coverage. Quality is the
keyword. If your program is good and you
want it presented by the best, send it to
Aardvark.

ESCAPE FROM MARS

(by Rodger Olsen)
This ADVENTURE takes place on the RED
PLANET. You'll have to explore a Martian
city and deal with possibly hostile aliens to
survive this one. A good first adventure.

PYRAMID (by Rodger Olsen)
This is our most challenging ADVENTURE.
It is a treasure hunt in a pyramid full of
problems. Exciting and tough!

HAUNTED HOUSE (by Bob Anderson)
It's a real adventure— with ghosts and ghouls
and goblins and treasures and problems —
but it is for kids. Designed for the 8 to 12
year old population and those who haven't
tried Adventure before and want to start
out real easy.

DERELICT
(by Rodger Olsen & Bob Anderson)
New winner in the toughest adventure from
Aardvark sweepstakes. This one takes place
on an alien ship that has been deserted for a
thousand years — and is still dangerous!

TUBE FRENZY

(by Dave Edson)
This is an almost indescribably fast action
arcade game. It has fast action, an all new
concept in play, simple rules, and 63 levels
of difficulty. All machine code, requires
Joysticks. Another great game by Dave
Edson. TRS 80 COLOR ONLY, 16k and
Joysticks required. $19.95.

CATCH 'EM

(by Dave Edson)
One of our simplest, fastest, funnest, all
machine code arcade games. Raindrops and
an incredibe variety of other things come
falling down on your head. Use the Joy-
sticks to Catch'em. It's a BALL! — and a
flying saucer! — and a Flying Yl— and so
on. TRS 80 COLOR. $19.95.

BASIC THAT ZOOOMMS!!
AT LAST AN AFFORDABLE COMPILER!

The compiler allows you to write youi
programs in easy BASIC and then auto-
matically generates a machine code equiv-
alent that runs 50 to 150 times faster.
It does have some limitations. It takes a'
least 8k of RAM to run the compiler and i
does only support a subset of B.ASIC-
about 20 commands including FOR, NEXT
END,GOSUB,GOTO, IF,THEN, RETURN
END, PRINT, STOP, USR (X), PEEK
POKE, *, /, -I-, -, > , < ,=, VARIABLE
NAMES A-Z, SUBSCRIPTED VARIABLES
and INTEGER NUMBERS FORM 0-64K.
TINY COMPILER is written in BASIC. I
generates native, relocatable 6502 or 680!
code. It comes with a 20-page manual am
can be modified or augmented by the usei
$24.95 on tape or disk for OSI, TRS-8
Color, or VIC.

Please specify system on all orders
is only a partial list of what we carry. We have a lot of other games (particularly for the
programs, blank tapes and disks and hardware. Send $1 .00 for our complete catalog.

AARDVARK - 80

2352 S. Commerce, Walled Lake, Ml 48088

(313)669-3110

Phone Orders Accepted 8:00 a.m. to 4:00p.m. EST. Mon.-Fri.

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1!

Home Control Interface

forCIP

by John Krout

A circuit is presented that uses
the CIP's ACIA to control an
ultrasonic transducer. The
transducer generates signals
that control the receiver
modules.

BSR X-10 DRIVER

requires:

0SIC1P

BSR X-10

hardware modifications

Perhaps the greatest untapped potential
of personal computers is control of
common household devices such as
lamps, air conditioners, and TV sets. A
computer that turns an air conditioner
off after you leave for work and on
before you return will rapidly pay for
itself in energy savings; and one that
handles lights and entertainment
equipment on a schedule will dis-
courage burglars who prefer to enter
unoccupied homes. You can probably
think of more uses.

BSR markets the X-10 Control
System through the mail and in Sears
and Radio Shack stores. This remark-
able system consists of a central com-
mand console about the size of a 3" x 5"
file box, and up to 16 control modules,
each the size of a pack of cigarettes. An
appliance is plugged into a control
module, which in turn is plugged into a
power outlet. A control dial on each
control module allows the user to set a
unique unit code, ranging from 1 to 16,
for that module. The user may control
the module remotely via the console by
pushing a button to specify the unit
code. Another button turns the selected
control module on or off.

A second form of control module in-
cludes a dimming control for lamps,

and a third form replaces a wall switch.
Each control module is a radio receiver,
which accepts transmitted commands
only after receiving its own unit code.
The command console is the trans-
mitter, utilizing home power lines as
an anterma.

Ohio Scientific was probably the
first computer manufacturer to
recognize the value of interfacing the
X-10 command console to a personal
computer. OSI now offers a hardware
interface and a disk operating system to
support the X-10. However, OSI
charges a premium price for these
items, and offers nothing to those using
BASIC-in-ROM.

An optional feature of the command
console provides the key to a simple
and inexpensive interface to a com-
puter. BSR also developed an ultrasonic
hand-held command unit and combined
the console with an ultrasonic receiver.
This allows wireless control at a dis-
tance (like the ultrasonic hand- held TV
controller) . If you know the ultrasonic

code used by BSR, a few hardware mod-
ifications in your CIP will allow com-
puter generation of the same codes,
through an ultrasonic transducer, to
transmit to the command console.

Figure 1 shows the various com-
ponents of a single word of BSR code.
The code is binary, with each bit
represented by an 8-ms pattern of
sound. A bit with value 1 is sent as 4
ms of tone followed by 4 ms of silence.
A bit with value is sent as 1.2 ms of
tone followed by 6.8 ms of silence. The
data word begins with a 1 bit, followed
by five bits of data, followed by five in-
verted bits of the same data, and com-
pleted with 16 ms of tone and 24 ms of
silence. The tone itself is 40 KHz. The
five-bit code for each control module
and function is shown in table 1 .

A single latched output bit in the
computer is all you need to transmit
the code. The CIP uses latched output
bits to scan the keyboard and joysticks
as well as drive a digital-to-analog con-
verter [D/A] circuit. However, BASIC

Figure 1

EACH 8 ms BIT

LOGIC 1

LOGIC

COMPRISES

4 ms TONE

1.2

msTC

3NE

+ 4

msSIL

ENCE

6.8

5 SILENCE

1
— LOGIC 1

— 1

1 1

1
1

MESSAGE

HEADER

1 — FIVE BINARY

CODE BITS

L FIVE INVEF

ITED

CODE BITS

— 16 ms

1 — 24 ms

TONE

SILENCE

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Figure 2

Table 2

IC1 PIN 14: +5V
IC1 PIN 7: ground

Table 1

Unit Code

Binary Code

Function Code

Binary Code

17/AlI Units Off

18/ All Lights

19/On

20 /Off

21/Dim

22/Bright

continually scans the keyboard |unless
the Control-C break is disabled by an
appropriate POKE) so some sort of tone
is almost always being produced on the
D/A output while BASIC, or any other
keyboard-oriented program, is being
used. This makes using the D/A un-
pleasant for music composition and
playback.

A less well-known bit of latched out-
put exists in the CIP. This is the RTS
(Request- To-Send) line associated with

the 6850 Asynchronous Serial Com-
munications Interface chip (ACIA) used
in the CIP to exchange data with a cas-
sette machine, modem, or printer. This
particular line is not used by the CIP,
although the ACIA designers provide it
so that a computer can indicate whether
or not it is ready to receive data.

The control register of the ACIA
chip controls the status of the RTS line,
among other ACIA activities. In
BASIC, whenever the Break key is de-
pressed, the control register is reset to a
value of 17 and RTS goes low. If you
POKE a value of 64 to the register, then
RTS will go high and stay there until
another value is stored in the register.
One advantage of this bit in the BSR in-
terface is that it will automatically turn
off when Break is depressed. The ACIA
control register is located in the CIP at

Item

Value

ICl

4001 CMOS quad NOR gate

14-pin DIP

2.2K resistor

12K resistor

50K trim potentiometer

330K resistor

330 pF capacitor

Sylvania ECG123A transistor

or equivalent

40 KHz ultrasonic transducer i

address 61440 1$F000).

The RTS line can be toggled at a
40-KHz rate to produce the BSR code.
Since the CIP uses a standard clock
rate of 1 MHz, the wavelength of a
40-KHz tone is precisely 25 clock
cycles . However, I found by timing my
CIP with an oscilloscope that its clock
is running about 4% slow. Thus, I
could produce the tone using a 24-clock
cycle wavelength. Instead, I chose to
build a free-running 40-KHz oscillator
and use the RTS line to switch the
oscillator output to an ultrasonic
transducer.

The oscillator circuit is shown in
figure 2, and the parts are listed in table
2. The only part not universally avail-
able is the ultrasonic transducer, a
capaCLtive loudspeaker that creates the
actual tone. Since these devices are

Listing 1

10
20
30

; ASSEMBLY

LISTING

OF BSR X-10 DRIVER ROUTINE 1

: BY JOHN KROUT

*=»0222

DELAY=4FC91

START

JSR

»AE05 ;

puts arguement in *AE,AF

LDX

»AF

100

LDA

TABLE-1

110

STA

«AF ;

lookup !?-: stare cade word

120

LDA

1 3.0

STA

»15

140

MASTER

JSR

WORD

150

DEC

«15 ;

counts data words sent

160

BNE

MASTER

170

RTS

;

return to Bssic

1 BO

190

200

WORD

JSR

LOGICl

• send message header bit

210

LDA

*AF

; command cade into accumulator

220

JSR

SEND

send top 5 accumulator bits

230

LDA

*AF

; reload accumulator

(continued)

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198^

Listing 1 (continued)

270
230
290

LDOPl

;io

370 loop:

3S0
390
4CjO
410 ;

EQR
J SB:
LDA
STA
LDX
STX
JSR
DEC
BNE
LDA
STA
LDX
STX
JSR
DEC
BNE
J MP

#255
BEND
#64

$F(;)00
#4

«16

MS4

»16

LQDPl

#17

*F000

«16

MS4

*16

L0OP2

MS4

430
440
450
460
470
430
490

3END

ROLL

2ERQ
:OUNT

540 LOGIC 1

5S0
590
600 ;

61.0 LOG I CO

630
640

630 MS4

690 LQ0P3

700

710

720

730 ;

740 MSI. 2

750 L0QP4

790 MS6.8

800 LOOPS

810

820

830

840 ;

S50 TABLE

860

870

invert accumulator bits
send 5 inverted bits

begin 16 ms tone

begin 24 ms silence

STA *13
LDA #5
STA *14
ROL *13
BCC ZERO
JSR LQ6IC1
JMP COUNT
JSR LOG I CO
DEC *i4
BNE ROLL
RTS

LDA #64

STA *F000

JSR MS4

LDA #17

STA SFOOO

JMP MS4

LDA #64
STA *F000
JSR MS 1.2
LDA #17
STA $F000
JMP MS6.B

LDX #15

DEX

BNE L00P3

LDX #3

JMP DELAY

LDX #228

DEX

BNE LQQP4

RTS

LDX #52

DEX

BNE L00P5

LDX #5

JMP DELAY

.BYTE 76,224,32, 160, 16, 144,80,208
. BYTE 112, 240,48, 176, 0, 128, 64, 192
.BYTE 8,24,40,56,72,33

counter for bits s
pi see bit in Cs,rr;
branch, if Carry =
send 1 og i c 1

send logic

branch until 5 bit

beg if! 4 ms tone

begin 4 ms silence

begin 1.2 ms tone

begin 6.8 ms silence

Listing 2

Listing 3

FC9 1

A0F8

LDY

#*Fe

FC93

DEY

FC94

DOFD

BNE

*FC93

FC96

55FF

EQR

*FF, X

FC9S

DEX

FC99

D0F"6

BNE

SFC71

FC9B

RTS

1 00
110
120
130
140
1 50
1 60
170
1 80
190

START

*=*0222

LDX

#64

STX

«F0OO

NOP

LDX

#178

DEX

BNE

STX

SFOOO

LDX

#198

DEX

BNE

JMP

START

pretuned to a specific frequency, be
sure the one you buy is set to 40 KHz.
One transducer that costs less than $10
is #J4-815 in the Calectro catalog.

The circuit can be installed on any
of the unconjiected prototype sockets
adjacent to the ACIA, with a pair of
output lines running out of the com-
puter case to the transducer. Or the cir-
cuit can be placed externally on perf-
board, with connection lines for power,
ground, and RTS. Because my CIP
board is crowded with add-ons, I chose
the latter method. I recommend that
you do not rn;ount the transducer to the
CIP case because it has to be in a fairly
direct line with the receiver micro-
phone grid on the front face of the com-
mand console for transmission to be
reliable. To preserve aiming flexibility,
put the transducer on a lengthy flexible
signal cable. You can secure it to the
command console grid, if you wish.

A USR software-driver routine for
the interface appears in listing 1. This
routine begins by calling the ROM
BASIC subroutine at address $AE05,
which deciphers the argument value
within the parentheses following the
USR call in BASIC text, and puts that
value in locations $AE and $AF in the
form of a 15-bit integer with a sign bit.
Any argument value outside the range
of -32768 to +31767 will cause a
function call error if the $AE05 routine
is called.

The USR routine assumes that the
argument is a number between 1 and
22, corresponding to a BSR unit or com-
mand number. Lines 90 through 1 10
look up the appropriate five-bit com-
mand code in a data table and replace
the original argument value with the
code. Lines 120 through 160 produce
five repetitions of code transmission, a
factor which was found reliable when
used in a BASIC program that turned
house lights on and off over a two-hour
period. This means that each USR call
takes about 640 ms.

The main subroutine WORD begins
at line 200 with transmission of the
single-bit prefix, a logic 1. Then the
command code is loaded and trans-
mitted once, reloaded, inverted in line
240, and transmitted again. The code-
word suffix .is sent by the remainder of
WORD.

Subroutine SEND analyzes each bit
of the five-bit command code and trans-
mits the appropriate tone sequence. In
line 450, ROL $13 places each com-
mand bit into the Carry bit of the 6502

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

status register and, in line 460, BCC
branches if the Carry bit is zero.

Subroutine LOGIC 1 turns on the
RTS line, waits 4 ms, turns off the RTS
line, and waits another 4 ms. LOGICO
waits 1.2 ms after turning on RTS and
then waits 6.8 ms after turning off RTS.

The three timing subroutines MS4,
MSI. 2, and MS6.8 handle the precise
waiting periods required by the other
subroutines. Each includes a DEX/BNE
loop that takes five clock cycles per
iteration, except that only four are used
when BNE does not branch. The prior
LDX immediate in each case takes two
cycles, as does the following LDX im-
mediate in MS4 and MS6.8. These two
routines then use three cycles to fMP to
a routine called DELAY in the monitor
R0Mat$FC9L

Delay is a time-delay loop that,
perhaps, was included in ROM to aid in
disk I/O. It appears in listing 2 and uses
1250 cycles per iteration, with the
number of repetitions controlled by the
6502 X register. The RTS at the end
takes an extra six cycles. The difficulty
with DELAY is that it wipes out not
only the X and Y registers but also the

Listing 4

40
45

SO
85
90

PR I

PR: I

PR I

PP'I

PR I

INP

Ml =

M6=

D=l

04=

Rl =

D6=

PQK

PCK

POK

NT'
NT
NT'

M"r
NT'
NT"
■UT
INT
INT
INT

INT
INT
INT

'^ /-,

:e6S

;E69

Enter yot.:r CIP clocV
rate a.5 a decinia.I f r
t i on c-f the standarc
fnag-ahertiT cicck rate

(e?>; ampl e: fcV. -f ai;t i =
entered as 1-06) "5
E!

(4000*Q) -12

<1200*Q)-7

(6800*Q) -12

(M4/Di :R4=INT ( (M4-D

(Ml/5)

(M6/D) :R6=INT( kM6

5,R4:PaKE680,D4

5,D1

R6:PaKE696,D6

'4*D! ,
:6*D) .

Listing 5

5 X=546: Z=60000
7 SAVE

9 PR I NT: PR I NT

10 FQRI=0T0175 I
20 IFI=INT (1/15) »15THENPRINT: I

PFINTZ; "DATA"; : 2=Z+5:SaT030 \
25 PRINT", "; |

30 A»=STR*{PEEK(I+X) ) : PRINTR IGHlj

«(A«,LEN(A«)-1) ; !

40 NEXT 1

50 PRINT !

60 PRrNT"20 POKE 11, 34 .-POKE 12, 2
70 PRINT"30 FaRI=0Tar75:READA:

POKE I +546, A: NEXT"
80 PRINT"40 NEW"
90 PR I NT " R0KE5 1 5 , : RUN "
95 POKES 17,0

Listing 6

60000

60i;i05

600 1

600 1 5

6(j020

60025

60030

60035

60040

60045

60O50

60055

20 POKE

30 FORI

40 NEW.

PQKE515

DATA32,5, 174, 1 66, 1 75, 189, 187 , 2, 133, 1 75, 1 69, 5, 1 33, 21 , 32
DATA56,2, 198, 21,208,249,96, 32, 130, 2, 165, 175,32, 106,2
DATA 165, 173,73,255,32, 106, 2, 169,64,, 141 , 0,240, 162, 4, 134
DATA22,32, 162,2, 198, 22,208,249, 169, 17, 141 , 0, 240, 162,3
DATA134,22,32, 162, 2, 198,22,203,249,, 76, 162,2, 133, 19, 169
DATA5, 133,20,38, 19, 144,6,32, 130,2,76, 125,2,32, 146
DATA2, 198,20, 203,239, 96, 1 69, 64, 1 41 , 0,240,32, 162, 2, 169
DATA17, 141 ,0,240, 74, 162,2, 169, 64, 141,0, 240, 32, 172, 2
DATA169, 17, 141, 0,240, 76, 178, 2, 162, 15,202,208,253, 162, 3
DATA76, 145, 252, 162, 228, 202, 208,253,96, 162, 52, 202,208, 253, Ic
DATA5,76, 145,252,96,224,32, 160, 16, 144,80,203, 112,240, 48
DATAl 76,0, 128,64, 192,8, 24, 40,56, 72,88
1 1,34:P0KE12,2
=0T0175:READA: PaKEI+546, A:NEXT

, : RUN

Plus Sensational Limited-Time Savings
On Ohio Scientific C1P Series personal
computers, Superboard and C1P
accessories, spare replacement parts,
printers, monitors, integrated circuits,
and other computer-related components.

To Order

Call us directly or return order coupon with
your checl<, money order, or Mastercard or
Visa Account Number, Orders will normally be
shipped within 48 hours after receipt.
$100.00 minimum order,

FREE

Sampler Cassettes with each Superboard II and
C1P series order!

Taxi (Game), Electronic Equations, Loan Finance, Straight
and (Constant Depreciation, Uneven Cash Flows

Tiger Tank, Flip Flop, (Logic Game), Hectic, Black Jack,
Master Mind

Super Sale!

60% ■ ^^**

AQWOif On Ohio Scientific Superboard II
A Complete Computer System On A Board

Includes full-size 53-key keyboard, video and audio cassette
interfaces; SWAP, Modem, sampler cassettes; manual; 8K
BASIC-in-ROM, with 8K RAM. Requires 5-V/3 amp regulated
DC power supply. 30-day limited warranty. Supply is limited.
ONL Y . $200.00 - NOW! $149,951!

mm Cleveland Consumer Computers & Components

[■■■ 1333 S. Chillicolhe Road, Aurora, OH 44202
TO ORDER: CALL 1-800-321-5805 TOLL FREE
(Ohio Residents Call 216-562-4136)

D Send Detailed Catalog/Order Form

Name

Address .

State_

City

Payment by enclosed check or money order or charge to:
D MasterCard O VISA

Account # ExpiriJtion Date

Total Amount Charged or Enclosed $

.Zip_„

Ohio Residents Add 5.5% Sales Tax. All Orders Will Be Shipped Insured By UPS Unless
Requested Otherwise.

IVIICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198;

Listing 7

5 60102001:1

REM ... LITESHOW CONTROL PROGRAM
REM ... F-QR BSR X-10 INTERFACE ..
REM ... BY JOHN KROUT

140
199

REM SPOTS: 1 ON, 1 OFF

1 :

F0RA=1T03: B=A-H : IFA=3THENB=1
Y=USR{B) : I FPEEK (Q) =EGOTO 1 000
:::i Y=USR ( A) : I FPEEK (Q) =EG0T01000
NEXT: BOTOl 10

240

7C3

REM SPOTS: 2 ON, 1 OFF
F0RA=1T03

Y=usR(is) : ifpeek:(ci)=egdtoiooo: rem all spots

Y = USR ( A ) : Y=USR ( 20 ) : I FPEEK' ( Q ) =EGOTO 1 000 : REM :
F0R:[ = 1T01000: NEXT: REM TIME DELAY
NEXT: G0TG210

ON
OFF

: PR I NT: PR I NT" projector;

300 REM KEYBOARD CONTROL

302 G0SUB4000: PRINT" SPOTS " : PR I NT: PR INT"STROBES "

304 P0KE6 , 39 : PCKEG+2 ,, 66 : POKEG+4 , 82

311J PnKE530, 1:P0KE570SS, 127: P=P£EK ( 570SS ) !P0KE530,0

315 IFPEEK (Q) =EG0T01000

320 F0RA=1T07: IFS (A, 1 ) =PSOT0335

325 NEXT:G0Ta310

335 Y=USR ( ft ) : I FS ( A , ) =OTHENY=L!SR U 9 ) : S ( A , ) = 1 : POKES ( A , 2 ) , 43 : G0T03 1

340 Y=USR (20) : S (A, 0) =0: POKES (A, 2) ,32: GDT0310

^ C3 O

400 F
40 1.
410 F

<EM STROBES: 1 ON, 1 OFF

-0RA=4TC6: B=A+1 : IFA=6THENB=4

420

-•=USR (B) : Y=USR ( 19) : IFPEEK (Q ) =EGOTa 1000

430 Y=USR (A> : Y=USR (20) : IFPEEK (Q! =E60T01000

440 f

JEXT: GaT'a410

499

1000

REM MAIN MENU

1020

F0RI=1TC7: S (I , 0) =0: NEXT:REM STATUS RESET

1025

G0SUB4000

1030

PR I NT "MAIN MENU : " : PR I NT

1040

PRINT"1. SPOTS: 1 ON, 1 OFF" : PR I NT: PRINT

1042

PRINT"2. SPOTS: 2 ON, 1 OFF ": PR I NT: PRINT

1044

PR I NT " 3 . K:EYBCARD CONTROL " : PR I NT : PR I NT

1046

PRINT"4. STROBES: 1 ON, 1 OFF ": PRINT 5 PRINT

1 1 iJO

INPUT "function number" ; F: PR I NT

1 1 1

I FF ■: 1 ORF :■ 1 OORF :> I NT ( F ) SOTO 1 1 00

1113

Y=UER(17): REM SHUTDOWN

1 1 20

ONFGOTO 1 00 , 200 , 300 , 400

i 20"'.!

END

2000

REM IN IT

2010

DIMS(7,2)

2020

S(l, 1)=127

2030

B ( 2 , 1 ) = 1 9 1

2040

S(3, 1)=223

2 01 50

S (4, 1 ) =239

2060

S(5, 1 ) =247

2070

5(6, 1 >=251

20S0

3(7, 1)=253

2100

0=57100: E=222

2110

G=53901

2120

S( 1,2) =6+64

2 1 30

S (2, 2) =6+66

2140

S (3, 2) =6+68

2 1 50

S(4,2)=6+12S

2160

3(5,2) =6+130

2170

S(6,2)=6+132

21 BO

E(7,2) =G+194

2999

GOTO 1000

40i:h;i

REM SCREEN CLR SUB

4010

FOR I =1T02S: PR INT: NEXT: RETURN

non-permanent basis. Alternatives in-
clude stack storage and replacing
DELAY with your own non-destructive
time delay.

Because my CIP runs about 4%
slow, the time delays in MS4, MS6.8,
MS 1.2, and the message suffix portion
of WORD have been shortened about
4% to compensate. If you can obtain an
oscilloscope, listing 3 will load and ex-
ecute a useful infinite loop USR rou-
tine. This routine turns on RTS for
precisely 999 cycles, and then turns off
RTS for 1001 cycles, giving an overall
wavelength of exactly 2 ms for a
machine running at exactly 1 .MHz. If
your machine is running a few percent
slow or fast, listing 4 will compute and
POKE the necessary loop constant al-
terations to the BSR X-10 driver
routine.

As with many USR routines, it is
convenient to place the driver in un-
used memory below BASIC text, start-
ing at $0222. Because the OSI Assem-
bler occupies this space and cannot
directly assemble the routine there, a
loader in B.i\SIC is useful. Listing 6
uses the familiar method of POKEing
numbers from DATA statements to
memory, and is itself a product of
listing 5, a BASIC program generator.
Listing 5 includes the very advan-
tageous features of placing two
immediate-mode commands at the end
of listing 6: a POKE to terminate
LOAD, and RUN. Since the DATA
statements are so long in this case, the
NEW statemient in line 40 of listing 6
erases listing 6 after its work is done,
leaving behind the driver routine and
the data in locations 11 and 12 that tell
BASIC where the USR routine begins.

Listing 7 is a BASIC light show con-
trol program, which is loaded after
listing 6 has finished. The program pre-
sumes that X-10 lamp modules 1,2, and
3 control colored spotlights, that appli-
ance module.s 4, 5, and 6 control colored
strobe lights, and that appliance module
7 controls the lamp of a slide projector.
Projector lamps usually exceed 300
watts. You should keep the projector fan
running even when the lamp is off to
cool the lamp and avoid a blowout.

Would you like some automation in
your life? Perhaps you need a timer for
your toaster, or a security system for
your office copier. Computer in-
telligence plus BSR X-10 versatility can
do it for you.

accumulator. The latter could have
been avoided by using a few NOPs in-
stead of the EOR. In the USR routine,
whenever a delay routine is called, this
problem forces storage in memory of
the command word, the number of

words sent, and the number of bits
sent. Since BASIC does not use the in-
put buffer beginning at $13 for anything
other than input, USR can access that
space with compact and speedy page
zero addressing for data storage on a

The author may be contacted at 5108 N.
23rd Rd., Arlington, VA 22207.

iMCftO

No, 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

ATARI Meets the BSR X- 1

by David A. Hayes

A circuit is presented to
interface thie ultrasonic version
of the BSR X-10 home control
system to Atari computers.
Programming information and a
sample program are included.

Demo Program

requires:

Atari 400/800
BSR X-10

To use the BSR X-10 home control
device, many computers require a hard-
ware modification. David Staehlin
presented a circuit, in the January 1982
issue of BYTE magazine, which will
couple a non-ultrasonic BSR X-10 to an
RS-232 port. I have interfaced the
Atari' s controller jack port to the more
common ultrasonic version of the BSR
X-10. Figure 1 shows the complete in-
terface circuit required for this purpose.
Modification of the BSR X-10 is not
trivial and should be performed by
competent technicians only.

The program in listing 1 loads a
machine-language program into page 6
of memory. Line 100 sets up controller
jack 1, pin 1, as output. Table 1 lists
the code that the BSR X-10 understands.
The machine-language program sends
this code out controller jack 1, pin 1,
whenever it is called by the USR routine.

For example, if you have made the ap-
propriate hardware modifications, have
typed in the program in listing 1, and
now want to turn all lights on, line 110
of your program should look like this:

110 X = USR(1536,0,0,0,128,128,
128,128,128,0,0)

Now turn on channel five.

120 X = USR(1536,0,0,0,128,0,128,

128,128,0,128);REM SELECT
CHANNEL 5

130 X = USR(1536,0,0,128,0,128,128,
128,0,128,0):REM TURN ON

The author may be contacted at 2004
Woody Drive, Kingston, TN 37763.

(Continued on next page)

Table 1

■ ■- ■ ■■

FUNCTION

X = USR(1536,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,r)

ALL LIGHTS ON

0,0,0,128,128,128,128,128,0,0

ALL OFF

0,0,0,0,128,128,128,128,128,0

0,0,128,0,128,128,128,0,128,0

OFF

0,0,128,128,128,128,128,0,0,0

BRIGHTEN

0,128,0,128,128,128,0,128,0,0

DIM

0,128,0,0,128,128,0,128,128,0

CHANNEL

0,128,128,0,0,128,0,0,128,128

128,128,128,0,0,0,0,0,128,128

0,0, 128,0,0, 128, 128,0, 128, 128

128,0,128,0,0,0,128,0,128,128

0,0,0,128,0,128,128,128,0,128

128,0,0,128,0,0,128,128,0,128

0,128,0,128,0,128,0,128,0,128

128,128,0,128,0,0,0,128,0,128

0,128,128,128,0,128,0,0,0,128

128,128,128,128,0,0,0,0,0,128

0,0,128,128,0,128,128,0,0,128

128,0,128,128,0,0,128,0,0,128

0,0,0,0,0,128,128,128,128,128

128,0,0,0,0,0,128,128,128,128

0,128,0,0,0,128,0,128,128,128

128,128,0,0,0,0,0,128,128,128

Figure 1

1N4148

GREEN WIRE
O GOING TO
KEYBOARD

0.001 M F

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198

Listing 1

10 FOR RDD=1536 TO 1756: REfiD INST: POKE HDD, INST: HEKT HDD
20 DhTh 1 04 , 32 , 1 33 ,6,1 04 , 1 04 ,48 , 6 , 32 , 169,6 , 76,17,6 , 32 , 1 33 , 6 ,

1 04 , 1 04 ,43 , 6 , 32 , 1 63
25 DflTfl 6,76,30,6,32,133,6,104,104
30 DFlTFl 43 , 6 , 32 , 1 63 , 6 , 76 , 43,6 , 32 , 1 33 ,6,1 04 , 1 04 , 43 , 6 , 32 , 1 69 ,

6,76 , 56 , 6 , 32 , 1 33 , 6
35 DflTfl 104,104,43,6,32,169,6,76,69
40 DflTfl 6 , 32 , 1 33 ,6,104,1 04 , 43 , 6 , 32 ,169,6,76 , 32 , 6 , 32 , 1 33 , 6 ,

1 04 , 1 04 , 43 , 6 , 32 ,169
45 DflTfl 6,76,95,6,32,133,6,104,104
50 DflTfl 43 , 6 , 32 , 1 69 ,6,76,1 03 , 6 , 32 , 1 3S , 6 , 1 04 , 1 04 , 43 , 6 , 32 ,

169,6,76,121,6, 32 , 1 33
55 DflTfl 6,104,104,43,6,32,169,6,76
60 DflTfl 1 34 , 6 , 32 , 1 33 , 6 , 32 , 260 , 6 , 96 , 1 63 , 254 ,141,0,211,162 ,

1 20 , 1 60 , 10,1 36 , 203
65 DflTfl 253 , 202 , 20S , 243 , 1 69 , 255 ,141,0,211,162
70 DflTfl 1 20 , 1 60 , 10,1 36 , 20S , 253 , 202 , 203 , 243 , ^G . 1 €.3 , 254 ,141 ,

,211,162, 40 , 1 60 , 1
75 DflTfl 136, 203 , 253 , 202 ,208,243,1 69 , 255 ,141
80 DflTfl 0,211,162,31,1 60 , 70 , 1 36 , 208 , 253 , 202 , 203 , 248 , 96 , 1 63 ,

254,141,0,211,162
85 DflTfl 54,160,70,136,203,253,202,208,243
90 DflTfl 169,255,141,0,211,96
100 POKE 54013,56: POKE 54016,1: POKE 54018,60: POKE 54016,1

miCftO

/"OHIO SCIENTIFIC "^

HEVi PROGRAMS!

SCOUT- Full color, machine
language, fast action and
graphics! After a year of
development, comes the all
machine language SCOUT.
Patrol the planet surface pro-
tecting and saving the human
population from abductors.
Turn your OSI into a real ar-
cade!
$24.95 C4PMF, C8PDF.

Send for our FREE catalog.
We have what you want for
less: S-FORTH $39, FULL
SCREEN EDITOR $19,
ADVENTURE $19, SKYHAWK
$8, TOUGH TYPING $19, IN-
TELLIGENT TERMINAL $24,
THE V\/IZARD'S CITY $12,
UTILITIEES, and much more for
the 01 P to the 08PDF.

(312)259-3150
AURORA SOFTWARE

pBT! 37 S. Mitchell
Arlington Heights
feB^ Illinois 60005

OSI Disk Users

Double your disk storage capacity
Without adding disk drives

Now you can more than double your usable floppy disk
storage capacity — for a fraction of the cost of additional
disk drives. Modular Systems'DiskDoublerT** is adouble-
density adapter that doubles the storage capacity of
each disk track. The DiskDoubler plugs directly into an
OSI disk interface board. No changes to hardware or
software are required.

The DiskDoubler increases total disk space under OS-
65U to 550K; under OS-65D to 473K for 8-inch floppies,
to 163K for mini-floppies. With the DiskDoubler, each
drive does the work of two. You can have more and
larger programs, related files, and disk utilities on
the same disk — for easier operation without constant
disk changes.

Your OSI system is an investment in computing power.
Get the full value from the disk hardware and software
that you already own. Just write to us, and we'U send you
the full story on the DiskDoubler, along with the rest
of our growing family of products for OSI disk systems.

™DiskDoubler is a trademark of Modular Systems.

Post Off ice Box 16 C
Oradell, NJ 07649.0016
Telephone 201 262.0093

Modular Systems

APPLE II PERIPHERAL DEVELOPERS:

Your complex function prototype requires
llie best wirewrap board avallablii.

SPECTRUM SYSTEMS MAKES IT!

Fully Extended WIrewrap Protoboard.

Size: 2.S by 10.7 incli 2 layer PC.
Capacity: up to 58-16 pin or12-40 pin

or any combination socl(ets inbetween.

Carefully designed +5 and GND planes provide lor
the minimum electrical noise, low impedance, tii
capacitance, and maximum versatility in the layout
of IC's, capacitors, discretes and I/O connectors.

Wire-wrap technique documentation included.

Terms:

• $45.00 + (6% Cal. Res. tax) + J2.00 SiH.

• All payments must be in U.S. iunds drawn on a U.S.
bank.

• Outside U.S. add 10%.

• Cashier check/money order allow 30 day ARO.

• Personal checks add 2 weeks.

• No credit cards or cash. Please!

Spectrum Systems

PO. Box 2262

Santa Barbara, Ca. 93120

AoplE II ii a Irademark of Apple Compuieri

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

The 68000

DREAM MACHINE

WE (SORT OF) LIED:

Motorola has been promoting its advanced microprocessor
chip as a vehicle for large, complex systems exclusively.
Now, the 68000 does work well as the heart of big, complex
systems. But their promotional literature implies that one
can only build big, complex systems with the 68000, and that
is dead wrong (in our opinion). Nevertheless, the public
(that's you!) perception of the 68000 follows Motorola's line:
Big systems. Complex systems.

Our boards are not complex and not necessarily big (starting
at 4K), Our newsletter is subtitled "The Journal of Simple
68000 Systems." But since the public has become condi-
tioned to the 68000 as a vehicle for FORTRAN, UNIX, LISP,
PASCAL and SMALLTALK people naturally expect all these
with our $595 (starting price) simple attached processor.
Wrong I

We wrote our last ad to understate the software we have
available because we wanted to get rid of all those guys who
want to run (multi-user, multi-tasking) UNIX on their Apple II
and two floppy disks. Running UNIX using two 143K floppies
is, well, atisurd. The utilities alone require more than 5
megabytes of hard disk.

HERE'S THE TRUTH:

We do have some very useful 68000 utility programs. One of
these will provide, in conjunction with a suitable BASIC com-
piler such as PETSPEED (Pet/CBM) or TASC (Apple II), a five
to twelve times speedup of your BASIC program. If you have
read a serious compiler review, you will have learned that
compilers cannot speed up floating point operations
(especially transcendentals). Our board, and the utility soft-
ware we provide, does speed up those operations.

Add this line in front of an Applesoft program:

5 PRINT CHR$(4);"BLOADUTIL4,A$8600":SYS38383

That's all it takes to link our board into Applesoft (assuming
you have Applesoft loaded into a 16K RAM card). Now run
your program as is for faster number-crunching or compile it
to add the benefit of faster "interpretation". Operation with
the Pet/CBM is similar.

68000 SOURCE CODE:

For Apple II users only, we provide a nearly full disk of un-
protected 68000 source code. To use it you will have to have
DOS toolkit ($75) and ASSEM68K ($95), both available from
third parties. Here's what you get:

1) 68000 source code for our Microsoft compatible floating
point package, including LOG, EXP, SQR, SIN, COS, TAN,
ATN along with the basic four functions. The code is set up to
work either linked into BASIC or with our developmental
HALGOL language. 85 sectors.

9^ f

2) 88000 source code for the PROM monitor. 35 sectors.

3) 68000 source code for a very high speed interactive 3-D
graphics demo. 1 15 sectors.

4) 68000 source code for the HALGOL threaded interpreter.
Works with the 68000 floating point package. 56 sectors.

5) 6502 source code for the utilities to link into the BASIC
floating point routines and utility and debug code to link into
the 68000 PROM monitor. 113 sectors.

The above routines almost fill a standard Apple DOS 3.3 flop-
py. We provide a second disk (very nearly filled) with various
utility and demonstration programs.

SWIFTUS MAXIMUS:

Our last advertisement implied that we sold 8MHz boards to
hackers and 12.5MH2 boards to businesses. That was sort of
true because when that ad was written the 12.5MHz 68000
was a very expensive part (list $332 ea). Motorola has now
dropped the price to $1 1 1 and we have adjusted our prices ac-
cordingly. So now even hackers can afford a 12.5MHz 68000
board. With, we remind you, absolutely zero wait states.

'Swiftus maximus'? Do you know of any other
microprocessor based product that can do a 32 bit add in 0.48
microseconds?

AN EDUCATIONAL BOARD?

If you want to learn how to program the 68000 at the
assembly language level there is no better way than to have
one disk full of demonstration programs and another disk full
of machine readable (and user-modifiable) 68000 source
code.

Those other 'educational boards' have 4MH2 clock signals
(even the one promoted as having a 6MHz CPU, honest!) so
we'll call them slow learners. They do not come with any
significant amount of demo or utility software. And they com-
municate with the host computer via RS 232, 9600 baud max.
That's IK byte/sec. Our board communicates over a parallel
port with hardware AND software handshake, at 71 K
bytes/sec! We'll call those other boards handicapped
learners.

Our board is definitely not for everyone. But some people find
it very, very useful. Which group do you fit into?

DIGITAL ACOUSTICS

1415 E. McFadden, Ste. F

Santa Ana, CA 92705

(714) 835-4884

Apple, Applesoft and Apple M are trademarks of Apple Computer Company. Pet is a trademark of Commodore Busines:; Machines. ■

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 19

68000 Logic Instructions

by Joe Hootman

This is the third in a series of articles
on programming the 68000. Piofessoi
Hootman is presenting the instruction
set of the 68000 microprocessor and
will then consider the addressing
modes and how they apply to the
various instructions. This month's
topic is the logical instructions.

The logic instructions implemented
in the 68000 are given in table 1 . These
instructions are the AND, the OR, the
NOT, and the EOR. The implementa-
tion of the logical operations is
straightforward. The logic operations
affect the CCR depending on the results
of the operation. It should be noted that
the logical operations do not operate on
the address registers directly.

The logic operations on the status
register are privileged. Logical opera-
tions on the user condition code
register are not privileged.

Joe Hootman can be contacted at the
University of North Dakota, Department
of Electrical Engineering, University
Station, Grand Forks, North Dakota

58202.

Table 1: Logic Instructions

Mnemonic

Dau Size/CCR

Name

Comments

AND

8, 16, 32

CCR

XNZVC

togical
AMU

The source and destiBation are logically ANDed
and the result stored in the destination.
Opword Format

-..00

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Op Mode Effective Address
Mode 1 Register

Op Mode field
Byte Word Long word

A) 000 ■■ 001 010 Data register ANDed
with the EA and
result left in the data

B|100

101 110 EA ANDed with the
data register and
result left in the EA.

For case A of the Op Modes the following
effective addressing modes cannot he used: % 13,
14.* For case B of the Op Modes the following
effective addressing modes cannot he used: 1, 2,
10, 11, 12, 13, 14.*

AND!

8, 16, 32

CCR

XNZVC

- « ..

AND
Immediate

The immediate data and the destination are
logically ANDed and the result stored in the
destination.

Opword Format

15 14 13 12 U 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Size

Effective Address
Mode 1 Register

Word data (16 bits
including the first
8 bits!

Byte data (8 bits)

long data |32 bits including the previous bits)

Size field

00 - Byte

01 - Word

• 10 - Long word

ThefoDowing addressing modes cannot be used:
2, 10, II, 12, 13, 14.*

AND! 8 • AM> lie immediate data is ANDed with the CCR and

to CCR CCR , • . . Hmnediate the results stored in the CCR. The state of the

XNZVC , to, Con4ition, CCR after the operation depends on the previous

* ,-'♦ . . . , Code, ' data in the CCR and the immediate data

Opword Format
. ■ ■" '' ' 15 14 13 121110 987 '6 543210

Byte Data

(continued)

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Table 1 (continued)
Mnemonic Data Size/CCR Name

Comments

EOR

8, 16, 32
CCR

XNZVC
-..00

Exclusive

Logical

Tbe source and the destinatioii are exclusively
ORed together and the result stored iathe
destination. (Data registers only for source data.J

Opword Format
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 110

Op Mode

Effective Address
Mode I Register

Op Mode field

100 - Byte .

101 - Word

110 - Long word

The effective address specifies the destination of
the result of the operation and the following
addressing modes cannot be used- 2, 10, 11, 12,
13, 14.*

EORI

8, 16, 32

Exclusive

CCR

XNZVC

Immediate

-••00

. The immediate data and the destination data is
exclusively ORed together and the result
stored in the destination.

Opword Formal

15 14 13 12 11 10 ? 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Size I Effuctivu Addicss |

Word data (16 bitsj

Mode I Regiiiter !

Byte data (8 bits) i

Long data (32 bits) I

Size field
00 - Byte The data is in the lower order

byte of the mimediate word. '

■ 01 - Word Thedata is the entire

immediate word.
10 - Long word The data is contained m the
next two immediate words.

The effective address specifies the destination of
the result of the operation and the toUowing
addressing modes cannot be used' 2, 10, 11, 12,
13,. 14.*

EORI

Exclusive

to CCR

CCR

XNZVC

Immediate

Condition
Code
Register

The immediate data is exclusively ORed with the
CCR and the result stored in the CCR.

Opword Format
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 .? 2 1

1 1 1 1 1

Byte natd

NOT

8, 16, 32
CCR

XNZVC
-..00

Logical The onts complement ot the destination is

Complement taken and the results stored m tlie
destination.

Opwoid t-ormat
15 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 j
iToTo

_.LL

9 8

— T—
1|

, .. Size

Ll _.

5 4 3 2 10

Effective Address i
Mode I Register

Size field

00 - Bvtc

01 - Word

10 - Lung word

The effective address specilies the destination
and the following addressing modes cannot he
used: 2, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.'

(continued/

MICRObitS (continued)

VisiCalc To Apple Plot

Interface translates from VisiCalc to
Apple Plot, prevents erroneous
graphs, fits curves to data, and
supplements VisiCalc with rank
ordering and alphabetizing. Send
SASE for details or $30.00 for the
copyable program.

Bill Starbuck

2100 E. Edgewood

Sho.Tewood, WI 53211

|414) 963-9750

VisiCalc To Apple Writer

Veecee-Writer translated VisiCalc
(/PFj files for Apple Writer 1. Send
$15.00 for the copyable program.

Bill Starbuck

2100 E. Edgewood

Shorewood, WI 53211

[4141 963-9750

TRS-80 Color Computer

Expand your 4K system to 16K for
$29.95. Expand 4K or 16K to a 32K
system for only $99. Obtain better
coloi graphics. Full instruction/
documentation provided in each kit.
Two- to three-week delivery time. $3
postage /handling charge.

Dick Williams

Computer Shed

Lane 2-1

Derry, NH 03038

(603) 432-3634

Unique VIC-20 User Group

Borrow any program from our
extensive loan library for only 10% of
cost and get free newsletter and
special purchase prices on all VlC-20
hardware and software from our huge
catalog. Membership only $25 by
check, VISA, MasterCard.

Software To Go

Rt. 3, Box 309 A 52

Clinton, TN 37716

(615) 457-5068

(615) 584-0022

18000 Software

For Apple-compatible boards
(DTACK). The Moose: professional
and only available 68000 chess
program — $67. MUXA68: UCSD
68000 Crossassembler — $70.
68TICID: Debugger — $47. PCON68:
UCSD-Interface for DTACK board —
$30. $10 shipping and handling.

Moose Systems /

Steenbargkoppel 21

D-2000 Hamburg 65

Germany

(Continued)

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Table 1 (continued)

Mnemonic Data Size/CCR

Function

Comments

8, 16, 32
CCR

XNZVC
-..00

Inclusive

Logical

ORI

8, 16, 32

Inclusive

CCR

XNZVC

Immediate

-..00

ORI

CCR

Inclusive

CCR

XNZVC

Immediate

data to

Condition

Code

The inclusive OR operation perfoims the OR
operation on the soiuce data and the
destination data. The result is left in the
destination.

Opword Format
15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Modi: Effective Address
Mode I Register

Registti iiild ipccifici .inv of the 8 data registers

Op Mci'.c l.el.l
000. Bvtc
001 • Word
010 ■ 1 uiig wiird

The result is .stured in the specified dat.i register
The efiective address specifies the source and the
fotlowiri); addre<;sing modes cannot be uicd 2,

13, 14.'

Op Made ticld

100 • Byie

101 ■ Word

110 ■ Li-'n;; word

The resui t is stored in the effective adchcss and
the following addressing modes cannnt be used'

1, 2, 13, 14 •

The immediate data is inclusive ORed with the
data in the destination and the result is left
in the destination.

Opword Format
15 14 13 12 11 in 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (
Size

Word data 1 16 hits)

Eftecuve Address
Mode I Register

Byte data [& bitsi

Long data (32 bits)

Size field
00 - Byte

The data is the lower byte ol

the data word.
01 - Word The data is the entue 16 bits

of the data word
10 - Long word The data is the two immediate

words

The effective address is the destination and the
following addressing modes cannot be used. 2.
10, 11, 12, 13, 14 *

The immediate data is inclusive ORed with
the CCR and the result left in the CCR

Opword Format
15 14 13 12 11 10 y 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

o"| ofr[T[ iiT

0,01

Byte Data |8 bus!

'The addressing modes will be covered m future issues.

MIOIO"

MICRObitS (continued)

OSI Peter Packer

Pack widgits into boxes and ship
them out in the elevators before your
defective robot assistant unpacks
them or packs you! An original arcade
game of cunning and skill that
increases in difficulty each round. 8K
tape $14.95.

Watts Ware

153 Madrona Drive

Anacortes, WA 98221

OSI - Affordable DBMgr

8" single/du.al floppy under OS65D
V3.3 video. User-defined files with
formatted screen viewing and
inputting. Features: find, update,
delete, paging, coding, and 'screen,'
'quick,' and format' dump. $55.00.
Label print option — $25.00. Report
Generator (January 1983), manual
only — $10.00.

Bunin &. Ward Computer Services
P.O. Box 895 Church Street Sta.
New York, NY 10008
(212) 434-5760

Low-Cost Software

Unique programs and hardware kits
to adapt small computers to the real
world. Control machines, make
music, build test equipment and
security systems, etc. For
information, write to us describing
your system and interests. Include
stamped self-addressed envelope.

S.W. Associates

45 Furman Drive

Wayne, NJ 07470

OSI Super Defender

Play this great arcade game at home.
All machine code includes: scanner,
smart bombs, laser fire, moving
mountains, and more. Save your
humanoids from the alien landers.
Very smooth (half-character moves)
graphics. $14.95 for CI, 2, 4 tape or
514" disk.

DMP Systems

319 Hampton Blvd.

Rochester, N.Y. 14612

Dynamite PET/CBM Accessories!

Write-protect switches/indicators for
2040/4040 disk drives. Real world
software at low cost. 2114 RAM
adapter (replaces obsolete 6550's) and
4K memory expansion for "old" 8K
PETs. Hundreds of satisfied
customers. Write for free catalog!

Optimized Data Systems

Dept. M, Box 595

Placentia, CA 92670

iSMCftO

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Programmable Character
Generator for OSI

by Colin Macau ley

Design your own character set
and save the characters in a
form suitable for incorporation
into an EPROIVI.

Character Generator

requires:

OSI Superboard

While developing software for a mini-
mum chip homebrew 6502 system, it
was necessary to produce a character
generator. I wrote the program for an
8K OSI Superboard U to draw characters
on the OSI video and save these charac-
ters in RAM. The characters could then
be incorporated in an EPROM, or trans-
ferred to the homebrew system. The
program was made fairly general, as the
homebrew computer included the capa-
bility of a variable character depth,
whereas the OSI is restricted to 8 x 8
characters. Although the program was
intended for a specific purpose, it is
equally useful in developing alternate
character generators for an OSI. Thus,
if games are a major attraction you may
wish to define new characters (e.g.,
Space Invader aliens) for unused char-
acters in your OSI character set. Ac-
cordingly, the new character set may
then be loaded into a 2K EPROM (2716)
and replace the original OSI character-
generator ROM.

The MEMORY SIZE? cold start
prompt should be restricted to 6000.
This will prevent overwriting the
character-generator RAM that com-
mences at $1800 (6144 decimal), allow-
ing the number of characters to be 256
with a character depth of 8. The re-
quired character number is input and a
display will appear on the screen to
assist in the graphing of the intended
character. A cursor in the top left-hand
corner indicates the bit cunently being
altered.

The key commands available for
manipulating the cursor are as follows:

The indicated bit is set and the
cursor is shifted. A block char-
acter will be inserted at the
former cursor position.

The indicated bit is cleared and
the cursor is shifted. A blank
character will be inserted at the
former cursor position.

The cursor will move from its
present position to its home po-
sition (i.e., top left-hand comer
of display).

The cursor will move down a
row of the display.

The cursor will be shifted to the
next bit without modifying the
status of the previous bit.

"ESC" Return to BASIC.

"CR" Enter displayed character into
"character-generator" RAM at
nominated position.

■■ -■ e.--- *' ^-

"1"

"0"
"H"
"D"

"R" A prompt for the number of a
predefined character will be re-
quested. This character will
then be displayed and may be
modified to form the basis of a
new character.

Set bits will be indicated by a block
and cleared bits will be blanked to
allow for an enlarged graphical repre-
sentation of the character being
created. The cursor will be either a " 1"
or a "0" to enable the condition of that
bit to be readily identified. The 2K
character generator may be saved on
cassette, using well-known machine
code save programs, or used directly by
an EPROM programmer.

Colin Macauley is a member of the firm of
Callinan and Associates, Patent Attorneys
and a physicist. He uses a modified OSI
Superboard II and is interested in utility-
type pr(3gramming. He may be contacted
at 39 Shoalhaven St., Werribee, Victoria
3030, Australia.

■i CHARACTER NO 2

! ,."■'>...' . '.>' .
_M.-. ' . ,»; ; .- ;!-'"-■ ■>}, '

The figure 1nustriitastiMr''6t''ffei» pragiam fn constructing a "car"
acter. The "1" cursor fndfcates that this bit has been set.

char-

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Listing 1: Programmable Character Generator

4 RErt LOA.U iJ'iR l-'QIjriNE

'i r;i;i5lje3'5i3

l« F0RX=UOV,2:PRI«I:r(EXI?,

2<} PR[i>IT"PROGRArtHflBLE CHARACTER GENER.UOR" :PR [NT

30 PRINT"COPYRICHT l<ii)1 COLIM rtflCAllLEY" : PRIN f

48 INPUT"NO. OF CHARACTERS, IH GROUPS OF 16":A

51 IF(A/l4)-INT(A/14)<>30RA>2'JaTHEma

55 P0KE11,la2:P0KEI2,T

61 PR:(NT:]NPUT"CHARACrER flEPTH. I TO 14":6

7D IFB:;I6THEN43

3fl PR,[NT::[NPUT"MEU CHARACTER SET (Y/N)":A«

?« IFniB«(A«,1.l)<:;"'f"THEHI13

?5 REH BLANK CHAR. GEN. RAH

liJ0 F0RX = 6I44T0819I :P0KE:x,32:NEXT.<

118 C=o143

123 PRINT:INPUT"CHARACTER N0.":0

138 IFu:-ATHENI23

135 REil SET UP SCREEN

143 i30SUB(i8H

213 REM USR ROUTINE SAVES REGJSTERS i GETS CHAR. FROH KETBH

228 I = IJSR(Z):H = «

233 U = PEEI<'.216)

2,35 REM CHECK IJHICH KEY PRESSED

23A REd "8" KEY?

243 IFU048THEN263

245 [l=32:G0SUB4a3:G0TO22e

25» REH "1" KEY'?

26t IFU049THEN273

2(i5 Q=1ol :G0SUB433:G0T0223

248 REti "H" KEY'?

273 IFU072THEN283

274 P0KEV,UC:Y=S3448:UC=PEEK(Y):L=l:U:=Y:E = 4ij

275 IFUC = U1THENE=49

2,^4 POKEY. E:Y=53415:GGT0223
278 REH "D" KEY'
280 IFU<>(i8THEN2?3
285 G0SUB5e3:G0TG22a
238 RErt "F" KEY'
293 IFU<>7erHEN3e3
2'?5 u=OC:fiOSUEi43e:GOT0228
2'?B REH "tSC" KEY?
333 IFIJ = 2'THENEND
385 REH "CR" KEY''
313 IFUOI3THEN323
315 GOSUB7e'J:GOT0138
318 REh "R" KEY''
323 IFIJ = 82THENG0SUB933
333 G0T0223

3 43 REH LOAD USR SUBR.

353 X=A74:F0RY=3T015:READA:P0KEX+Y.A:NEXTY
368 DAT A72, 138, 72, 152.72,32,134,255.133,216,184,168,134,
173,134,96

373 RETURN

398 REH SUBR. FDR KEYS "3,1 OR F"

395 REh SHIFTS CURSOR S SETS Oft RESETS [NDICATED BTTS

438 X=Y + (L*32) + 8:F = U + 1:JFP;XTHENi'i = L+l

418 P0KEU,Q:rFH>.eTHEN483

423 1FH>3ANDM<>LTHEN44«

433 V=P:G0T0453

443 V = Y+l + (H:t32):L = h

453 UC=PEEK(V):E=48

4,i3 .1FUC=I61THENE^49

478 G0r0498

483 UC = FEEKiV):E = 48:lFUC = U10RUC-4?THENE = 4?

485 IFUC=48THENUC=32

493 POKEV,E:RETURN

495 REH SUBR. FUR "D" KEY-SHJFTS CURSOR BOUN A LINE

583 L=L+l:IFL>BTHENL=L-1:R0T0j4a

518 P0KEV.UC:U=U + 32:LIC = REEKiV):E=48

523 IFUC=l61THENE-49

538 POKEU.E

548 RETURN

593 SUBR. FOR DRAUING UORKSHEET FOR CHAR.

683 F0RX=1T0j2:PRINT:NEXTX

413 X=53415:F=48

o2« F0RZ=1TQ8:P0KEX+Z.F+I:NEXTZ

643 F0ft2=1T0B:U^Z:]FU>9THENU=!J-l3

645 P0KEX+(32*2),48+U:NEXTZ

653 Y = 5,3448:UC = PEEK(Y):L=I :V = Y:E^48

663 IFUC=16irHENE=49

Listing 1 (continued)

673 POKEY. E:Y=Y-33

683 rt$ = "COhHAND''"

4B5 PRINTCHR*(i:3l" CHARACfER N0.":»;

693 FORX = 1T08:POKE54353 + X,ASC(fHIi$!A$.X.1.i):NEXTX:RErUPN

495 RE(i SUBR. FOR "CR" KEY

693 REH SAVES CHAR. IN "CHAR. GEN." RAH AT CORRECT POSITION

788 POKEU.UC

718 :=Y

723 F0RX=1TOB

738 F = Z + (32^tX):G = 3

743 F0RH=1T03

753 I=PEEK(F + H):J = 3:TFI = 161THEKJ--1

768 G^=G+,J:IFH=8THEN733

773 G=2*G

783 NEXTH

793 paKEC + (':X-1)*A) + D,G

833 NEXTX

835 PRINT

318 INPUT"NEXT CHARACTER N0.";D

823 RETURN

383 REH SUBR. FOR "R" KEY -DRAUS REQUIRED CHAR. ON SCREEN

933 PRINT: INPUT"NO. OF CHARACTER TO BE REi;IEUED";K

913 IFK>ATHEN983

923 G03UBa83:Z=Y

933 F0RX=1T0B

•943 F = C+!iX-1)^tA)+K:I=PEEK(F)

953 FQRH^MT03:R=INTi2tiH-l ) + .5) :N=1 2a./R

960 J=INT(I/N)

973 IFJ=lTHENP0KE(Z+(At32)+H).161:I^IN

988 NEXTH:NEXTX

993 UC^PEEK!Y+33) :L=1 :V=Y+33

1333 E = 48:IFUC = 161THENE = 4<»

1813 POKEV,E

1315 IFUC=43THENUC=32

1323 RETURN iMCftO

CSE means OSI

Software and Hardware
Specializing in C1P and C4P macliines

Basic Load/SAVE:
Employs token loader system. 50-100% faster

than the old indirect ASCII system. Maintains a

listing of file names found on the tape

C1P $10.95

C4P $19.95*

Basic Enhancer:

Renumber, Auto Sequencer, Screen Control func-
tions, and tape I/O system that is faster and has file
names

C1P $21.95

C4P $29.95*

*comes with required modified monitor Rom chip

NEW! NEW! NEW!

ANCHOR SIGNALMAN MODEMS

.$95.00

Please write for more info on new disk programs or
send $2.00 for catalog. Please include $2.00 shipping
($4.00 for modems).

Computer

Science

Engineering

Box 50 • 291 Huntington Ave. Boston 02115

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

dan't have t#'W«ry agoirt <rFele¥ant ^ :-
material w^icfl hasTvcirtmrest foryou, : ;:
because there are three specific volumes.
One for the Apple* one for the; IBM-PCr
Undone for the TRS-80r
In each of these books author Ed Faulk
leads you through your favorite com-
puter and takes the mystery out of writing
programs for it. As you proceed, interest-
ing chapter by interesting chapter, you'll

•Apple is a trademark of Apple Computer. Inc.lBM-PC is a trademark
VISAMASTERCHARGE accepted S2.00 shipping-handling charge.

^lii+ty want HOW TO WRITE A PRO-
: ORAM. Before you're past Chapter 2
rydu'ii be programming. By the end of the
book you'll be willing to tackle business
programs, personal use programs and
even games and adventures! $14.95
Get your copy now. Available at computer
and book stores, or:

\i (213)709-1202
9748 Cozycroft Ave., Chatsworth, CA 9131 1

k of IBM Corp.-TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corp

Reston Publishing Comp
A Prentice-Hall Company
Reston, Virginia
Toll free (800) 336-0338

/AlCftO

Updates
and Microbes

updates

John Beckett of CoUegedale, TN,
sent in this revision to "A Homespun
32K Color Computer" (53:91).

Solder the chips together rather
than expecting hand-bent pins to make
good contact. It is best to put a ferrite
bead around the wire connected to the
6883 chip, just before it reaches the
6883. Failing this, use a 33-ohm re-
sistor. This is done in Tandy's 32K ver-
sion and is recommended by Motorola
in their 6883 data sheet. Later models
of the PC board have a place on the PC
board where you may connect the lead
from the extra bunk of chips, that
avoids soldering directly to the 6883.

Myron Pulier, M.D., from Teaneck,
Nf, sent in this update:

The LISZT program in the May,
1982 issue of MICRO (48:37) makes
readable BASIC listings. The authors
used a disk zap utility program to get
lower-case characters in the DATA
statements. Lacking such, I used the
temporary patch, shown in listing 1,
appended to LISZTER.

This patch creates new DATA
strings after converting all alphabetic
characters to lower case except the first
one in each string. These new strings
are read into a TEXT file named "DF".
When this file is EXECed it replaces the
LISZTER DATA statements with the
new ones and displays the result for
confirmation. The patch itself is
removed so the converted program may
be SAVEd.

To operate the zap bypass program,
LOAD LISZTER, type in the enclosed
statements, and save the combined pro-
gram as "TEMP" in case something
goes wrong. Then type "RUN 1000". If
the run is successful, save the program
now in memory as your new copy of
LISZTER.

(Continued on page 98)

leee ««««««««««««««« zop byposs for liszt

1 ees D«

Chr»(4)

1010

1015
1020

1025

1030

1035

1040

1045

1050

1055

1060

aeee

£005

£010

£015
£0£0
£0£5
£030

£035

£040

QT» = Chr»(16£)

BR» = QT» + ", ■'

Print D»"OPENDF"

Print D»"DELETEDF"

Print D»"OPENDF"

Print D»"WRITEDF"

Print "SOVELISZTER. PATCH

Print ay'DOTO";

fi = 1

B = £5

Gosub £005

Print ea"DOTO"i

fi = £6

B = 50

Gosub £005

Print a9"DfiT0";

= 51

B = 51

Gosub £005

Print 90"DfiTfi";

= 5£

B = 75

Gosub £005

Print gr'DOTfi";

fi = 76

B = 107

Bosub £005

"DEL 1000,3040"

' INVERSE: ?"QT»"DfiTfi CDN'VERTED"

"NORMfiL:SPEED=iaa:LiSl 67-91 :SP£ED=£:55

D*"CLDSE"

D»"EXEC DF"

Print
Pr i nt
Print
Print
Print
End

♦•♦♦•♦••♦•••«««

For J = fi To B
Read ST»
Print QT»;
LF =
L = Len(ST*)
If L Then

Gosub 3005
If J = B Then
Print QT$
If J < B Then
Print BR»;
Next
Return

CONVERT ONE LINE

3eee *************** convert one string

3005
3010
3015

30£0

For I = 1 To L

C» = Mid*(ST$, I, 1)

If "9" < Ct find C$ < Chr»<£19) Then
G$ = Chr*(fisc<C») + 3£ ♦ LF)
LF = 1
Print C*j
Next
Ret urn

END OF LISTING

PROGRfiM LENGTH = 659 BYTES, TOTfiL OF £7 LINE NUMBERS

51 TOTfiL NON-REM STATEMENTS, 3 TOTfiL REMfiRKS

END

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

1 '

'■^"

^^^Pr A^

;><rJ

ing like it before. Nothing else like it no-

^'''^m

. brings you continuous Hi-Res action-animation in every adv

turous moment! And, real running, leaping, crawling. Real fighti

shooting, stabbing, dynamiting. Real wounding, poisoni

killing. Real action, excitement, mystery! All in a real-ti

challenging adventure that's the wave of the futi

Paul Stevenson's graphic genius, first displayed in

best selling "Swashbuckler" sword fighting gar

outdoes itself in AZTEC. You're inside an ancii

I Aztec pyramid searching for the golden ir

Descend deep into the heart of the tempi

meet cobras, scorpions, giant lizai

f hostile Aztec guardians and more. Wa|

for hidden trapdoors and strange dee
rooms. Be ready to fight, or run. craw
jump to possible safety. The menac
real, the options and strategy are yoi
You've never seen an adventure
Aztec! You'll never tire of its ama2
action-animation and exciting challer
$39.95 for the Apple I r At y
computer store

MUM*i»»*'

Utilizing the 6502's
Undefined Operation Codes

by Curt Nelson, Richard Villarreal, and Rod Heisler

This method allows you to use
the 6502's undefined op codes
to design new and individualized
pseudo-instructions under
program control. A simple
hardware device attached to the
data bus forces a simulated
BRK command when an illegal
op code is detected.

Utilizing Undefined
Op Codes

requires:

Hardware modification to a
6502 microcomputer

Fetch Cycle

Before the Central Processing Unit
[CPU] can execute an instruction it
must first get the hexadecimal code
from memory. This process is called a
fetch cycle. The fetch cycle is identical
to the data read cycle except for the
SYNC line operation, which rises to a
logic level one (5V) shortly after the
fetch cycle is initiated.

The fetch cycle (figure 1) starts
when the system clock, ^2, falls to a
logic level (OV). For a IMHz system
clock the fetch cycle normally requires
1000 nano seconds, or one micro sec-
ond. During this 1000 nano-second
period several events occur in well-
ordered sequence. First, the CPU out-
puts the current value of the program
counter on the address bus. This is the
address location of the next instruc-
tion. The specified memory then out-
puts the op code to the data bus. The
CPU reads the op code from the data
bus just before the end of the cycle.

The interval in which the Trapper
has to operate extends from the time
the memory device presents the op
code to the data bus until the CPU
latches it internally. In this time it
must determine if the op code is valid
or not, and force a BRK (00) if it is il-
legal. The Trapper described in the next
section requires a maximum of 150
nano seconds to operate, leaving a mini-

mum of 525 nano seconds for the mem-
ory to present valid data to the data bus.
This, of course, precludes the use of
very slow memory devices but is ade-
quate for most microcomputer systems.

Haidwaie

The Trapper (figure 2) samples the
data bus in a parallel mode. The data
lines are first buffered through IC4 and
IC5 and then used to form the address
to IC3, a 256 X 4 PROM. IC3 is always
enabled and is programmed to output a
logic state one for an illegal op code and
a logic state zero for a legal code. Only
one of the three PROM outputs is used;
the others are not programmed.

The falling edge of the 02 clock in-

itiates the timing cycle for ICl, a
monostable multivibrator. The output
of ICl goes high after a period of time
determined by the RC network. The
time-out is set for approximately 750
nano seconds. The leading edge time
out from ICl is used to clock IC2, a
dual D flip-flop. The SYNC line is tied
to the clear input of IC2 through two
buffers. This combination of inputs to
IC2 assures that its output will go high
only if these three conditions are met:
the SYNC line is high (fetch cycle], an
illegal op code has been fetched, and
ICl has timed out.

The outputs of IC2 are used to drive
open collector inverters tied directly to
the data bus. When the inputs to the in-

Flgure 1: Timing Diagram for the 6502 Fetch Cycle
(All times in nano (lO-*) seconds)

SYSTEM CLOCK

SYNC
(FETCH CYCLE)

ADDRESS
FROM CPU

DATA FROM
MEMORY

DATA READ

BY CPU L

OPERATION TIME OF ILLEGAL OP CODE TRAPPER

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

verters are high (illegal op code), the
outputs force the data lines to a logic
state zero, simulating a BRK command.
When the inputs to the inverters are
low, as under non-trapping conditions,
the output appears as a high impedance
to the data bus. If the data lines are
pulled low, they are released when the
SYNC line goes low during the next
clock cycle.

Software

The task of the software is two-fold.
First, it must determine if the break
was the result of an illegal op code or a
BRK instruction. Second, if the Trapper
forced the break, it must retrieve the il-
legal op code and direct the CPU to the
proper software routines.

The CPU handles the software BRK
and an IRQ (Interrupt ReQuestJ simi-
larly, except for one small feature. A
BRK command sets the break bit (bit
four) in the processor status register.
The CPU will then do an indirect jump
through the IRQ vector at FFFE and
FFFF. The user must load the address of
the break-handling routine into the
IRQ vector prior to the detection of an
illegal op code, to direct the CPU to the
user routine. Listing 1 shows the soft-
ware used to change the IRQ vector. A
starting address of $0300 was used for
the break service routine, but this is
arbitrary.

The user's break-handling routine
must determine whether a BRK or an
IRQ was encountered. This is done by
retrieving the processor status from the
stack (it was automatically pushed
there when the break occurred) and ex-
amining the break bit. If it is determined
that bit four is set and hence a break
has occurred, it retrieves the last op
code. This is easily done because the
address of this instruction plus two was
also pushed on the stack when the pro-
gram was interrupted. If this instruc-
tion was a BRK, control is passed back
to the system monitor. If, on the other
hand, it was an illegal op code, control
is passed to a user program that imple-
ments new micro-coded instructions.

There are several methods to jump
to the user code corresponding to each
new instruction. The most straight-
forward way is to use a CMP instruc-
tion followed by a BEQ for each ele-
ment in a list of new hex op codes. If
more than just a few instructions are
added, a more elaborate scheme may be
necessary to reduce the execution time
and program length. In this situation

Figure 2: Schematic diagram of the illegal op code Trapper. The board Is compatible
with any 6502 system bus. All lines to the board are generated by the 6502 CPU. CI is
a silver mica capacitor and R1 is a low-temperature coefficient, precision resistor.

Cl R1

68 pF 20K +5

■j ( — t-WVV^-C>

you may want to use a jump table to
build this case/select structure.

The break service routine in listing
2 is completely transparent [i.e., all
registers are preserved). The illegal op
code is returned at address $0042. The
address is arbitrary and can be changed
to any convenient location.

If the user exits the break service
routine at line 23, indicating an IRQ, he
should use the following sequence to
restore the original registers:

PLA

TAX

PLP

PLA
If the routine is exited at line 40, in-
dicating a normal BRK command, the
following sequence should be used:

PLP

PLA
Programming the PROM is under-
stood by examining figure 2. Since the
system data bus is connected to the ad-
dress lines of the PROM, the hex op

codes become the address to this
device. Therefore, all legal op code-
based addresses store 0000 and all il-
legal addresses store 0001.

Conclusion

I'his method of detecting illegal op
codes is really a hardware implementa-
tion of a macro assembler directive.
Although the execution time and mem-
ory space required are more than the
standard JSR technique, writing and
debugging programs is more straight-
forward when microcoded routines are

Figure 3

Number

Type

+ 5V

Gnd

ICl

74LS123

IC2

74LS74

IC3

74S287

IC4,5

74LS04

IC6,7

7405

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198

Listing 1: Software to modify the IRQ vector to point to a user program.

0800

SBTVING

UP THE IRQ VB

ceoo

0800

0200

ORG $200

0300

5 USRPPG

EQU $0300

tVfK

[RQIOW

B3U $FFFE

FFFK

CaOlIG

B3U IRQLa»+-$l

0200

INITIALIZATION

0200

0200 A9 00

UDA #USRPB3

0202 8D FE FF

0205 A9 03

0207 8D PF FF

020A

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

STA IRQIOW
IXA /USRPRG
STA IROJIG

ADDRESS OF LEER PROGRAM
WM ADDRESS OF IRQ VECTOR
llSi ADDRESS OF IRQ VECTOR

;SEn' IRQ VECTOR TO LEER BREAK.
RDOTINE

MAIN PROSiAM

Listing 2: Program to h^ndie a brealc service routine. Determines whether a brealt or
an iRQ has interrupted the system and transfers control to the proper location.

oaoo

0800

0300

0380

03A0

0040

0041

0042

0104

0105

0106

0300

0301

0302

0303

0304

0305

04 01

0308

030A

030C

06 01

030F

0311

SD 05 01

0314

0316

03 W

03 lA C6

031C

031E C6 41

0320

0322

0324

0326

0328

0329

032A A5

032C

032E

032F

0330

033-1

0334

0336

40 00

0339

BREAK SERVICE ROiirCME

IRQSER

USRBRK

SAVU5W

SAVHIG

SAVDPC

FlAG

ADDU>f

ADCHIG

SKIP

SKIP!

ORG $300
EOT $380
EOT $3A0
EP2 $40
EP2 SAVI£»*f$l
EPZ SA\HIG*-$1
EOT $104
0QU $105
EOT ADDI£1W-$1

HIA

HIP

TXA

TSX

I£R FIAG,X

AND #$10

BED IRQSER

I£A ADCHIG, X

STA SA\HIG

IDA ADDiaW,X

STA SAVUM

BNE SKIP

DEC SAVHIG

DEC SAVUDW

BNE SKIP!

DEC SAUIIG

DEC SAVUM

UDX »$00

U3R (SAVUM.X)

STA SAV3PC

PIA

TAX

I£A SATOPC

BEQ UBRBRK

PIP

PIA

LEER ROUTINES

RETURN TO MAIN PRDC3WM

Il«: SAVUM

are SKIP2

INC SA\HIG
SKIP2 JMP (SAVUM)
END

r STANDARD IRQ SERVICE
; STANDARD BREAK SERVICE

; PRESERVE KXl
; PRESERVE FLAGS

; PRESERVE X

;GET FLAGS

rGET ADD + 2 FROM STACK

BR IF NOT ON PAGE HOUNDRY

DEC PAGE

DEC ILLEGAL OPCODE ADDRESS

BR IF HO PAGE CROSSED

DEC PAGE

DEC ADDRESS AGAIN

INDEX .

GET ILU33AL OP CODE

PRESERVE IT

RESTORE X

REIRIEVE ILLEX3AL OP CODE

BR EOR NORMAL BREAK

RESTORE FIAGS

RESTORE sec

BIWP ICW ADDRESS

BR IF NO pact: crossed

BU4P PACS:

incorporated into your program as sim-
ple instructions.

A few words of caution: first, it is
necessary to acquaint yourself with the
user-available monitor subroutines on
your system. The SYM-1, for example,
has monitor routines to do some of the
functions in listing 2. The Apple, as
well, has monitor routines that can be
used to shorten this program. Second,
the illegal op code FF rearranges the
stack and hence should be avoided.

You are now in a position to expand
the instruction set of your 6502-based
system. What instructions should you
add? Here are a few suggestions: integer
multiply and divide, double precision
math operations, jump indirect-indexed,
push and pull to a user stack, and
memory to memory transfer. You can
even add a pseudo B accumulator and a
16-bit index register.

The authors may be contacted at the
School of Engineering, Walla Walla
College, College Place, Washington 99324.

JMOK}

3ttlprTHting ^ftmare T

presents
OSI C4P-MF SOFTWARE

YOU MUST PILOT YOUR WWII VINTAGE
AIRCRAFT ACROSS A SCROLLING LAND-
SCAPE AND RESCUE ROW'S IN ENEMY
TERRITORY. SOME OF THE SMOOTHEST
GRAPHICS EVER SEEN ON AN OSI! IT
ALSO USES A NEW TECHNIQUE OF
USING "LARGE" MULTICHARACTER
SHAPES FOR A REALISTIC GAME. YOU
WILL REALLY LOVE THIS ONE! PLEASE
SPECIFY WHETHER YOU WANT JOY-
STICK OR KEYBOARD OPTIONS. THIS
GAME IS SO EXTENSIVE THAT IT TAKES
UP THE ENTIRE DISK!
ALLTHIS FOR ONLY $19.95

SEND TO: Calif, residents

INTERESTING SOFTWARE add sales tax
21101 S. HARVARD BLVD.
TORRANCE, CA 90501
(213) 328-9422

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

SIG-FORTHVl.O

Tde only stand-alone P'orth system
tor OS.L serial machines

Features :

Complete Forth source code
Advanced Screen editor w/source
6502 macro assembler w/source
Double number and CASE extensions
Vectored boot capability
Several Utility Screens
Complete glossary

Dos Includes:

Bi-Directional NEC driver
65U read capability
NMHZ Capability

$100.00

POSTAGE
PAID

DIGI COM ENGINEERING , INC.

P.O. Box 165*
Kodiak, Alaalu (MIS

ORDERING INFORMATION: Check, money order or C.O.D.'s accepted.
Shipment VIA Tirst class msij. Allow approximately one week (or delivery.

BY A PLASTIC CASE

Were you ever frightened to carry your SV* floppies out of ttie
security of your home or office, tecause of that flimsy plastic case you
keep your discs in.

Store and carry 100 discs safely and securely.

Each disc pocket is surrounded oy an inch of high density foam
Inhibits caishing, jamng, summer's heat, and winter's cold.

100 disc 5% floppy carrying case $39.95 ea.

Dealer Inquiries Invited. Phone or mall orders accepted.

Check, Money order, MasterCard, Visa

For Shipping add $2.00, N.Y. State residents Add Sales Tax

Product Design and Copyrighl ^ 1982 By Greg Carttonaro

Unique Sop tcxxuRe inc.

POST OFFICE BOX N, DEER PARK. NEW YORK 1 1729 (516) 666-7577

m^MMWM^M #<iP1E'l^i&

THE TACKLER ™ - DUAL . mode parallel

INTERFACE FOR THE APPLE" 2 BOARDS IN ONE FOR NO MORE
COMPATIBILITY PROBlfMS!

An intelligent board to provide easy control of your printer's full potential.
Plus a standard parallel board at the flip of a switch - your assurance of
compatibility with essentially all software for the APPLE". Hires printing
with simple keyboard commands that replace hard to use software
routines. No disks to load. Special features include inverse, doubled, and
rotated graphics and many leit control features, available through easy
keyboard or software commands. Uses Industry standard graphics
commands. This is the first truly universal intelligent parallel interface!
Change printers - no need to buy another board, lust plug in on.e of our
ROH/I'S and you're all set. ROM'S available for Epson, C. Itoh, NEC, and
Okidata - others avai lable soon. Specify printer when ordering. Call for
Price.

^^ ^^

THE UPGRADEflBLE PPC-100
PARALLEL PRINTER CARD

A Universal Centronics type parallel printer board complete with cable
and connector This unique board allows you to turn on and off the high
bit so that you can access additional features in many printers. Easily
upgradeable to a fully intelligent printer board with graphics and text
dumps. Use with EPSON, C. ITOH, ANAOEX, STAR-WRITER, NEC, OKI
and others with standard Centronics config uration. ^139.00

IF YOU WANT GRAPHICS AND FORMAHING THEN
CHOOSE THE PERFORMER

lor Epson, OKI, NEC 8023, C. ITOH 8510 provides resident HIRES screen
dump and print formatting in firmware Plugs into Apple slot and easy
access to all printer fonts through menu with PR// command. Use with
standard printer cards to add intelligence $49.00 specify printer

THE MIRROR FIRMWARE FOR NOVATION APPLE CAT 11-

The Data Communication Handler ROM Emulates syntai of an other popular Apple Modem product
with improvements. Plugs directly on Apple CAT II Board. Supports Videx and Smarterm 80 column
cards, touch tone and rotary dial, remote terminal, voice toggle, easy printer access and much more.
List $39 00 Introductory Price $29.00

MINI ROM BOARDS

Place your 2K program on our Mini Rom
Board. Room forone2716 EPROM. Use in any
slot but zero. Only $34.95

DOUBLE DOS Plus

A piggy- back board that plugs into the disk-
controller card so that you can switch select
between DOS 3.2 and DOS 3.3 DOUBLE DOS
Plus renuires APPLE DOS ROMS. $39.00

Super Pix

Hires screendump software lor the Epson, OKI, C. Itoh and Nee 8023. Use with Tymac PPC-100.
Special $19.95 (Specify Printer) ^^^

Mr. Lister - Customer Contact Profiler & Mailer

A Super Mail List Plus more — up to 1000 Entries on single 3.3 Disk (only 1 Drive required) — 2
second access time to any name — full sort capabilities — Dual Index Modes — supports new 9
digit Zip. Easy to follow manual — Not Copy Protected — 4 user defined tables with 26 sort
selections per table — Beta tested for 6 months — user defined label generation.
Introductory Price $135. $99.00 Dealer &: Dist. Inquiries Invited.

APPLE LINK

A communications system for the Apple* (Requires Hayes Micro Modem) Transmit and receive any
type of file between APPLES*, Automatic mulb-lile transfer, real time clock indicating file transfer
time. Complete error check Plus conversation mode. Only one package needed for full transfers,
Corapatable with all DOS file types, (requires Hayes Micro Modem) $59.00

THE APPLE CARD/ATARI CARD

Two sided 100% plastic reference card Loaded with information of interest to all Apple and Atari
owners. ^^'^^

NIBBLES AWAY II

AGAIN! Ahead of all others.

• AUTO- LOAD PARAMETERS . . . Frees the user from having to Manually Key in
Param values used with the more popular software packages available for the Apple II.

• EXPANDED USER MANUAL . . . incorporates new Tutorials for all levels of
eipertice; Beginners Flowchart for 'where do I begin' to 'Advanced Disk Analysis' is included.

• TRACi^SECTOR EDITOR ... An all new TracWSector Editor, including the
following features; Read, Write, Insert Delete Search, and impressive Print capabilities!

• DISK DIAGNOSTICS . . Checks such things as: Drive Speed, Diskette Media
Reliability, and Erasing Diskettes.

« HIGHEST RATED . . . Best back up Program in Sottalk Poll (Rated 8,25 out of 10).

• CONTINUAL UPDATES. . . Available from Computer Applications and new listings
on the sourci ^^'^^

Dealer and Distributor Inquiries Invited.

/MICRO-H^RE DIST. INC.

PO BOX 113 POMPTON PUdNS, N.J. 07444

20 1-8 38-9027

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1 98

JMcao

Short Subjects

VIC Jitter Fixer
SuperPET Characters

by David Malm berg
by Terry M. Peterson

SuperPET Characters

Terry M. Peterson, 8628 Edgehill Ct.,
El Cerrito, CA 94530

The SuperPET contains a 4K character-
generator ROM in place of the 2K ROM
found in normal CBM 8032s. The 4K
ROM contains four character sets. In
addition to the two PET/ CBM charac-
ter sets found in the 2K ROM, there are
two new sets designed by Waterloo
Computing Systems — ASCII and APL.
The Waterloo ASCII character set is
used in the SuperPET by all the
Waterloo Micro languages except
MicroAPL. This article describes some
of the features of the Waterloo ASCII
character set that are not well-covered
in the Waterloo documentation accom-
panying the SuperPET.

All the printable ASCII characters
— codes 32 to 127 — in the Waterloo
ASCII set are pure ASCII. By this I
mean they are all recognizable dupli-
cates of the corresponding character
found in an ASCII table. Furthermore,
the PRINTed codes are identical to the
screen POKE codes for a given charac-
ter! Many of the screen control codes
are consistent with normal printer
usage; e.g., cursor-down = 10 [LF),
cursor-back = 8 (BS], and clear-screen
= 12 (FF). This means that turning

neatly formatted CRT output into
neatly formatted hardcopy on an ASCII
printer (like the MX-80] is much easier
than with the CBM character set (the
one Gary Huckel of TNW so appropri-
ately calls 'half -ASCII'].

Notice I said the printable charac-
ters, 32 to 127, have the same PRINT
and POKE codes; but what about
POKEing the ASCII control codes to
31? By experiment you will find these
codes do not all cause the same action
when POKEd as when PRINTed. The
POKE characters and PRINT actions of
these codes are shown in table 1 . The
codes and 14-30 give an odd little
white box when POKEd or PRINTed.
Code 31 gives the Greek letter ji ,
POKEd or PRIlVTed. Codes 1-11, when
POKEd, give eleven line graphic char-
acters that are useful for drawing out-
line boxes or grids. These characters are
similar to the graphics characters avail-
able on the Epson MX printers with
Graphtrax Plus. They are also very like
one subset of the CBM graphics charac-
ters; the shifted- zero is an example (see
table 1). When PRUSITed, most of the
codes from 1 to 13 perform some sort of
control fimction, as shown in table 1.

What about the high-order bit that
gives the codes 128 to 255? Either
PRINTed or POKEd, all the codes from
128 to 255 reproduce, in reverse field,
their X-minus-128 POKEd counter-
parts. Although all these reverse-field
characters are available (and Waterloo

didn't usurp the RVS key for another
function), Waterloo ASCII apparently
has no reverse control code such as in
the CBM character set. Therefore, to
print a reverse-field string, each
character must be extracted from the
string and tr^msformed by adding 128.
For example in microBASIC:

FOR I = 1 TO LEN(CHARSTRING$)
CHARS = STR$(CHARSTRING$,I,1)
RVSCHARS := CHR$(128-l-ORD

(CHARS) )
PRINT RVSCHARS;
NEXT I

Perhaps this encumbrance is the reason
reverse-field characters aren't men-
tioned in Waterloo's documentation?

VIC Jitter Fix

David Malmberg, 43064 Via Moraga,
Fremont, CA 94539

In my October 1981 MICRO article
(41:54), "VIC Light Pen-Manship, " I
pointed out that the locations in the
VIC chip that return the light pen's
horizontal screen position ($9006) and
vertical screen position ($9007) are

Table 1

Epson

CBM Graphics

Graphtrax +

Code

Mnemonic

ASCn Name

Print Action

POKE Character

Equivalent

SOH

Start Heading

Home cursor

Vertical line

CHR$(221)

CHR$(156)

STX

Start Text

? (Run)

Horizontal line

CHR$(195)

CHR$(157)

ETX

End TeXt

? (Stop)

Lower right comer

CHR$(189)

CHR$(154)

EOT

End Transmission

Delete

Lower left comer

CHR$(173)

CHR$(153)

ENQ

ENQuiry

Insert

Upper left comer

CHR$(176)

CHR$(134)

ACK

ACKnowledge

Erase to EOL

Upper right comer

CHR$(174)

CHR$(149)

BEL

ring BELl

Cursor right(!)

Bottom middle comer CHR$(177)

CHR$(158)

Back Space

Cursor left

Left middle comer

CHR$(171)

CHR$(150)

Horizontal Tab

Tab

Top middle comer

CHR$[178)

CHR$(152)

Line Feed

Cursor down

Right middle comer

CHR$(179j

CHR$(151)

Vertical Tab

Cursor up

Cross

CHR$(219)

CHR$(159)

Form Feed

Clear screen

Little white box

Carriage Return

Carriage return

Little white box

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

Updates and Microbes

(Continued from page 91

Robert R. Ringel of Comstock Park,
MI, found a hug in COMPRESS (52:89):

If COMPRESS is processing the
token for NEXT ($82) one byte before a
page boundary, it can lose that token
when it goes to update its addresses for
the new page.

To correct this problem, replace the
STX instruction at $9088 with $86E3
and the corresponding LDX instruction
at $908E with $A6E3. Zero page loca-
tion $E3 is an unused location that
works well for a temporary location in
this instance.

COMPRESS Removes Variables

Warren Fiiedman, from Berkeley,
CA, sent in this update:

The program COMPRESS, well
written and clearly described by Barton
M. Bauers (MICRO 52;89) removes any
variable names appearing after NEXT
statements. It does this by ignoring all
characters until the following colon or
the end of the program line (see $93EC -
$93EF). This could cause problems in
two cases.

The first problem occurs when
several variables are used with one
NEXT, as in NEXT I,J. The second case
is when a NEXT variable must be
stated. This may occur with nested
loops in which the inner loop NEXT is
the result of an IF... THEN statement.
(Editor's note: A poor programming
practice. Loops should be cleared before
exiting or else stack overflow can occur.)

These problems with NEXT can be
solved by treating NEXT in the same
way an IF statement is dealt with,
which is to leave it as the programmer
wrote it. (Bauers calls this a Terminal
Command.) This is done by changing
one byte of COMPRESS. First BLOAD
COMPRESS, then, in BASIC, POKE
37871,72 (or, in the monitor, enter
93EF:48). Then BSAVE COMPRESS,
A$9000,L$600.

Similarly, programmers who use &
statements (and who do not mind have-
ing LET statements remain in the pro-
gram, if there are any) can change lines
460 and 461. In BASIC, POKE
37873,202 : POKE 37874,240 : POKE
37875,68 (or, in the monitor, enter
93F1:CA FO 44). The two lines of
COMPRESS become

Short Subjects (continued)

subject to noise. These noisy registers
can cause the pen's readings to jitter
about the screen. The October article
presented a machine-language routine
that eliminated this jitter problem by
taking seven separate readings of the
pen's coordinates, sorting them, and
returning the median readings (thus ig-
noring the jittery readings that should
be at one extreme or the other of the
sorted list). This routine also calcu-
lated the light pen's screen row and col-
umn for the special case of an Atari or
Commodore light pen.

Having recently experimented with
the use of the Atari VCS's game paddles
with the VIC, I discovered that the left
($9008) and right ($9009) game paddle
registers also suffer from jitter prob-
lems. This can be very frustrating when
you are playing a paddle game like
PONG or BREAKOUT and the paddles
occasionally bounce around the screen
as if they were possessed by evil com-
puter spirits. The severity of the prob-
lem seems to be a function of the game
paddle unit itself — my neighbor's pad-
dles are much noisier than mine.

The BASIC subroutine, given in
listing 1, POKES into the VIC's cassette
buffer a machine-language routine that
provides a general solution to this jitter
problem. To use the routine in your

paddle programs, follow these steps;
1 . append the subroutine to your game
paddle program, 2. GOSUB 1000 at the
start of the program to load the
machine code into the cassette buffer,
3. SYS(828] to read both paddle
registers, and 4. get the left paddle's
un-jittered reading by PEEKing 936 and
the right by PEEKing 937. Be sure to
use this routine cautiously in any pro-
gram that is doing tape input or output
because of the risk of clobbering the
machine code in the cassette buffer.

This same routine may also be used
to un-jitter the light pen reigsters by
deleting lines 1190 and 1200. The
resulting machine code is more uni-
versal than the version given in the
October 1981 article because it can be
used with any light pen, rather than
just the Atari and Commodore pens.

Should other VIC chip registers be
discovered that suffer from jitter, they
can be easily handled with this routine
by merely POKEing the low byte of
their addresses into locations 835 and
857. See line 1190 of the listing where
this is done for the game-paddle
registers,

Because this program is very similar
to the one presented in my previous
article, a full assembly listing is not
given.

C9CA
F0 44

CMP #$CA
BEG IF

;is it '&'?
;yes

JMCRO

Jitter Fixer Subroutine

10130 REM MACHINE LflNGUflGE ROUTINE TO READ ' JITTERY ' UIC LuCflT

leie REM SUCH hS LIGHT PEN COOROINflTES Oft G.W-1E PhDDLE iETTIMG;

1820 REM ;.VS(:S2S:j to read '.'SLUES RETURNED IN LOCATIONS 93,

1030 FOR 1= 823 TO -fJS :REflD DC: POKE I, DC: NEST I

1040 DflTfl I.i£,0.,l.i0,.3,132..152.,l,^3..i..l44

1050 DATA 1. i0, 171, 132,151,32,13-3,3.. l.i?

10,i0 DATA ISl, 24, 10-;-, 1.70, .3, 133, 151 ,144,2

1 070 DATA 230 , 1 52 , 1 73 , 7 , 1 44 , 32 , 1 33 , 3 , 232 , 23.i

1050 DATA 170,3,240,9, l-iS, l,i2, 197, l,i2, 240

1090 DATA 252,7.i,d.2,3,173,170,3,74,l,iS

1100 DATA 177,151 ,141, l.iy, 3, l,i9, 171,133

1110 DATA 151, l.i9,. 3, 13-3, 152, 177, 151 ,141

1120 DATA l.i.3,3,99,142,l.iS,3,172,l.i.S,3

1 1 30 DATA 1 92 , , 2 40 , 22 , 1 34 , 209 ,151 , 200

1140 DATA 17.i, l.:.,134,141,l.ii:i,3,177,151

1150 DATA 200, 145, 151, 13,i, 173,199,3,5.-.

1160 DATA 1.7,i, 230, 145, 151, 9,4, 0,0, 7

1170 REM ROUTINE WILL NORMALLY READ i3HrlE PADDLES

11S0 REM TO READ LIGHT PEN COORDINATES, DELETE THE NEXT

1190 POKE S.35,.S:P0HE S57,9

1200 POKE 84S,149:P0KE .S.i9, 255 : POKE S70,233:POKE S71.1:pp

1210 RETURN

IONS
AND

i.tatement;

IMCftO

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 198;

JMCQO

New Publications

So we can list more of the many new
books now available, we are offering
New Publications in a different format.
We think you'll find this increased
sampling of computer literature useful.
Library of PET Subroutines, by Nick
Hampshire. Hayden Book Company,
Inc. (Rochelle Park, NJ), 1982, 140
pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-8104-1050-8 $14.95

PET Graphics, by Nick Hampshire.
Hayden Book Co., Inc. (Rochelle Park,
NJ), 1982, 218 pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-8104-1051-6 $16.95

Computer Consciousness: Surviving

the Automated 80 's, by H. Dominic

Covvey and Neil Harding McAlister,

Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,

Inc. (Reading, MA], 1982, 211 pages,

paperback.

ISBN: 0-201-01939-6 $6.95

Atari Sound and Graphics, by Herb
Moore, Judy Lower, and Bob Albrecht.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (605 Third
Ave., N.Y.C., NY 10158), 1982, 234
pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-471-09593-1 $9.95

The Creative Apple, Edited by Mark
Pelczarski and Joe Tate. Creative Com-
puting Press (Morris Plains, NJ), 1982,
448 pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-916688-25-9 $15.95

The VisiCalc Book, Apple Edition, by

Donald H. Beil, Reston Publishing
Company, Inc. (Reston, VA], 1982, 301
pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-8359-8398-6 $14.95

The Third Book of Ohio Scientific, by

S. Roberts. ELCOMP Publishing, Inc.

(Postbox 1194, Pomona, CA 91769),

1982, 137 pages, 5^ x 8^ inches,

paperback.

ISBN: 3-921682-77-0 $17.95

Kilobaud Klassroom, by George Young
and Peter Stark. Wayne Green Books
(Peterborough, NH 03458), 1982, 419
pages, 6x9 inches, paperback.
ISBN; 0-88006-027-1 $14.95

Computers for Kids, by Sally Green-
wood Larson. Creative Computing
Press (P.O. Box 789-M, Morristown,
NJ 07960), 1981, 73 pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-916688-21-6 $4.95

Ciarcia's Circuit Cellar, Volume III, by

Steve Ciarcia BYTE/McGraw-Hill (70

Main St., Peterborough, NH 03458),

1982, 228 pages, 8 1/4 x 11 inches,

paperback.

ISBN: 0-07-010965-6 $12.95

Techniques for Creating Golden Deli-
cious Games for the Apple Computer,

by Howard M. Franklin, Joanne Kolt-
now, and Leroy Finkel. John Wiley and
Sons, Inc. (605 Third Ave., N.Y.C., NY
10158), 1982, 150 pages, paperback.
ISBN: 0-471-09083-2 $12.95

BASIC for Business by Douglas
Hergert. SYBEX (2344 Sixth Street,
Berkeley, CA 94710), 1982, 223 pages,
7x9 inches, paperback.
ISBN 0-89588-080-6 $12.95

Computers for People by Jerry Willis
and Merl Miller. Dilithium Press (P.O.
Box 606, Beaverton, OR 97075), 1982,
200 pages, 5 54 x 8V4 inches, paperback.
ISBN: 0-918398-64-9 $7.95

iMCRO

BUY! SELL! TRADE!

COMPUTER & HAM EQUIPMENT

r COMPUTERS

I TRADER

PERMANENT
SUBSCRIPTION

$10.00

Low Ad Rates — Mailed Monthly

FOREIGN SUBSCRIPTICNS $25.00 YEMl

COIVIPUTER TRADER

Chet Lambert, W4WDR

1704 Sam Drive • Birmingham, AL 35235

(205) 8540271

Please include your Name, Address, Call Sign or Phone Number

OCB-9 SINGLE BOARD COMPUTER

6809 BASED

RUNS TSC FLEX DOS

• QCB-9/1 S-100BUS

• QCB-9/2 SS-50 BUS

$149.00

♦PARTIAL KIT

FEATURES

• 5Vi" Floppy Controller

• Serial RS-232 Fori

• Centronics Type Printer Port

• Keyboard/Parallel Port

• 24K Bytes ot Memory

• QBUG Resident Monitor

• 6802 Adaptor

FULLY ASSEMBLED

& TESTED $389.00

• 48-hour Burn-in
'• 90 Day Warranty

NAKED-09 SS-50 6809 CPU CARD $49.95*

* IK .OF RAM AT E40fl Assembled 8, Tested J149.00 oocumenfation

* 6K OF EPROM AT E80fl-FFFF 2 MHZ Version $189,00 Only

* HIGH QUALITY DOUBLE SIDED PCB * SOLDER MASKED * SILK SCREENED

TSC, FLEX DOS, ASSEMBLER, EDITOR

S150.00

QBUG RESIDENT MONITOR

* Disc Boot * Memory Test

* Memory Exam & Exchange * Zero Memory

* Memory Dump * Fill Memory

S50.00

* Break Points

* Jump to User Program

* Register Display & Change

QBUG IS A TRADEMARK OF LOGICAL DEVICES INC , ' Copyright 1981
PHONE ORDERS: (305) 776-5870

LOGICAL DEVICES INC.

COMPUTER PRODUCTS DIVISION
781 W. OAKLAND PARK BLVD. • FT. LAUDERDALE, FL 33311

TWX: 510-955-9496 • WE ACCEPT VISA. MC, CHECKS. COD,, MONEY ORDER

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

/MOH)

Reviews in Brief

Product Name: Spellmaster

Equip, req'd: Commodore 80-column screen and

dual disk (40- and 64-column versions

expected soon)

For Wordpro files (Wordcraft & Silicon

Office versions planned)

Uses functional 4K ROM at $9000
Price: $195

$ 75 for legal or medical dictionary

options
Manufacturer: Management Systems Alternatives

6219 Thirteenth Avenue South

Gulfport, FL 33707
Description: Finally, a decent spelling checker for CBM
computers! Highly recommended for word-processing
writers who do not spell well.

Pluses: It is far faster than its only competitor and has an
honest 40, 000- word dictionary. Spellmaster presents
suspect words for editing in context in reverse field on a
typical Wordpro screen display. Suspect words may then
be easily corrected or added to the dictionary for future
reference [up to 3,000 more words on the 4040, and 20,000
more on the 8050). Corrected files are resaved to disk,
avoiding the hassle of reloading the word processor and
searching for the errors. The program is mostly self-
documenting, though it comes with a typical manual.
There is a HELP screen in the program and useful prompts
throughout.

Minuses: When editing, it is easy to skip past a word that
needs to be repaired or added to the dictionary. At present,
there is no way to back up except by aborting and restarting
the edit. The company is attempting a fix.

Skill level lequiied: Users should be fairly familiar with
Wordpro and willing to spend about an hour reading the
Spellmastei manual before use.

Reviewer: Jim Strasma

Product Name:
Equip, req'd:
Price:
Manufacturer:

Electric Duet

Apple II or Apple 11 Plus

$29.95

Insoft

10175 Barbur Blvd., Suite 202B

Portland, OR 97219

Paul Lutus

Author:

Copy Protection: Yes

Language: 6502 Assembly

Description: A software-only music synthesis system for

generating 2-part music on an Apple with no additional

hardware required.

Pluses: An external speake:r can be used to improve fidelity
via the cassette port. The package includes a music editor
for constructing tunes, with several sample tunes. A com-
bined display allows for the simultaneous entering and
playing of music. Entered scores can be transposed both in
key and in tempo. Each note played may have one of four
voices. Notes can be entered either into an editor or played
directly from the keyboard. Then the music can be incor-
porated directly into user programs! The storage format of
the music is described for the more advanced programmer
who may wish to access the binary score directly.

Minuses: The manual is brief (17 pages) but complete.
Although the author has permitted the user to play music
directly from the Apple keyboard (using the upper row of
keys for one note and the lower for the other), I personally
found this feature awkward to use. The editor is much
more complete for entering music from the keyboard. As
mentioned in the manual it is included only for familiari-
zation. Deletion of a line using the music editor is not a
single stroke command. To accomplish a line deletion, a
file must be opened so that the line to be deleted is the
last. Then deletion will remove it. After working with
Musicomp, Paul Lutus' first music editor, I was spoiled by
his hi-res display of notes in motion. I would love to have
seen that feature retained in Electric Duet. However, by
obtaining 2-part music with no hardware, at a fraction of
the cost of popular music boards, this program should be
considered carefully before investing in more expensive
alternatives.

Skill level required: Fairly easy for the novice to master
with a little practice.

Reviewer: David Morganstein

Product Name:
Equip, req'd:

Price:
Manufacturer:

TermiQal-40

VIC-20

8K (or more) of extra memory

VICMODEM or RS-232 compatible

modem

$29.92

Midwest Micro Associates

P.O. Box 6148

Kansas City, MO 64110
Author: Dr. Jim Rothwell

Description: Tenninal-40 is an extremely powerful
telecommunications program for the VIC-20. This
machine-language program is fast enough to support up to
2400 baud, is quite flexible, and allows you to specify
dupleX; parity, wordsize, stopbits, linefeed, and baud rate
options. Through software, TeTminal-40 displays a
40-character line with each character represented by a 3 x 6
matrix. All characters tire shown as upper case and are
quite readable. Tenninal-40 also has a 4K or larger buffer.

100

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Reviews in Brief (continued)

which can be used to capture copies of the material being
transmitted or received for later study or dumping to the
printer.

Pluses: A versatile and exceedingly well-done package.
The 40-column display is great!

Minuses: Although Terminal-40 supports the printer, it
does not handle the disk, nor is there any way to use it to
transmit or receive a program. The program comes on an
"auto-start" tape and cannot be copied to disk or another
tape.

Documentation: The 20-page manual is clear and
comprehensive.

No special skills required.

Reviewer: David Malmberg

Product Name:
Equip, req'd:

Price:
Manufacturer

Doubletime Printer

Apple n Plus

Any of the popular printers

$99.95

Southwestern Data Systems

P.O. Box 582

Santee, CA 92071

(714) 562-3221
Description: Double Piintei permits printing to take place
as a background task. You can continue to use your com-
puter while it is printing rather than being "frozen out."
This should prove particularly valuable in word processing
applications.

Pluses: The product is extremely versatile. Applesoft,
binary, or text files are printed without conversion. For-
matting commands are available and easy to use.

Minuses: The product is not easy to get up and running. It
requires a ROM chip change, a board installation, and a
diskette boot. All this could be dealer-performed for the
more timid user. It is worth the trouble.

Documentation: The instructions are well-written but
quite technical.

Skill level required: An intermediate familiarity with the
Apple is necessary.

Reviewer: Chris Williams

Product Name: Apple-Cillin U

Equip, req'd: Apple n or Apple II Plus with disk

drive (13- or 16-sector)
Price: $49.95

Manufacturer: XPS, Inc.

323 York Road

Carlisle, PA 17013
Description: This diagnostic utility tests RAM and ROM
chips, the disk system, peripheral cards, keyboard, CRT
display, printer, tape recorder, game controls, and CPU

(Continued on next page)

PTD-6502 is a high speed, compiled BASIC-like lan-
guage, light years ahead of the Apple II Single Stepper
and far more sophisticated than any other 6502 de-
bugger available. It allows you to sit back effortlessly
while your computer glides through your code at a thou-
sand instructions per second looking for your bugs. Or
you can select a slower speed with updated display of
memory. A paddle-controlled single stepper mode Is
also available. At either of the slower speeds, the
PTD-6502 monitors and saves the last 1 28 instructions
executed for review at any time.

Virtually unlimited breakpoint complexity is per-
mitted with the PTD-6502. IF statements with mixed
AMD's and OR's can be created to test conditions such
as memory change, memory = value, instruction loca-
tion, . . . and many others. You can have as many named
breakpoints as you wish in both ROM and RAM.

Some other features of the PTD-6502 include • Fast
subroutine execution. • Hex calculator/converter.

• Hex/ASCII memory dump. • Up to 16 machine lan-
guage cycle timers. • Ability to monitor specific labeled
areas in memory while stepping. • Effective address.

• Accessible monitor commands. • A documented mod-
ule for relocation of the PTD-6502 to virtually any loca-
tion (source code supplied).

The debugging program shown on the monHor is a

simple example; it could be far more complex. If you can
think of it, you can probably scan for it at 1000 instruc-
tions per second. If you're a professional, the PTD-6205
can pay for itself in the first few hours of use. If you're a
novice, you'll soon be debugging like a pro.

ORDER: PTD-6502 Debugger

including DOS 3.3 Disk

and instruction manual

$49.95

(Note that disk is not copy protected. Order only
one for each business or institution.) In Califor-
nia, add 6.5% sales tax.
PTD-6502 requir€!S Autostart ROM for fast breakpoint.

PTERODACTYL
SOnWARC®

1452 Portland Ave. • Albany CA 94706 • (415) 525-1605

No. 55- December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

101

r«^

Let Unique Data Systems help you raise your sights on AIM 65
applications with our versatile family of AIM support products.

•Go for high quality with our ACE-100 Enclosure. It accom-
modates the AIM 65 perfectly, without modification, and features
easy access two board add-on space, plus a 3" x 5" x 1 7" and a
4" X 5" X 15.5" area for power supplies and other com-
ponents. $186.00.

• Get high capability with Unique Data System's add-on boards.
The UOS-100 Series Memory-I/O boards add up to 16K bytes of
RAM memory or up to 48K bytes ROM/PROM/EPROM to your
Rockwell AIM 65. You also get 20 independently programmable
parallel I/O lines with an additional user-dedicated 6522 VIA, two
independent RS-232 channels with 16 switch-selectable baud
rates (50 to 19.2K baud), and a large on-board prototyping area.
Prices start at $259.00. „ ^

• If you need to protect against RAM data loss, the UDS-100B of-
fers an on-board battery and charger/switchover circuit. $296.00.

• Heighten your AIM 65's communications range by adding the
UDS-200 Modem board. It features full compatibility with Bell
System 103 type modems and can be plugged directly into a
home telephone jack via a permissive mode DAA. No need for a
data jack or acoustic coupler. The UDS-200 also has software-
selectable Autoanswer and Autodial capability with dial tone
detector The modem interfaces via the AIM 65 expansion bus,
with the on-board UARTand baud rate generator eliminating the
need for an RS-232 channel. $278.00.

• The UDS-300 Wire Wrap board accepts all .300/.600/.900 IC
sockets from 8 to 64 pins. Its features include an intermeshed
power distribution system and dual 44-pin card edge connectors
for bus and I/O signal connections. $45.00.

• Get high performance with the ACE-1 00-07 compact 4" x 5' x
1 .7" switching power supply delivering + 5V @ 6A, -(- 12V @ 1 A,
and +24V for the AIM printer $118.00.

Installation kits and other related accessories are also avail-
able to implement your AIM expansion plans. Custom hard-
ware design, programming, and assembled systems are also
available. High quality, high capability, high performance, with
high reliability. . . all from Unique Data Systems. Call or write
for additional information.

Unique Data Systems Inc.
1600 Miraloma Avenue, Placentia, CA 92670

(714)630-1430

Reviews in Brief (continued)

registers. Disk tests include sequential and random
writing and reading, random track seeking, and drive
speed.

Pluses: Single or multiple tests may be repeated con-
tinuously, with results optionally printed. The program is
menu-driven, user-friendly, fast, and crash-resistant.

Minuses: The style and depth of the documentation are
marginal.

Documentation: The 24-page manual is neatly formatted
and printed. The writing is comprehensible but often
awkward and unpolished. It describes in detail how to use
the program, but gives almost no help to analyze and cor-
rect problems it finds.

Skill level lequiied: Little skill is needed to run it, but
moderate hardware knowledge is required to know what to
do about reported problems.

Reviewer: Jon R. Voskuil

Product Name: SPELL 'N FIX

Equip, req'd; TRS-80C, with disk or cassette, 32K;

other versions available for FLEX,

OS-9, and other systems.
Price: $69.29 (FLEX version $89.29!

Manufacturer: Star Kits

P.O. Box 209

Mt. Kisco, NY 10549
Description: SPELL 'N FIX is a package of program files
that provides a dictionary for Color Computer text files.
The main program, SPELLFIX, loads and executes a 6809
machine-language dictionary look-up program. A
20,000-word dictionary tile is used to check ASCII files for
spelling and typographical errors. Other files included are
utilities for writing and reading ASCII files, a sample text
file, binary-to-ASCn conversion programs, and a program
to expand the dictionary. These programs allow you to use
SPELLFIX with processors that create binary files.

Pluses: The dictionary program is expandable when using
the disk version, and you can create your own dictionary
that fits your writing style. Questionable words are dis-
played, and/or printed in alphabetical order for checking.
The disk version also allows marking of questionable
words for later correction, or they may be corrected
immediately. Large files usually take only slightly longer
to correct than smaller files. It will work on most files that
are larger than RAM memory. The disk version can be
easily converted to tape, and vice versa.

Minuses: The tape version cannot mark or immediately
correct text files. Not directly compatible with Color
Scripsit files, though, Scripsit can print an ASCII file to
tape, which can be read by the dictionary.

Documentation: A 25-page manual is included that
thoroughly explains the proper operation of the programs.
Information is also provided on modifying and creating
new dictionaries. No instructions were included foi
removing words from the dictionary.

Skill level required: With only a few minutes of study,
anyone should be able to operate the program.

Reviewer: John Steiner JMCftO

102

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

/MCftO

Software Catalog

Name: Data Tape Maker

System; OSI

ClP/Superboard II
Memory: 4K

Language: 8K BASIC in ROM
Description: Data Tape Makei
is a relatively short program
that allows you to save
machine-language code or any
other data stored in con-
secutive memory locations in
DATA statements on tape.
The sign space fox each
number is eliminated to allow
for compact storage of data. A
FOR/NEXT loop is automatic-
ally generated to restore the
data into memory at a later
time.
Price: $4.00 for tape

$3.00 for listing
Author: Brian Zupke
Available:

B.C. Software

5152 Marcell Ave.

Cypress, CA 90630

Name: Air Navigation

Trainer

System: Apple II or Apple
II Plus, Applesoft
in ROM or
Language Card
Memory: 48K
Language: Applesoft and

Machine Language
Hardware: One disk drive
|DOS 3.3) and
game paddles
Description: Aii Navigation
Tiainei is a real-time simula-
tion of aircraft navigation with
hi-res instrumentation and
ground-track map, sound ef-
fects [including station IDs),
dial-in wind magnitude and
direction, four different simu-
lations, dual independent
VORs |VHF Omnirange Radar)
with adjustable OBS (just like
the real thing), ADF, NDBs,
and more.
Price: $40.00
Includes program diskette
and full documentation.
(Not for pilots only!)
Author: Ken Winograd
Available:
Space-Time Associates
20-39 Country Club Drive
Manchester, NH 03102
(603) 625-1094

Name: Spellmastei

(PioofReading
Software)

System: CBM 8032, CBM
8096, SuperPET,
Commodore 64
Memory; 32K minimum
Language: Assembly (6502)
Description: Spellmastei iden-
tifies and allows correction of
misspellings from wordproces-
sing text. It has a 40,000-word
capacity on the CBM 8050.
Suspect words are displayed on
screen, and direct screen
editing of mistakes is pro-
vided. Available for WordPro,
Wordcraft, Silicon Office. It
will proofread a large WordPro
file in two minutes or less.
Legal and medical dictionaries
are available for $75.

Price: $199.00

Author: Dwight Huff and

Joe Spatafora
Available:

Spellmaster Systems
Software

6219 13th Avenue South

Gulfport, FL 33707

(813) 347-6733

Name; Rail Runner
System: TRS-80 Color

Computer or TDP
System 100
Memory: 16K
Language: Assembly
Hardware: Cassette or disk
Description: Your railroad
engineer must scurry over the
track of the busiest train
switchyard ever, dodging
speeding trains and handcars,
to rescue the poor little hoboes
on the wrong side of the
tracks. You have only so much
time to save all the hoboes!
With many levels of difficulty,
this action graphics game is
fun for everyone.
Price: $21.95 cassette

$26.95 disk

plus $2 shipping

Includes cassette or disk

with instructions.
Author; BJ
Available:

Computerware

Box 668

Encinitas, CA 92024

(7141 436-3512

Name: K-Star Patrol^M

System; Atari 400/800
Memory; 8K
Language: Machine Code
Hardware: ROM cartridge
Description: An exciting galac-
tic encounter between the
player's patrol flight and an
onslaught of attacking alien
craft. The player's mission is
further complicated by a
voracious intergalactic leech,
and the aliens' low-level
avoidance system. High degree
of challenge and entertain-
ment for even the most ex-
perienced player.
Price: $39.95 suggested retail

Includes ROM cartridge and

full color instruction

booklet.
Author; Dr. Keith Dreyer and

Torre Meeder
Available:

K-Byte

1705 Austin

Troy, MI 48084

or your local computer

software retailer

Name; Death Race '82

System; Apple II with

Applesoft in ROM
Memory; 48K
Language; BASIC/Assembler
Hardware; One disk drive,

game paddles
Description: Death Race '82
combines the skill of perilous
driving with the thrill of a
high-speed chase. Behind you
is a robot car fully equipped
with high-technology lasers.
Your successful escape de-
pends on maneuvering your
turbo car through the enig-
matic curves of ten con-
secutive mazes, and foiling
your pursuer through the
clever use of bazooka rockets
and oil slicks. Ten different
speeds ranging from novice to
expert offer hours of fun before
proficiency is achieved.
Price; $29.95

Includes disk and

documentation.
Author; Don Fudge
Available:

Avant-Garde Creations

P.O. Box 30160

Eugene, OR 97403

or local dealers

Name; Single Entry

Ledger

System: 6809 Using FLEX
or UniFLEX,
TRS-80 Model III
and Color
Computer
Memory: 56K
Language: Extended BASIC
Hardware; 8" or 5W" disk
Description: Single Entiy
Ledger is a simple bookkeeping
sy;5tem for tracking income
and expenses. It is an ideal ac-
counting system for tax pur-
poses saving the user both
time and money. The data files
may contain any number of ac-
counts or transactions. Any
number of reports may also be
written from comparison
reports of the previous year to
transactions by account
number.
Price: $95.00

Includes disk and manual.
Author; K. Orlowski
Available:

Universal Data Research Inc.

Dept. A

2457 Wehrle Drive

Buffalo, NY 14221

Name: Prelab Studies in
General Organic
and Biological
Chemistry

System: Apple II with

3.3 DOS
Memory: 48K
Language: Applesoft
Description: This package pro-
vides a review of selected
chemical concepts highlight-
ing important ideas, tech-
niques, and calculations en-
countered in the laboratory.
The programs are in a tutorial
format, using demonstrations,
interactive exercises, animated
sequences, and simulations.
Price; $550.00 (tentative)
Includes nine disks and
complete documentation.

Author: Sandra L. Olmsted

and Richard D. Olmsted
Available:

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Eastern Distribution Center

Order Processing

Department

1 Wiley Drive

Somerset, NJ 08873

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

103

Software Catalog (continued)

Name; System/ASM 3A

System: Apple II Plus
Memory; 48K minimum.

Language card is

supported.
Language: Assembly
Hardware: Disk II required,

Silentype printer

optional
Description: System/ASM 3A
is an assembly-language devel-
opment system that features a
two-pass assembler, full screen
editor, and disk-file manage-
ment system. The system is
easy to use but powerful
enough to write very complex
programs. Systein/ASM 3A is
written in its own assembly
language and is DOS
3.3-compatible.

Price; $35.00
$5.00 for manual only
Includes no shipping and
handling charges. Ohio
residents add appropriate
sales tax.

Available:
The Mike Piaser Company
15401 Maple Park Drive #11
Maple Heights, OH 44137

Name: Factoring Whole

Numbers

System; PET DOS 2. 1
Memory: 1 6K
Language: BASIC
Hardware: Disk drive or

cassette
Description: Twelve programs
(on six tapes or three diskettes]
present the concepts of factor-
ing in a carefully-designed se-
quential preparation for frac-
tions and algebraic expres-
sions. A tutorial and practice
program precedes six moti-
vating and interactive enrich-
ment programs.
Price: $90.00

Includes diskettes or tapes

and a teacher's guide.
Author: Joanne Benton
Available:

Quality Educational Designs

P.O. Box 12486

Portland, OR 97212

Name: Android Attack

System; Atari 400/800
Memory: 16K cassette

32K disk
Language: Hybrid
Hardware: Cassette or disk

system
Description: The nuclear re-
actor in our top-secret under-
ground lab is in danger of
melting down! Only you can
save it by manually releasing

the coolant water. Unfor-
tunately, there isn't time to
disarm the security Androids
guarding the installation, so
you'll have to fight your way
down. Once you've released
the water, you've got to get
back out before you drown!
Andioid Attack has electric
robots and walls, bonus points,
and up to eight different levels
to challenge you!
Price: $18.95 plus $2 shipping

(Mail order price)
Author: John Wilson
Available;

Pretzelland Software

2005 D. Whittaker Rd.

Ypsilanti, MI 48197

(313) 483-7358

or local dealers

Name: The Last One
System: Apple II Plus
Memory; 48K
Language: BASIC/Machine
Hardware: Two disk drives,
printer optional
Description: The Last One is a
computer program code gener-
ator that designs a program and
enters flowchart-type state-
ments in an easy-to-use menu
style. The Last One then
begins to code the program,
asking the user questions
about "where to branch," etc.
A BASIC program is created as
output which then can be run,
listed, or modified like any
other BASIC program. The
Last One is not required to ex-
ecute the output program.
Price: $600.00
Includes complete
documentation, numerous
sample flowcharts that will
produce software worth
several hundred dollars.
Author; D.J. 'AI' Systems Ltd.
Available;
Krown Computing
1282 Conference Dr.
Scotts Valley, CA 95066
(408) 335-3133

Name: Assemblers

Package I

System: The UCSD
p-SystemTM

Memory; 48Kb runtime
environment;
64Kb development
environment
Language: Assembly
Hardware: 8086, Z80, 8080,
8085, 6502, 9900,
6809, 68000, and
LSI- U /PDP-11

Description; This collection of
native code-generating macro
cross-assemblers allows you to
program on the host machine
of your choice for the object;
machine of your choice.
Price: $375.00

Includes object code.
Available:

SofTech Microsystems, Inc.

9494 Black Mountain Rd.

San Diego, CA 92126

(714) 578-6105

Name: Galactic

Gladiators

System: Apple II with
Applesoft ROM
card, Apple II
Plus, or Apple III
Memory; 48K
Hardware; Monitor and disk

drive
Description: Galactic Gladi-
ators is a fast and furious com-
puter game of alien combat for
two players or against the com-
puter. The creatures are rated
for strength, endurance, speed,
dexterity, experience, weapons,
skill, and armor. The scenario
permutations are as infinite as
the Universe.

Price: $39.95

Includes rulebook, disk, and

data card.
Author: Tom Reamy

Available:
Strategic Simulations Inc.
465 Fairchild Dr.
Suite 108

Mountain View, CA 94043
(415) 964-1353

Name; The Animator

System: Apple II or Apple

II Plus
Memory: 48K
Language: Applesoft/

Assembly
Hardware: Disk drive
Description; This program pro-
duces animated 'film' strips
that enter only key frames,
then The Animatoz calculates
the in-between frames. The
key frames are easily entered
— either visually, numerically,
or from a library. The demo in-
cludes a ballet sequence show-
ing a ballerina with 12 i:ade-
pendently moving body parts.

Price: $51.95

Includes 57-page manual,

three tutorials, and a shape

generator.
Author: Ray Balbes
Available:

Balbesoftware Systems

#6 White Plains Dr.

St. Louis, MO 63017

|314) 532-5377

Name; The Apple Family

Sing-Along
Christmas Disk

System: Apple II, Apple II

Plus, Apple III
Memory: 48K
Language: Applesoft or
Integer Basic
(runs in

emulation mode
on Apple III)
Hardware: Disk drive
Description: Sixteen favorite
carols, complete with words to
all the verses, containing
multiple-voices and four-part
harmony, are pitched so you
can sing along if you want to.
The choice of an internal
speaker or cassette port output
is given. The Christmas music
is tuneful, well arranged, and
lots of fun to listen to. Just the
thing to lend novelty and a
festive background to
Christmas parties, office par-
ties, and Apple family get-
togethers.
Price; $24,50

Includes everything needed

to play the songs — no hard-
ware required.
Author; Product of the Music

MakerTM utility from
SubLogic

Communications Corp.
Available:

Solutions Softworks

Box 72280

Roselle, IL 60172

$1.50 shipping costs

or from Apple dealers

Name: Anova n

System: Apple II or Apple

II Plus
Memory: 48K
Language: ROM Applesoft
Hardware: One or two disk
drives, printer
optional
Description: Anova 11 performs
up to a five-way analysis of
variance with equal or unequal
numbers. It can analyze ran-
domized designs, between and
within designs, and repeated
measures of designs. Anova II
can also perform an analysis of
co-variance for all designs. The
Anova table output tests all
factors and interactions.
Price: $150.00

Includes program disk and

backup disk, documentation,

and binder.
Authors; Stephen Madigan,

Ph.D. and Virginia

Lawrence, Ph.D.
Available:

Human Systems Dynamics

9249 Reseda Blvd

Suite 107

Northridge, CA 91324

(continued)

104

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

Software Catalog

(continued)

Name: UniFLEX

System: Gimix 6809
Winchester
Systems
Memory: 128K minimum
Language: Available: BASIC,
Pascal, Assembler,
FORTRAN 77, C
Hardware: 2MHZ 6809 CPU
with memory,
disk controllers,
19MB 514"
Winchester
Description: UniFLEX is a true
multi-tasking, multi-user
operating system. Each user
communicates with the
system through a terminal and
may execute any of the
available system programs.
This implies that one user may
be running the text editor
while another is running
BASIC while still another is
running the C compiler. Not
only may different users run
different programs simultane-
ously, but one user may be
running several programs at a
time.

Price: $550.00
Includes UniFLEX Operating
System, documentation.

Author: Technical Systems

Consultants, Inc.
Available:

Gimix Inc.

1337 W. 37th St.

Chicago, IL 60609

[312| 927-5510

Price: $99.95/Sinclair tape

$129.95/Apple/Atari disk

$129.95/Atari tape

Includes 34 pages of

documentation.
Author: Bob Nadler
Available:

F/22 Press

P.O. Box 141

Leonia, NJ 07605

Name: Lovers or
Stiangeis

System: Apple II
Memory: 48K
Language: Applesoft
Hardware: One disk drive
Description: Loveis or
StzangeTS is a computer game
with a serious side. It is a com-
patiblity evaluator that tells
two people how likely they are
to have a successful relation-
ship. A couple's likes and
dislikes, philosophies, and
lifestyles in seven major areas
of compatibility are explored.

Price: $29.95

Includes program disk and

written instructions.
Author: Stanley Crane
Available:

Alpine Software, Inc.

2120 Academy Circle, Suite E

Colorado Springs, CO 80909

(303) 591-9874

Name:

System:

Memory:

Language:

Hardware:

The Football
Comput-Stat

Apple II, IBM PC,
Radio Shack MIH
48K
BASIC

One disk drive,
printer optional
Description: Compu-Stat con-
tains programs and related data
for the analysis of pro-
football's regular season —
both point-spread records and
the underlying box-score sta-
tistics. It performs analyses for
the 1981 and 1982 regular sea-
sons. A related program prod-
uct, Tally Sheet, keeps a run-
ning tally on your predictions.
Price: $100 - $3500 depending
on programs and equipment
ordered.

Includes user manual,
program diskette, and
security chip.
Author: Dr. John Page
Available:
Interactive Sports Systems
P.O. Box 15952
New Orleans, LA 70175

Name:

System:
Memory:
Language:
Hardware:

Elements of
Mathematics

Apple II
48K
BASIC

One disk drive
Description: This program was
developed to assist students in
adding fractions, reducing frac-
tions, and adding fractions
with unlike denominators.
Materials were developed and
tested by the authors before be-
ing published.
Price: $90.00
Author: Ray E. Zubler

Susan Sarapata
Available:
Electronic Courseware

Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 2374, Station A
Champaign, IL 61820
(217] 359-7099
or computer retail stores and
book stores

(continued)

}IIM's eating
your Apple?

Find out with Apple-Cillin II™

If you use your Apple for your business or
profession, you probably rely on it to save you
time and money You can't afford to guess
whetfier it is working properly or not Now you
don't have to guess. Now you can find out
with Apple-Cillin II.

Apple-Cillin II is the comprehensive diagnostic
system developed by XPS to check the
performance of your Apple II computer system.
Apple-Cillin II contains 21 menu driven utilities
including tests for RAM memory ROM
memory, Language Cards, Memory Cards,
DISK system, Drive Speed, Keyboard, Printer,
CPU, Peripherals, Tape Ports, Monitors and
more. These tests will thoroughly test the
operation of your Apple, and either identify a
specific problem area or give your system a
clean bill of health. You can even log the test
results to your printer for a permanent record.

Apple-Cillin II works with any 48K Apple system
equipped with one or more disk drives.

To order Apple-Cillin II - and to receive
information about our other products - Call
XPS Toll-free: 1-800-233-7512. In Pennsylania:
1-717-243-5373.

Apple-Cillin II: $49.95. PA residents add 6%
State Sales Tax.

XPS

XPS, Inc.

323 York H02d

Caflisk Pennsylvania 1/013

800-233-7512

/1/-243-53/'3

4ppte II IS a trademark o' 4ppte CompoTef 'nc

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

105

TIKED OF ALL THE
^^EXCEPTFOR..."5?

WRH THE NEW PRINTOGRAPHER
GRAPHICS PRINTING SYSTEM.
WE'VE GOT YOU COVERED!

PRICE: $49.95

(CollfornlO'RcsklenB odd 6% soles Kix.>

The PRINTOGRAPHER is designed ro fill oil of your graphic printing
needs; wjfhouf having to worry obour running info the problem of if
almost working, "except on your printer", or "except for the lock of
Ihoir poticulor feature", Whether you hove a daisy wheel of dot matrix
, ptlnter, the stondord vetsion "of PWNTOGRAPHER works on ony printer
and intetfeice" comblnotioh with graphics capabilities. In many cases,
this Includes printeis you may not even hove thought could print
graphics. .

Just o FEW of the possible printers include-. EPSON. PAPER TIGER, ANADEX,
NEC OlADLO, QUME, MPt, SILENTYPE. OKIDATA. MAUBU, interlace cords
Include: APPLE, SSM, CCS, MTN COMP. CPS, MPI. GRAPPLER. TYAMC
PROMETHEUS and more!

In addition to versatile print options (easy cropping, vorioble mognifi-
cotibns, fiormol/reverse inking, vertical/horizontal format, etc.)
PRIHTOGRAPHER offers such unique features as the obility to print
pictures directly from disk (without loading o file), spooling via our
DOUDiiriME PRINTER pockoge, or sending pictures over o phone \ine
using ASCII EXPRESS. You con even put graphics in your text documents
with our text editor sofiwore, THE CORRESPONDENT As if thotwasn't
enoi,%h, we've mode it eosy to put itie PRIMTOGRAPHER rounnes nghr
in your own progroms to do Hi-Res printing immediately dunng their
operation, without hoving to save screen images to disKl

We olsG know you see a lot of advertising these days for o truly over-
wheknihg volume of software oil cloiming to be the best so we moke
this simple guotontee:

IF YOV CAN RND A BETTER PACKAGE THAN (OR ARE AT All UNSATISnED
WITH) THE PRINTOGRAPHER WITHIN 30 DAYS OF PURCHASE, SIMPLY
RETURN THE PACKAGE FOR A COMPLHE REFUND. NO QUESTIONS
ASKEDI

For more informofion, see your local deoler, or write SOUTHWESTERN
DATA SYSTEMSfor Q free cotalog If your dealer is out of stock, we con
ship PWNTOGRAPHER to him within 24 hours of o coll ro our offices.

REMEMBER.' WITH PRINTOGRAPHER. YOU'RE PICTURE PERFECT!

Software Catalog (continued)

IOT'm-E Woodside Avenue • Sontee, CoHfornio 92071
Telephone: 7 1 4/562-3670

Name: Basic Aid
System: TRS-80 Color

Computer
Memory: 16K - 64K
Language: 6809 Machine

Language
Hardware: ROMPAK
Description: Basic Aid is a
utility program to help and
assist Color BASIC and Ex-
tended BASIC users. Some of
the features are: automatic line
numbering, program merging,
and moving program seg-
ments. It comes with a plastic
keyboard overlay that contains
most of Extended Color
BASIC'S commands.
Price: $34.95

Includes detailed instruction

manual, plastic keyboard

overlay.
Author: Eigen Systems
Available:

Spectrum Projects

93-1586 Drive

Woodhaven, NY 11421

Name: S-C Macro Cross

Assemblers 6800,
6809, and Z-80

System: Apple II or Apple

II Plus
Memory: 48K (RAM card

version included)
Language: Machine
Hardware: Disk drive
Description: You can easily
develop programs for 6800,
6809, or Z-80 computers with
powerful macros, conditional
assembly, 20 directives, and 29
commands (including a power-
ful EDIT command with 15
subcommands). It allows very
fast cycles of modification, re-
assembly, and testing.
Price: $110.00 each.

Registered owners of the S-C

Macro Assembler pay $32.50

each.

Includes diskette with

regular and RAM card

versions, 100 -i- -page

manual.
Available:

S-C Software Corporation

P.O. Box 280300

2331 Gus Thomasson

Suite 125

Dallas, TX 75228

(214) 324-2050

Name: GL-PLUS

System: Apple in

Memory: 128K

Language: Business BASIC

Hardware: 132-column

printer and either
second diskette
drive or hard
drive .

Description: GL-PLUS is an

extremely flexible and easy to

operate general ledger with
built in receivables and
payables. Reports include
general ledger, month's jour-
nal, balance sheet, income
statement, aged receivables
and payables, receivable and
payable detail, and more!
Price: $495.00

Includes operator's manual,

programs, and sample

company data.
Author: Dan Sargent
Available:

Great Divide Software

8060 W. Woodard Dr.

Lakewood, CO 80227

Name: Borg

System: Apple II or Apple

II Plus
Memory: 48K
Language: Assembly
Hardware: One disk drive,

paddle or joystick
Description: Deranged Grud
Terrorizes Countryside! Pro-
tected by Borg, the invincible
Drageroo, a notorious band of
dragons, the infamous Grud
has surrounded his hide-out
with electrified mazes. Can no
one crack the code and rid us of
this menace?
Price: $29.95
Author: Dan Thompson
Available:

Sirius Software, Inc.

10364 Rockingham Dr.

Sacramento, CA 95827

|916| 366-1195

Name: D.F.T

System: TRS-80 Color

Computer
Memory: 16K
Language: Machine
Hardware: Cassette recorder
Description: This terminal
program allows you to down-
load any type of program —
BASIC or machine language —
or ASCII with no conversion. It
allows transfer of programs
between TRS-80 Mod I's, Mod
Ill's, and the Color Computer.

Price: $19.95

Includes one tape.
Author: Bob Withers

Available:
Computer Shack
1691 Eason
Pontiac, MI 48054

Collection: The softwaie
listing foi Jinsam Executive
(52:116) fiom fINI Micro-
systems, Inc., should have
lead 32K foi CBM w/8050,
and 128K IBM PC for BASIC
and machine language. It is
available fiom the company
and paiticipating dealers.

/AJCftO

106

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1S82

iAICftO

Hardware Catalog

Name: Guild Computet

Rack

System: Apple II
Description: The Guild Rack
comes in a choice of beautifully
finished mahogany or ash. No
assembly is required. It fits
comfortably over the Apple n
keyboard, holds one or two
disk drives, and easily supports
a monitor on top.
Price: $54.95 - ash

$69.95 - mahogany
Available:

Guild Computer Rack

225 West Grand Street

Elizabeth, NJ 07202

(201) 351-3002

Name: Disk Interface/
ROMpak
Extender

System: Color Computer
Memory: 4K and up
Hardware: Three-foot

extender cable
Description: The Disk Intei-
face/ ROMpak Extender is a
40-pin ribbon cable that plugs
into the ROMpak port and ter-
minates three feet later with a
40-pin female connector to
connect ROMpaks and the
disk interface. Gold-plated
contacts eliminate corrosion.
Price: $29.95 plus $1 for S/H
Includes male and female
connector, three feet of
40-conductor cable.
Available:
Spectrum Projects
93 - 1586 Drive
Woodhaven, NY 11421
(212) 441-2807 Voice
(212) 441-3755 Computer

Name: Versaclock
System: TRS-80 Color

Computer
Memory: 4K and up
Language: BASIC or

Extended BASIC
Description: The Versaclock is
a full-featured, highly accurate
hardware clock for the Color
Computer. It provides time of
day, date, month, and year
with automatic daylight sav-
ings time and leap year com-
pensation. The clock is battery
backed-up to allow removal
from computer without loss of
data. The clock also contains
50 bytes of battery backed-up
RAM for general purpose per-

manent storage. The many
software options include inter-
rup handling and 12/24 hour
formats.
Price: $99.95
Includes Versaclock
cartridge, full instructions.
Available:
Maple Leaf Systems
Box 2190

Station "C", Downsview
Ontario, Canada M2N-2S9

Name: Color Graphic

Printer (26-1192)

System: Compatible with
TRS-80 Models I,
n, m, and Model
16 computers, and
DT-I Data
Terminal
Description; The TRS-80 Col-
or Graphic Printer can create
anything from doodles to four-
color pie charts, as well as
more standard text and
graphcis. Ninety-six ASCII
characters are available in four
colors (red, blue, gieen, black) .
Special graphic commands in-
clude backspace, reverse line
feed, change colors, change
line type (solid or 15 types of
dashed lines), change print
direction (normal left-to-right,
top-to-bottom, upside down or
bottom-to-top), move without
drawing, draw between points
and draw axes. The RS232-C
serial interface is compatible
with Radio Shack TRS-80 Col-
or Computers.
Price: $249.95
Available:
Radio Shack Stores,
computer centers, and
participating dealers

Name: K-Byte Stick
Stand with
Fastball Easy-Grip
Control Knob.

Description: K-Bytes unique
Stick Stand with the Fastball
Easy-Giip Control Knob
reduces hand and wrist fatigue
and frees one hand for a more
skillful operation of the
firebutton. This combination
allows players to increase their
physical dexterity and achieve
higher scores. By just snapping
the fastball onto the joystick
and then snapping the joystick
into the stick stand, the player

is all set for precision arcade

action.

Price: $6.99 suggested retail

Includes base stand and

fastball knob.
Available:

John Mathias

K-ByteTM

Div. of Kay Enterprises Co.

P.O. Box 456

1705 Austin

Troy, MI 48099

1313) 524-9878

or your local computer

retailer

Name: Fast Load — Fast
Save Cassette
System

System: OSI-CIPor
Superboard n
Description: Load BASIC or
machine-language programs in
your 8K memory in less than
30 seconds at a speed of 2400
bits per second input/output
data rate. Customer supplies
own tape recorder. The unit in-
cludes a 2K RAM fully decoded
which may be used to hold
machine-language programs.
Unit plugs directly into your
CIP or Superboard n.
Price: $69.95 fully assembled

$59.95 with cashier's check

or money order.

$62.95 kit

$52.95 with cashier's check

or money order.

Includes printed circuit

board, cassette tape program,

self-contained R/W memory,

connectors, and user's

manual.
Available:

Wotd-Com

P.O. Box 1122-28

Park Plaza Offices

303 Williams Ave.

Huntsville, AL 35801

Name: Pro-Guard 8"

Floppy Controller

System: Apple in
Memory: Up to 2.2

megabytes
Language: SOS, DOS 3.3,

Pascal
Hardware: Controls two 8"

Shugart-

compatible drives
Description: This 8" floppy
controller resides in-line be-
tween Apple in and the drive
system and connects to slot 2

via SVA's innovative Smart-
Cable.

Price: $695.00
Available:
SVA Sorrento Valley
Associates, Inc.
11722 Sorrento Valley Rd.
San Diego, CA 92121
Apple dealers, Micro-D,
Micro House, U.S. Micro
Sales

Name: Ramex 128

System: Apple II or Apple

nPlus
Memory: 48K
Description: This 128K RAM
expansion board includes disk-
emulation software that fea-
tures super-fast mounts and
dumps from card to disk (20-25
seconds for an entire 128K).
Also available for VisiCalc is
super expander software that
gives the same super-fast
loading and saves of VisiCalc
files (I36K in 20 seconds).
Price: $499.00

Includes disk emulation

software and memory

management.
Available:

Omega Microware, Inc.

222 S. Riverside Plaza

Chicago, IL 60606

Name: Multi-Port 232

Description: The Multi-Port
232 is a 4- or 8-port multidrop
data router that allows merg-
ing or splitting of RS232, fiber
optic, and current loop in any
source/destination combina-
tion. It provides local network-
ing for word processors,
printers, modems, video dis-
plays, computers, teletypes,
and instruments.
Price: $435.00 - 4-port
VISA/Master Charge
Includes nine user-selectable
preprogrammed routes.

Available:
Park Computer Corporation
Box 13010
Minneapolis, MN 55414

iiMCftO

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

107

/MCQO

6809 Bibliography

Dr. William R. Dial
438 Rosiyn Avenue
Akron, OH 44320

86. Color Computer News, Issue No. 11 (August, 1982)

Ostrom, Steven M., "Graphics and Animation for the Color

Coinputer," pg. 30-42.
A tutorial for the TRS-80 Color Computer graphics with a
number of demo routines.

Dawson, Don, "Color Yahtzee," pg. 44-47.
A game for the 6809-based Color Computer.

Phelps, Andrew, "Comment Comer," pg. 49-50.
A tutorial on RAM hooks, places where the program jumps,
and which then jump elsewhere in memory.

McClenahan, Shawn A., "A Real Keyboard for the Color Com-
puter," pg. 55-60.
A hardware project for the Color Computer.

Field, E.C., "Electro-Sketch," pg. 67-69.
A graphics program for the 6809-based Color Computer
which allows one to draw simple schematics and save or
print them.

Lee, Paul, "Educating Your Preschooler with the Color Com-
puter," pg. 71.
A simple teaching program for young children using the Col-
or Computer.

Weiss, Arnold, "Cryptogram," pg. 72-76.
A program to present cryptograms on the TRS-80 Color Com-
puter screen or to make printed copies.

Harper, Jeff, "Word Processor," pg. 77-79.
A word-processor program for the 16K or 32K Extended
BASIC Color Computer.

Foster, Robert D., "Monitor," pg. 81-82.
A simple monitor to allow one to see how the Color Com-
puter actually works.

Tenny, Ralph, "Extra Tricks with Color Scripsit," pg. 84-85.
An accessory listing to aid in using Color Scripsit.

Aldrich, F.C., "Magic Square," pg. 87-89.
A contest-winning listing for the 6809-based Color Computer.

87. '68' Micro Journal, 4, Issue 8 (August, 1982)

Anderson, Ronald W., "FLEX User Notes," pg. 11-14.

Miscellaneous notes on FLEX for the 6809-based systems. In-
cludes a multiply program in assembly language.
Nay, Robert L., "COLOR User Notes," pg. 14-16.

Discussion of some new items for the 6809-based Color

Computer.
Abrams, Clayton W., "F-Mate," pg. 16-17.

A utilities package for the TRS-80 Color Computer.
Distefano, Tony, "Color Clinic," pg. 17-18,

Discussion of hardware modifications for the TRS-80 Color

Computer.
Commo, Norm, " 'C User Notes," pg. 19-24.

Discussion of major C compilers for 6809 systems.
Watson, Ernest Steve, "Home Accounting Program — Part II,"
pg. 25-28.

A program for 6809 systems.
Hartman, William, "Diskfix9," pg. 29-36.

A utility for 6809-based systems.

88. The Rainbow, 2, No. 2 (August, 1982)

Nolan, Bill, "Let's Call JO YIN To Learn ROM Call

Technique," pg. 8.
A short program illustrating how to call one of the built-in
ROM routines in the fRS-80 Color Computer.

Lishnak, Pat, "Sort Numeric Arrays Fast with Machine

Language," pg. 9.
A bubble sort technique for the Color Computer.

Boston, William, "Here's An Easy Way to Place Orders by
Mail," pg. 19-20.

An order-writing program for the Color Computer.
Lewandowski, Dennis S., "The Assembly Corner," pg. 22-25.

A tutorial on 6809 assembly-language programming.
Clements, Bill, "Rockin' Through the ROM," pg. 29-30.

Documenting the ROM routines of the TRS-80 Color

Computer.
Preble, Laurence D., "FLEX System is Powerful Addition to
World of 80C," pg. 32-33.

All about the FLEX system for the 6809 micro.
Scerbo, Fred B., "Alpine Aliens," pg. 34-37.

A game for the Color Computer.
Blyn, Steve, "Good Reinforcement Means You Can't Frown at
Me!", pg. 41-46.

Tips and demo program for educational use.

Mir, Jorge, "Now, Make Your Own Adventure with

ADVMAKER," pg. 47-53.
A program designed to simplify the programming of Adven-
tures written for the Color Computer.

Nolan, Bill, "Dragons Are Nice Folks, Too... Almost All 1,440

of Them," pg. 62-69.
The program "Dragon Roller" will assist with the chore of
devising a dragon for your dungeon program.

89. Byte, 7, No. 8 (August, 1982)

Williams, Gregg, "LOGO for the Apple II, the T1-99/4A, and
the TRS-80 Color Computer," pg. 230-290.

Discussion of LOGO for several micros, including the

6809-based Color Computer.

90. The Target (March/ April, 1982)

Staff, "News", pg. 1.
An assembly which converts an AIM 65 into a 6809-based
computer.

91. Compute! 4, No. 8 (August, 1982)

Chastain, Linton S., "Energy Monitor," pg. 116-118,
This program for the TRS-80 Color Computer will show you
the effects of home energy conservation.

92. Microcomputing, 6, No. 9 (September, 1982)

Avery, Mike, "Prime Number Nonsense," pg. 16.
Comments on the 6809 versus the 6502, Z-80, or 6800
microprocessors.

93. Color Computer News (August, 1982)

Sias, Bill, "REMarks," pg. 6-7.

Announcement of the 6809 Achievement Award being given

monthly to the most innovative use for a 6809.
Gray, Don, "Number Conversion," pg, 7-8.

Three listings for number conversion programs for the

6809-based TRS-80 Color Computer.
Anon, "Color Computer Bulletin Board System," pg. 11.

A BBS for the Color Computer is up in the Toronto area. Call

(416) 494-7001 evenings and weekends.
Donahue, Mike, "Cross-Reference Generator," pg. 15-25.

A utility for the 6809-based TRS-80 Color Computer.
Grady, Larry, "Review of Master Control," pg. 29-33.

Problems encountered with the program "Master Control"

and some reprogrammed sections to alleviate difficulties.
Graham, Randy W., "Modems, Terminals, and Bulletin
Boards," pg. 35-38.

Using the Color Computer in telecommunications. MLtfory-

108

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

COMMODORE 64

•

The Commodore 64 is a 6510-based color-
and-sound computer that connects to a color
TV via an RF modulator. 64K RAM iS|Standard,
with 39K of it available for BASIC programs.

Graphics

3 character modes
2 bit-map modes
sprite graphics

Sound

4 programmable voices

attack, sustain, decay, and release
output compatible with stereos

Z-80 option for CP/M

RS-232, expansion/cartridge, parallel, cassette

and controller interfaces

Commodore 64 Memory Map

Address Function

$00-$FF Page zero, operating system storage, pointers, floating point

accumulators, flags, etc.

$100-$1FF Microprocessor system stack

$100-$10A Floating-to-string work area

$100-$13E Tape input error log

$200-$2FF Operating system buffers, tables, vectors, I/O flags, keyboard

handling

$300-$3FF Vectors, tape i/O

$400-$7FF Normally video memory, sprite data pointers, etc.

$800-$9FFF Normally BASIC program space

$8000-$9FFF VSP Cartridge ROM

$AOOO-$BFFF BASIC ROM

$COOO-$CFFF RAM

$DOOO-$DFFF I/O devices and color RAM or character-generator ROM

$EOOO-$FFFF Kernal ROM

Control Port 1

Function

JOYAO

J0YA1

J0YA2

J0YA3

POT AY

BUTTON A/LP

-(■5V

GND

POT AX

Control Port 2

Function

JOYBO

JOYB1

J0YB2

J0YB3

POT BY

BUTTON B

+ 5W

GND

POTBX

Cartridge Expansion Slot

Audio/Video

Function

1
2
3
4
5

LUMINANCE
GND

AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
AUDIO IN

Serial I/O

Function

1
2
. 3
4
5
6

SERIAL SRQIN

GND

SERIAL ATN IN/OUT

SERIAL CLK IN/OUT

SERIAL DATA IN/OUT

RESET

User I/O

Ptn

Function

GND

-I-5V

RESET

CNT1

SP1

CNT2

SP2

PC2

SER. ATN IN

9 VAC

GND

Ptn

Function

GND

FLAG2

C .

PBO

PB1

PB2

PB3

PB4

PBS

PB6

PB7

PA2

GND

Function

GND

-H5V

-^5V

IRQ

CRW

6 ■ ; ■ "■

Dot Clock

i/01

GAME

9 V ■■

EXROM

+ U02

ROML

DMA

GND

Function

GND

ROMH

RESET

NMI

S02

A15

A14

J .

A13

K :

A12

A11

A10

Y ,

■ Z. "■ ^

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

ABCDEFHJKLMNPRSTUVWXYZ

Cassette

Function

A-t ,

GND

B-2

+ 5V

C-3

CASSETTE MOTOR

D-4

CASSETTE READ

E-5

CASSETTE WRITE

F-6

CASSETTE SENSE

■

A B C D E F

■

10 11

ABCDEFHJKLMN

IMCRO" Data Sheet #11

COMMODORE 64

c
o
o

o
u

a
t
a

0)
0)

3
o

O
DC

•a mO

■§-11
<u iS^- — ■

; 0) T3
ra <D

l-O t

c
. o
1 "
'O
. DC .

Q K^o^ B

■O -D

Si
CO

0}
0) O)

i: ,^ = 3 >,-

Eo^a

■a

(O
(O .
tn

W
O

S -

•E
1

CO II

CO — f 1 —

CO a)

c Q-

o ~

<3)DC

_C0 —

— c
)0-5
' C.2

~ =S o"

"■go

-ii- ^ CO
C O Q.
Q. CD E

<C -9 o
o o o

§■.9 a:

Q. o
II .!» c

'" T3 O I
l: § O •

« ™5

cr
o

o)3

CO ■"

(U O C
■- CO ,.

^^ A

. _ <S V 01

aj u (D t oj «

£ 'H m o '^ "E
a Q. CO is Q. Q.
CO CO DC !i CO w

C31

-9 o
6 "

Q.O

CO m

O - C>J CT) ■g''g'

o o o o ._ ._
o o o o ^ °

OOOOOOi-'-i-i-i-i-.-i-
•D-D-D-D.9.y^-2°°OPOO

cccc — — oooooooo

33333300000000

2222EEo--cMCTi-i/5cDt^

2 2 S S B £££££'^£'^'^
o o o o c z c H H H n ■£ c ■£

CD CO CO CO Q.Q.Q.CD.Q.Q.Q.Q.Q.Q.

mmmmcocococococococococo

5, -"f 9
5 1^ t^

t^ CO CN T- o

<Si

•>i-inco^-cDcnoi-cNm'>i-incD^-cDcnOT-c\jc:0'>a-
T-^t^T-^t^T-^t^aoaoaoa:>ao<oao<oaoao<T>(ji(jiOiOi

(MCMCNCNCNCMCNCMCMCNCNCNCNCMCMCMCNCMCNCNCN

cocncococococococococococococococococococo
loioinmioioioioioinioioioioioioinmininir)

O CO

' byte
h byte
low byte

c
o
II

3 output 1 =
freq. 1 =on
= start relea

o
o

Ifl

■-

c
o

S-nui
0) T ■—

1 1^

E c
^ o

O CO
CO • CO

500

ency control
ency control
waveform wi(

£
o

^1'
> ■—

'^ CO

E
o

J3
CO
CO

modulate osc. 1 with o
vonize osc. 1 with osc
bit: 1 = start att/dec/su

rator 1 : attac
;ycle duration
ycie (juration

1: Frequ
1: Frequ
1: Pulse

0! i:
i2 c
3 O
Q-O

E 5

O oj

ope gene
t attack c
t decay c

(u <u 0)

o o

.E i,co

1^1

o o o

s ^

'o o o

m (U

fi^

cz (a ta

■o
c

>>>3>>COCOCOCOI-DCCOOUJCOCO:

T-

•^

t 9

t^ CD

•"I-

CM 1- O

ri CO

•

c\j m ■*

t^ t^ t^

CN CN <N

C\J

■ST •>5- -^

•>5-

•^

in m in

o
X

o
Q

<CDOQuju.Oi-c\icotincDr^cocn<CDODLU

T-i-i-T-i-.,-CMCNCMCNCNCMCMCNCNCJC\lC\lCac\ICSi

000000000000000000000
QQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQDQQQ

O ■>- CvJ CO ■^
K O O O O O

I Q Q Q Q Q

in
o

^^
10

w
«

to
O

"- DC

m ^
■Sail II

3
o-t:

I o _ ^^

I t; c CO to

3 O 0) ■-

o —

. m :

S CD .;_■ CD

in S ^
T3 CO

2mm
LU *= -i^
QC "53 CD
< CO CO
T CO CO

r; CD CO

y 00

o
o

o
o
Et:

*» o

S >•

1
o

o -^ c\j CO 'I- in CO

«
•c

o
«

<o
10
<o

to
O

2 CO

m CO

M (0

CO (0
P O

0-0.0-0.

CO CO CO

000

Q. O. O.

X>-X>-X>-X>-X>-X>-X>-X>-

o ■>-
0) 0)

a a
00 CO

T- CM

Q. a

CO CO

CN CO

Q. a

CO CO

CO -^

Q. a

CO CO

■^ m

CO CO

in CD

CDt-t- „
(D (D Q> <D

o. a

CO CO

a Q. a Q.

CO CO CO CO

CD CD
CD

CM 11

CO "

m T-

a ax

m _ _ (D

CJ) CD —

Sap
o E o

C O (D

o .- -o
O I" c

y CO X

> DC LU

CN 1

-=: ■?;-;; CO

O
n O
CO O
C i_
CD CD

II O

Q. CO

cQ m

IIS. a

.-.S O

Q-S o

.« Q.-^
T3 ..1. CD
„ O 3

X -D nJ

£>. >

5 O CD

2r «

in O 2

a; o CD

■^ CO .tr

(U E CD
CO CO DC

CO CO .^

o o '^

0.0...
X >- -5? ■-

.c .c ^ a)
o o >,cc

« ra - -=

Q. o

c c: CO i:

•c -c :: , , 3
gi gi ay c^
_i _i CO > 3

_ (D ■

I- a,

s^ ir-

w- E

CO ^
CO p
>- o
< o

00 p

CO I

o o

0) o

0) CD

CO -"I-

o "^

o S ^

"43 O CD

9 oB
o X °^

-OCM-
X-O^

2 go

O 0) >,

■ J^ ^ °

" o E
£ CO 0)
o 0) 5

CO CO >

t^ CD in ■^ CO CN

r^ in -^ CO

CD<3JO-'-CNCO'^inCDt^CO<320-'-CNCO'>1-in

■^•<rinminininininininincDCDCDCDCDCD

CMCNCNCNCMCNCMCNCNCNCNCMCMCMCMCNCMCN

cocococococococococococococococococo
inininminmininininininininininmin

CD r^ CD en o

CD CD CD CD t^
CM CM CN CN CM
CO CO CO CO CO

in in in in in

1- CM
t^ (^

CM CM
CO CO

in in

O 1-

>S o o

• o o

..X o o

o-'-cNco'^incDt^coc3)<a30Quju.o->-

K OQOOOOOOOOOOOOOOi-i-

S 000000000000000000
I DQQQQQQQQQ QQQQQQ Q Q

CM CO TJ- in CD

00000
Q Q Q Q Q

o o

JMCftO" Data Sheet #11

NEW SOFTWARE

for TRS 80 Model III

and the Color Computer

■ Church Contribution System

designed to simplify and facilitate the tedi-
ous chore of recording envelopes. Provides a
variety of reports. Maintains its own data-
fiies. Only $150

■ Data Base IManager

designed to help organize all your data and pro-
vide you with meaningful reports. Add or delete
any information. New files can be created and
old information transferred. Only $150

■ Single Entry Ledger

designed as an uncomplicated control of
finances for home or small business. Add, de-
lete, edit at any time. Compatible with
DBM. Only $95

Write or phone for complete software price list.

Advertiser's Index

UNIVERSAL

DATA
.\X RESEARCH

VISA'

Dept. Ml 2
2457 Wehrle Drive
Amherst, NY 14221
716/631-3011

SeaFORTH for the Apple computer

Is a consistent structured operating system providing the
advanced programmer with the tool to easily develop
programs from machine language to high level compiled
applications. With SeaFORTH. the edit-compile-execute-
edit cycle is measured in seconds, not minutes.

The integrated SeaFORTH package includes:

• Editor

• Disc I/O

• Assembler

• Hi-res Graphics

• Transcendental Floating Point

• Command Line Input with Editing

• Detailed I SO Page Technical Manual with

Complete Source Listing!

Implemented as a true incremental compiler, SeaFORTH
generates machine code, not interpreted address lists.
SeaFORTH's direct-threaded-subroutine implementation
executes faster than Interpreted address-list versions.

Apple SeaFORTH requires a 48K Apple )( -f , with DOS
3.3. Manual and copyable disk are available for only
$100.00

Compatible SeaFORTH for the AIM requires a terminal
and is only available in EPROMs. Manual and EPROMs
$150.00

Manuals available, separately, for only $30.00

All prices include UPS shipping.

VISA or MASTER CHARGE welcome.

(Dealer Inquiries Welcome)

TAU LAMBDA

P.O Box 808, Poulsbo, Washington 98370
(206) S98-4863

Apple ][ +■ and AIM are regiiiered trademarks of
Apple Computer and Rockwell

Aardvark Technical Sersrices, Ltd 76

ABM Products 24

Amplify Inc 62

Anthro-Digital Software 17

Apex Co 24

Appletree Electronics 51

Ark Computing 12

Artsci, Inc IPC

Aurora Software Associates 83

Bedford Micro Systems 31

CGRS Microtech. 63

Cleveland Consuiner Computer Components 80

Collegiate Microcomputer 67

Commander 62

Compu $ense 49

CompuTech 28

Computer Mail Order. 56-57

Computer Science Engineering 89

Computer Trader '. 99

Datamost; Inc 34, 90, 92, IBC

Decision Systems. 67

Digicom Engineering, Inc 96

Digital Acoustics 84

D&N Micro Products, Inc 21

Eastern House Software 39

Educational Computing Systems . . . ; 10

Execom Corp 40

Gimix, Inc. ..:.... 1

Gooth Software. 51

Hayden Software 36

Hudson Digital Electronics Inc. 68

Human Systems Dynamic 41

Interesting Software 95

Leading Edge , BC

Logical Devices 99

Lyco Computer 6

MICRObits (Classifieds) 53, 86, 87

MICRO INK 25, 31, 41, 44, 45

Micro Motion 28

Micro Signal 50

Micro-Spec, Ltd. 40

Micro-Ware Distributing Inc 96

Midnight Software 49

MMS, Inc 25

Modular Systems 83

Orion Software 18

Perry Peripherals 73

Privac, Inc - 2

Pterodactyl Software. 105

Quentin Research. .... 29

SGC ; 4

SJB Distributing. 64

Skyles Electric Works. 46, 58

Softel ; 72

Software Farm 33

Software Options i 31

Southwestern Data Systems 106

Spectrum Systems. . .'-; 83

Spies^ Laboratories. 43

Star Micronics \ 8

Tau Lambda. Ill

Unique Data Systems. 102

Unique Software .. j ...... l 96

Universal Data Research Ill

Victory Software 20

XPS, Inc 101

MICRO INK is not responsible for claims made by its advertisers. Any
complaint should be submitted directly to the advertiser. Please also send
written notification to MICRO.

No. 55 - December 1982

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

111

Next Month in MICRO

January: Simulations/Applications/Math

• Apple Math Editor — This Apple Pascal program
allows you to construct, edit, and print
mathematical formulas easily.

• Sun and Moon — This Applesoft program
produces a high-resolution graphic simulation of
the apparent orbits of the sun and moon with
respect to the Earth.

• Measurement of a 35mm Focal Plane Shutter —

The program SHUTTER uses inexpensive
hardware to measure the accuracy and
repeatability of a focal plane shutter commonly
found in 35mm cameras. Although written for the
Atari 8G0, the program can be modified for any
computer if you have access to three input pins,a
ground, and the +5V power supply.

• Methods to Evaluate Complex Roots — A

standard procedure to compute complex roots of
polynomial equation.

• Discrete Event Simulation on the Apple — An

expfanatlon of techriiques used in simulating real-
world situations on a computer. An example
program involvmg the flow of bank customers is
presented.

Department Highlights

Apple Slices

PET Vet

From Here to Atari

CoCo Bits

Reviews in Brief

Software and Hardware Catalogs

Plus...

VIC Hi-Res Graphics Explained
Dealing with Atari's New Languages
Microcomputer Design of Transistor Amplifiers
More 680Q0 Instruction Set Tables

20% OFF

Your money goes farther when you sub-
scribe. During the course of a year, when you
subscribe, you save 20% (in the U.S.).

Pay only $24.00 ($2.00 a copy) for 12 monthly
issues of MICRO sent directly to your home or
office in the U.S.

More MICRO for Less Money
When You Subscribe

But on the newsstand — if you can locate the
issue you want — you pay $30.00 a year ($2.50
a copy).

Special Offer — Subscribe for 2 years ($42.00)
and get 30% off the single issue price.

Subscribe to MICRO today.

MICRO

34 Chelmsford Street
P.O. Box 6502
Chelmsford, MA 01824

Please send me MICRO for .

Check enclosed $_
Charge my

Subscription Rates Effective January 1, 1982

No.

Country

Rate

United States

$24.00 1 yr.

. 1 year 2 years

42.00 2 yr.

ccepted for 1 year only.

Foreign surface mail

27,00

Europe (air)

42.00

Mexico. Central America. Mid East,

VISA account

N. & C. Africa

43.00

Mastercard account

South Am.. S. Afr., Far East,

Australasia, New Zealand

72.00

Expiration date .
Name

Address

City/State .

* Airmail subscriptions accepted for only 1 year.
For U.S. and Canadian 2-year rates, multiply by 2.

Job Title:

-Zip

Type of Business/Industry

112

MICRO - The 6502/6809 Journal

No. 55 - December 1982

By the Cardmaster— original Cribbage and 4 Solitaire gameii

►*^ «fi

• ■ • • (^

• ••••-•i»«'#

■*-«

=^=^=^ The

«A

When you're tired, upset, bored ... in need of a chal-
lenge, or just relief from the ordinary there's nothing to com-
pare with the fun and involvement of Solitaire or Cribbage.
Within seconds you've forgotten the world and are absorbed
in the play of the cards. And the brilliant way the Cardmaster
programmed these games has tal<en out the effort and dis-
tractions but left in all the fun and challenge.

Only $34.95 for the Apple II* at your computer store on

On a scale of 1 to 10. these card stars rate a big 11! ... for
sheer enjoyment and unmatched value. Think of it, five of the
Cardmaster's best games at the price you'd expect to pay for
just one! It includes original Cribb^lge, with your strategy "^
against the Apple . . . plus 4 Solitaire games: Klondike, the alt; ;
time standard, in 2 versions (1 or 3 cards at a time), exdtiqg j :
Rcture Frame and the challenging l^ramid! If y0u of yii3i»gS|
family like cards at all, this is the one disk you muS^Kgetfy: 5|||

9-:'vv','.''':;'^i:-5^,^;^?li

^748 CozycroftAve.,Chatsworth.CA 91311 (213) 709-1202.

VISA, MASTERCARD accepted. $2.00 shipping/hanidlingchaiige.
(California residents add 6 '/;% sales tax.)

•Apple II Is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

THE PR0WRIIER GOMEIR

(And It Cometh On Like GangbustersJ

Evolution.

It's inevitable. An eternal
verity.

Just when you think you've
got it knocked, and you're
resting on your laurels, some-
body comes along and makes
a dinosaur out of you.

Witness what happened to
the Centronics printer when
the Epson MX-80 came along
in 1981.

And now, witness what's
happening to the MX-80 as
the ProWriter cometh to be
the foremost printer of the
decade.
SPEED

MX-80: 80 cps, for 46 full lines
per minute throughput.
PROWRITER; 120 cps, for
63 full lines per minute
throughput.
GRAPHICS
MX-80: Block graphics
standard, fine for things like
bar graphs.

PROWRJTER: High-resolu-
tion graphics features, fine
for bar graphs, smooth curves,
thin lines, intricate details, etc.
PRINTING

MX-80: Dot matrix business
quality.

PROWRITER: Dot matrix
correspondence quality, with
incremental printing capability
standard.
FEED

MX-80: Tractor feed standard;
optional friction-feed kit for
about $75 extra.
PROWRITER: Both tractor
and friction feed standard.
INTERFACE
MX-80: Parallel interface
standard; optional serial
interface for about $75 extra.
PROWRITER: Parallel and
serial interface standard.
WARRANTY
MX-80: 90 days, from Epson.
PROWRITER: One full year,
from Leading Edge.
PRICE
Heh, heh.

Distributed Exclusively by Leading
Edge Products. Inc.. 225 Turnpike
Street, Canton. Massachusetts
02021. Call: toll-free 1-800-343-6833:
or in Massachusetts call collect
1617)828-8150. Telex 951-624.

LEADING
EDGE

For a free poster of "Ace"
IPro-writer's pilotj doing his thing,
please write us.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Micro 6502 Journal Issue 55"

See other formats